GUJARAT STATE HIGHWAYS PROJECT SECTORAL ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT 4 ~~E-22? ; ;|gE Y~~ol. / Project Co-ordinating Consultancy Services A World Bank Project FINAL Report-Volume 2A Prepared for N.D. Lea Intemational Ltd The Government of Gujarat in association witi Roads and Buildings Department Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd April 1998 4j4_ Contents LAssec.r2e: TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION 1 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION 3 2.1 Location and Background 3 2.2 Objectives 3 2.3 The Selected Project Roads 4 2.4 Boundaries of Project 4 2.5 Time Periods 9 2.5.1 Constuction Period 9 2.5.2 Operational Period 9 3. SEA METHODOLOGY 11 3.1 Selection of Project Roads 11 3.2 Strip Map Data Collection and Updating 11 3.3 Tabulation and Database Design 11 3.4 Natural Environment 11 3.4.1 Air Quality 12 3A.2 Noise 13 3.4.3 Water Resources 14 3.4.4 Flora, Fauna And Habitat 14 3.4.5 Soils - Minerals 15 3.5 Social Environment 15 3.5.1 Socio-economic and Demographic Profile 15 3.5.2 Socio-economic Profile 16 3.5.3 Land Use and Development 16 3.5.4 Vulnerable Groups 17 3.6 Cultural Heritage 17 3.7 Community Consultation Programme 18 3.7.1 Approach and Timetable 18 3.7.2 Selecting the Stakeholders 18 ;3.8 Screening And The Screening Matrix 19 3.8.1 Introduction 19 3.8.2 Indicator Matrix 20 3.8.3 Components of the Matrix 20 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates 3.8.4 Assessment of Impacts 21 3.8.5 Identification of Hotspots 21 3.8.6 Criteria for Sensitivity Index 21 4. INSTITUTIONAL SETTING, LAWS AND ADMINISTRATION 23 4.1 Introduction 23 4.2 Natural Environment 24 4.2.1 Laws, Regulations and Institutions Responsible 24 4.2.2 Gaps And Deficiencies 27 43 Social Environment Sector 27 4.3.1 Laws, Regulations and Institutions Responsible 27 4.3.2 Gaps and Deficiencies 28 4.4 Cultural Environment 29 4.4.1 Laws, Regulations and Insofions Responsible 29 4.4.2 Gaps and Deficiencies 29 5. COMMUNITY CONSULTATION PROGRAMME 31 5.1 Introduction 31 5.2 The Community Consultation Programme 31 5.3 Task Force Role and Project Commitments 33 5.4 Non Governmental Organisations 33 6. EXISTING CONDITIONS 35 6.1 Introduction 35 6.2 Natural Environment 35 6.2.1 Climate (Wind, Temperature and Rainall) 36 6.2.2 Air Quality 39 6.2.3 Noise 42 62.4 Water Resources 45 62.5 Minerals 47 6.2.6 Flora 51 6.2.7 Fauna 53 6.3 Social Environment 54 6.3.1 Introduction 54 6.32 Demographic Profile ofthe Districts 55 6.3.3 Socio-economic Profile of Districts 60 63.4 Vulnerable Groups 65 6.3.5 Land-use and Development 69 6.3.6 Archaeological and Cultural Property 69 . Contents 7. ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS AND IMPACTS 75 7.1 Introduction 75 7.2 Natural Environment 75 7.2.1 Air Quality 75 722 Noise 82 72.3 Water Resource Quantity and Quality 84 7.3 Impacts Due to Operation 91 7.3.1 Contamination by Fuel, Lubricants and Accidental Spills 91 7.32 Interference with Storm Water Runoff 91 7.3.3 Mineral Resources 91 7.3.4 Flora 92 7.3.5 Fauna 95 7.4 Social and Cultural Environment 95 7.4.1 Introduction 95 7.42 Human Settlements 96 7.4.3 People 100 7.4.4 Commnunity Assets 102 7.4.5 Land Acquisition 102 7.4.6 Sensitive Community Facilities 104 7A.7 Archaeological and Cultural Property 105 7.4.8 Vulnerable Groups 106 7.5 Cumulative Impacts 108 7.5.1 AirQualityandNoise 109 7.52 Loss of Trees within the RoW 109 7.53 Induced Development 109 7.6 EA Screening Process: Categorisation of Corridors 109 7.6.1 Indicator Weighting /Inportance Value Matrix 109 7.62 Assessment of Overall Impact for the Corridors 109 7.6.3 Categorisation of Corridors 110 7.6.4 Summary of Environmental Screening Results 116 8. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN-MITIGATION AND MONITORING 119 8.1 Introduction 119 8.2 Natural Environment 119 82.1 AirQualityandNoise 119 822 Water Resources 122 82.3 Mineral Resources 124 82.4 Flora 125 82.5 Fauna 127 8.2.6 Estimated Cost of lInplementing the EMAP 127 833 Social and Cultural Environment 128 8.3.1 Introduction 128 8.32 Mitigation of Impacts on Human Settlements 128 iii Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssccawtes 8.3.3 People 129 8.3.4 Inpacts on Commnunity Facilities 130 8.3.5 Archaeological and Culhual Property 130 8.3.6 Vulnerable Groups 132 8.4 Environmental Management Action Plan 132 8.5 Resettlement Planning Guidelines 133 8.6 Community Consultation Guidelines 142 9. RESETTLEMENT ACTION PLAN 143 9.1 Introduction 143 9.2 Policy, Objectives and Principles 143 9.3 Project Description and Planning 144 93.1 The Boundaries 144 93.2 Measures taken to Mhinise Resettlement 145 933 Responsibility 146 9.4 Entitlement, Compensation and Assistance 146 9.4.1 Entitlements for Project-affected Households (PAHs) 146 9A42 Entitlements for Project-affected People (PAPs) 149 9.4.3 Entitlements for Project-affected Groups (PAGs) 150 9.5 Gujarat's Compensation Package 150 9.6 The Entitlement Policy 151 9.7 Definitions 152 9.8 Entitlements 154 9.8.1 Loss of Private Property 154 9.8.2 Loss of Livelihood, Crops and Shelter 158 9.8.3 Effects on Communities and Groups 161 9.8A Relocation Assistance and Ternporary Accommodation 163 9.9 Host Communities 163 9.10 Taxes and Governnfent Fees 163 9.11 Temporary Construction-Related Impacts 163 9.12 Guidelines for Socio-Economic Surveys and Census of EPs 164 9.12.1 Objectives and Boundaries of the Census of PAPs and the Socio-Economic Surveyl64 9.12.2 Undertaking the Surveys 165 9.123 The Project Affected People (PAPs) 165 9.12.4 Further Census and Survey Responsibility 166 9.12.5 Description of Consultation Programme 166 9.12.6 Explaining the RAP, Defining Entitlement and Verification 166 9.13 The Grievance Procedure 168 iv Contents SaAsocinte: 9.14 Guidelines for Resettlement of PAPs 169 9.14.1 Land Market Value Assessnent 169 9.14.2 Availability of Land 170 9.143 Identification of Potential Resetdement Sites 170 9.14.4 Profile of Host Communities 171 9.14.5 Physical Development Plan 171 9.14.6 Demolition/Construction of Structure 171 9.14.7 Moving Arrangements 171 9.14.8 Provision of Basic Amenities 172 9.14.9 Income Generation and Training 172 9.15 Guidelines for Implementation and Schedule 172 9.15.1 Implementation Procedure 173 9.152 Timing of Legal Possession of Land and Eviction Notice 174 9.15.3 Timing ofResettlement 176 9.16 Organisational Framework 176 9.16.1 The Environmental ManagementUnit (EMU) 176 9.162 Implementation Responsibility 176 9.16.3 Development Plan and Training 176 9.16.4 Involvement ofNGO 177 9.17 Resettlement Budget 178 9.17.1 Estimate of Unit Costs 178 9.172 Total Costs of Resettlernent 181 9.18 Monitoring, Evaluation and Reporting 181 9.18.1 Intrduction 181 9.182 Indicators for Monitoring 183 9.18.3 Reporting Anangements 183 10. INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY BUILDING AND TRAINING 185 10.1 Introduction 185 10.2 The Road and Building Department's Organisation 185 :10.3 Gaps and Deficiencies 185 10.4 Strengthening the Organisation 186 1 0A. I A Framework for The Environmental Management Unit 186 10.42 Targets and Tasks of the EMU 189 105 EMU Models 190 10.5.1 Model I: An EMU within the R&BD 190 10.52 Model ll: The EMU Extenalto R&BD 191 10.5.3 EMU Model m: EMU Staffed ByAn Outside Consultant 192 10.5.4 Comparison of Three EMU Model Options 193 10.6 Needed Human Resources and Training Plan 194 10.6.1 Additional Human Resources 194 10.62 The Selected EMU Model (alrady established) 195 10.6.3 Training of Existing R&BD Staff 195 v Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAuociates 10.7 Estimated Budget 196 10.8 Implementation at the Local Level 196 11. ENHANCEMENT OPPORTUNITIES AND ROADSIDE REHABILITATION PLAN 199 11.1 ENHANCEMENT OPPORTUNITIES 199 11.1.1 NaturalEnvironment 199 1 1.1 2 Social Environment 199 11.2 Roadside Rehabilittion Plan 199 112.1 Borrow Pits/Drainage Ditches Within Row 200 1122 Erosion caused by Slope Instability 200 12. REFERENCES 201 APPENDICES APPENDIX 1: PARAMETERS USED FOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATION ALONG THE PROJECT CORRIDORS 209 APPENDIX 2: LIST OF INTER-AGENCY CONTACTS 213 APPENDIX 3: ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATOR WEIGHTING MATRIX 217 APPENDIX 4: NGO MATRIX 219 APPENDIX 5: EXAMPLE OF DATA SHEET ON NGOIGOVERNMENTAGENCY INTERVIEWS 223 APPENDIX 6: EXAMPLE OF A CORRIDOR PROFILE 225 APPENDIX 7: INVENTORY OF QUARRIES USED FOR ROAD CONSTRUCTION ALONG THE CORRIDORS 227 APPENDIX 8: CORRIDOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATION- INDICATOR VALUES 231 APPENDIX 9: CORRIDOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATION- IMPORTANCE VALUES 233 APPENDIX 10: INTEGRATED FORESTRY DEVELOPMENT PROJECT-PLANTATION MODELS Si AND S2 235 APPENDIX 11: ENTITLEMENT PHOTO ID CARD 239 APPENDIX 12: NGO TERMS OF REFERENCE 241 vi Figures FIGURES FIGURE 2.1: PROJECT CORRiDORS 5 FIGURE 22: DESIGN CROSS SECTION FOR2 LANE RURAL HIGHWAY(80-100 KM/HR DESIGN SPEED) SHOWING THE CORRIDOR OF lMPACr(COI) 8 FIGURE 3. 1: SUGGESTED ORGANISAnONAL STRUCTURE FOR PROJECT LEVEL CONSULTATION PROGRAMME 19 FIGURE 6.1: RIVER BASINS, ANNUAL RANFALL AND ROAD CORRIDORS 37 FIGURE 62: LocATIONS OF AIR AND NOISE SAMPLING STATIONS, DEMOGRAPHY AND ROAD CORRIDOR 43 FIGURE 6.3: EISTING EROSION PROBLEMS IN THE FORM OF GULLYING ARE FOUNDNEAR CULvERTS AND BRIDGES IN THE vICINTY OF RIVER VALLEYS. (CORRIDOR 06, KM 17, EAST OF AHMEDABAD) 48 FIGURE 6.4: SOIL TYPES AND ROAD CORRIDORS 49 FIGURE 6.5: MANY TREE PLANTAnONS ARE FOUND wIHIN THE RoW WHCH WERE PLANTEDBY THE SOCIAL FORESTRY DEPARTMENT. SHOWN HERE IS A DENSE PLANTATION OF SMALL TREES ON CORRIDOR 03 NEAR MEHSANA. 53 FIGURE 6.6: PROTECTED AREAS AND ROAD CORRIDORS 57 FIGURE 6.7: DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF TOTAL POPULAnON 61 FIGURE 6.8: TRIBALAREAS, CULTURAL PROPERTIES AND ROAD CORRIDORs 67 FIGURE 6.9: DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF VULNERABLE GROUPS (SCHEDULED TRIBES) 68 FIGURE 6. 1 0: DEMOGRAPH1C PROFILE OF VULNERABLE GROUPS (SCHEDULED CASTES 7 1 FIGURE 6.1 1: LAND USE AND ROAD CORRIDORS 72 FIGURE 7.1: ROCK CRUSHING OPERATIONS CONImBUrE SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNTS OF DUST TO THE AIR AS WELL AS GENERATE NOISE. SHOWN HERE IS A ROCK CRUSHING PLANT ON LINK 182, KM 80, NEAR SONGADH 79 FIGURE 72: ASPHALT PLANTS ON LINK 151, KM 16, NEARNAVSARI; MPORTANT POLLUmON SOURCES OF EMISSIONS OF DUST, CONTAMINANTS, ODOURAND NOISE. t?9 FIGURE 7.3: ESTIMATED VERSUS OBSERVED SUSPENDED PARTICULATE MATTER ALONG PROJECT ROADS (iG/M3) 81 FIGURE 7.4: ESTIMATED AND OBSERVED SULPHUR DIOXIDE (gG/M3) 8 1 FIGURE 7.5: ESTMATED AND OBSERVED LEAD ENMSSIONS 82 FIGURE 7.6: ESTIMATED AND OBSERVED CARBON MONOXIDE ENMSSIONS 82 FIGURE 7.7: ESTIMATED AND OBSERVED L1DNOISE LEVELS FOR 1997 83 FIGURE 7.8: VILLAGE PONDS ARE IMPORTANT WATER SOURCES FOR THE PEOPLE AND LIVESTOCK SERVING MANY USEFUL PURPOSES. ROAD WIDENING AND FLLING CAN MPACT THESE THROUGH FILING AND SILTATION AS WELL AS INTERRUPTING ACCESS TO THE LOCALS. AcCESS SHOULD BE RESTORED AND COULD BE ENHANCED THROUGH THE CONSTRUCnON OF CEMENT GHATS. PHOTO TAKEN ON LINK 141, KM 3, NEAR SAHOL. 86 FIGURE 7.9: BRIDGE RECONSTRUCTON WILL HAVE AN MPACT ON WATER COURSES DUE TO FILLING AND SILTATION AS WELL AS CONTAMINA71ON FROM IMPROPERLY DISCARDED ASPHALT. SLOPES SHOULD BE PROPERLY STABLISED AND REVEGETATED. (CORRIDOR 06, KM 17, EAST OF AHMEDABAD) 88 FIGURE 7. 1 0: ROAD WIDENING INVOLVES REMOVING TREES FROM THE RoW-A MAJOR IMPACT ON THENATURAL ENVIRONMENT SINCE OFTEN THERE ARE MORE TREES IN THE RoW THAN THE SURROUNDING AREA. 94 FIGURE 7.1 1: OLDER TREES WERE PLANTED CLOSER TO THE CW AND ARE PROCLAMED SAFETY HAZARD. GIANT TREEs LIKE THIs PIPAL, WHICH CONTAINS A PRAYER FLAG, ARE IMPORTANT FOR WORSHIPPING, SHADE, HABITAT OR AS COMMUNrlY GATHERING PLACES. vii Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeuAssociates KEEP THESE TREES, WHERE FEASIBLE, THROUGH INNOVATiVE ROAD DESIGN. (LINK 13 1, KM 63.8, NEAR ANKLESHWAR) 94 FIGURE 7.12: TEMPORARY CARTS ENCROACH ONTO THE ROW OF CORRIDOR 0 1 IN SANAND. 100 FIGURE 7.13 PEDESTUANS SUCH AS THESE WOMEN CARRYING WATER WALK DIRECTLY ON THE PAVED ROAD. (CORRIDOR 01, SARKHEJ - VIRAMGAM) 103 FIGURE 7.14: A GLANT TREE FUNCnONS AS A COMMLNIY FOCAL POINT WrTIN THE ROW ALONG MANY PROJECT ROADS. (CORRIDOR 10, VADODARA-JAMBUSAR) 103 FIGURE 7.15: A TEMPLE AND THE RAILWAYCONSTRAINTHEWIDEwMNGOF CORRIDOR01 AT SACHANA. 106 FIGURE 7.16: LARGE FARMHOUSES ARE LOCATED BACK FROM THE PROJECT ROAD IN ONE OF THE AREAS CONTAINNG SIGNIFICANT TRIBAL POPULATONS. (CORRIDOR 18, NEAR VYARA) 108 FIGURE 7.17: ENVIRONMENTAL SCREENNG OF 18 CORRIDORS (Y AXIS = TOTAL IMPACT VALUE, X AXS = CORRIDORNO.) 110 FIGURE 7.18: ENViRONMENTAL CATEGORISATON OF CORRIDORS 112 FIGURE 9.1: DESIGN CROSS SECTiON FOR2 LANE RURAL HIGHWAY (80-100KM/JHRDESIGN SPEED) 145 FIGURE 9.2: IMPLEMENTATION SCHuLE FORTHE SEA RESErLmENT PLAN 175 FIGURE 10.1: ORGANISATIONAL CHARTOFGUJARATROADS AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT 187 FIGURE 102: ENVIRONMENTALMANAGEMENTUNITMODELNO. I 191 FIGURE 103: ENVIRONMENTALMANAGEMENTUNITMODELNO. IJ 192 FIGURE 0.A: ENViRONMENTALMANAGEMENTUNrrMoDELNO.I - 193 viii Tables LeAssvc TABLES TABLE2.1: PRoJEcr CORRIDORROADS 7 TABLE 3. 1: AIR AND NOISE SAMPLJNG LOCAnTONS AND TAFFIC VOLUMES 13 TABLE 3.2: ENVONMENTAL IMPACT INDICATOR SENSMVITY MEASURE 22 TABLE 4. 1: SUMMARY OF REIEVANT ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATON 23 TABLE 5.1: STEPS OF THE COMMUN CONSULTATION PROGRAMhE 32 TABLE 5.2: MEMBERS OF TIE STATE LEVEL TASK FORCE 33 TABLE 5.3: NGOS INrVEWED R INTE PROJECT CORRIDORS 34 TABLE 6.1: CORRIDORS INCLUDEDINTHE POOLOF 1500 KMORROADS AND GEO-cImATnC REGION: BOLDEDCORRIDORs WEREINCLUDEDJ7THESEA 39 TABLE6.2: AMBENTAIRQUALTYINTBEINFLUENCEAREAOFPROJECTCORRIDORS 40 TABLE 6.3: NAnONALAMBIENTAIRQUALITY STANDARDS 41 TABLE 6.4: RESULT OFAMBENTAIRQUAL1TY SURVEY-3 DAY AVERAGE* STANDARD ARE FOR RESIDENTAL, RURAL AND OTHER AREAS 42 TABLE 6.5: NATIONAL AMBENTNOISE STANDARDS 42 TABLE6.6: RECORDEDNOISE LEVELs. 45 TABLE 6.7: MAJOR RIVER BASINS WnIN THE STUDY CORRIDORS' AREA OF INFLUENCE 46 TABLE 6.8: WATERQUALITYOF RIVERS CROSSING PROJECT CORRIDORS 46 TABLE 6.9: WATERQUALTY STANDARDS 46 TABLE 6. 10: PROTECTED AREAS WmIIN PROJECT INFLUENCE AREA 56 TABLE 6.1 1: LEN OF PROECr CORRIDORS 59 TABLE6.12: OVERViEWOF 1991 GUJARATGENDERDISPARrrY 69 TABLE 6.13 SUMMARY OF CULTURAL PROPERTY AFFECTD BY PROJEcT CORRIDORiNTHESEA 74 TABLE7.1: SUMMARYOFROADPROJECTAAcnVITES ANDEFFECrS 77 TABLE 7.2: "MPACS ON WATER RESOURCES DUE TO CONSuCnON 85 TABLE 7.3: NUMBER OF WATER BODIES 87 TABLE 7.4: NUMBER OF WATER CROSSNGS OF PRQJECT CORRiDOR 89 TABLE 7.5: NUMBEROF WELLs 90 TABLE7.6: EROSION PoTeNAL 91 TABLE 7.7: INDICAToRS OF AND LIELY IMPACTS ON HUMAN SEILEMES 96 TABLE 7.8: TOTALNUMBEROFLIKELYPROJECTAFFECrED PROPERTiES AND PERSONS BY CORRIDOR(WORSE CASE SCENARIO) 98 TABLE 7.9: INDICATORS AND LIKELY IMPACTS ON PEOPLE (WORSE CASE SCENARIO) 101 TABLE 7. 10: ESTATES OF LAND AcQuIsmoN BY LAND CATEGORY (WORST CASE SCENARIO) 104 TABLE 7.11 : INDICATORS AND IPACTS ON SENSIVE COMmuNrrY FEATURES 105 TABLE 7.12: INDICATORS AND LILY IMPACTS oN VULNERABLE GROUPS (WORSE CASE SCENARIO) 107 TABLE 7.13: IMPORTANCE VALUES OF ENVIRONMNTrAL INDICATORS 111 TABLE 7.14: CORRIDOR IMPACTASSEsSMENT- INDICATOR VALuES (SCALE: I=LOw IMPACT, 3=HIGH PACT) 114 TABLE 7.15: CORRIDOR IMPACT ASSESSMENF-INDICATOR IMPACT AND TOTAL IMPACT FOR THE CORRIDOR 115 TABLE 7.16: ENVIRONMENTAL CATEGORISAnON OF PROJECT CORRIDORS 117 TABLE 8.1: ESTIMATMD COST OF IMPLEmENING EMAP REQUMENmS 127 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea AssaclaIcS TABLE 8.2: MmGAToN oF ImpACTS oN PEDEsrIANs AND NoN-MoToRisED TRAFFc 130 TABLE 83: ENVIRONmENTAL MANAGEmENT ACnON PLAN FOR GuWARAT STATE HIGHWAYS (SEA) 134 TABLE 9.1: PAPS AND THEIRETIEMErNTrS' 148 TABLE 9.2: TOTAL NUMBER OF PROJECT AFFECTED PROPERTIES AND PERSONS BY CORRIDOR 167 TABLE 9.3: STEPS OF LAND ACQUISMoN PRocESS 174 TABLE 9.4: ESTiATED LAND VALUES 178 TABLE 9.5: ESMAmTED VALUE OF BUiLDINGS 179 TABLE 9.6A: ESTMATED CosTS OF TE SEA RAP (REsET1 EENTAND REHABLITATION) 182 TABLE 10.1: REIATVE ADVANrAGES OFPROPOSEDEMU MODELS 194 TABLE 10.2: ESTIMATEDBUDGErFOREMU 1998-2002 (INRSMILLIONS) 196 TABLE 10.3: CO-ORDINAnNG AGENCIES FOR Lm NG EMAP AND RAP 197 x Exectitive Summary A. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY A.1 Introduction Gujarat State Highways project is aimed at widening and strengthening a set of economically feasible state highways. The project is financed by a World Bank loan. A 'Strategic Options Study" (SOS), undertaken by LASA in 1995, evaluated 3,000 km of Gujarat state highways and selected 1,500 km for detailed study. The objective of the PCC were to conduct a detailed feasibility study on these 1,500 km and, using economic and environmental principles, establish a road investment programme for a subset of these roads. Detailed designs were to be conducted on 250 km of these roads. The project feasibility study used the economic evaluation model dTIMS to select 818 km of roads for improvement with the available budget. These were broken down into ihree phases with 2463 kmn of roads in Phase I, 250.2 km for Phase IIA and 319.5 km for Phase IIB. The enviromnental team undertook the Sectoral Environmental Assessment (SEA) for the total 818 km of roads. This is described in Volume 2A of this final report An Environmental Study Report (ESR) was prepared for the 246.3 km of Phase I roads and is found in Volume 2B. The SEA is presented with both natural and social components integrated into one environmental assessment (EA) report. Assessment of the social and natural environment was done in concert, since the two are intertwined and, as such, conclusions should be presented so that they emnbrace this more realistic notion of the environment This approach could become the model for future SEAs, and hopefully vwil be reflected in the way that future Terms of Reference (ToR) are written. For approval purposes within the Bank, the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) can be extracted from the SEA as a stand alone document. The objectives of the SEA were: * to perform an environmental screening of the project corridors in order to classify each road corridor as either high, medium or low levels of impact. * to provide a practical plan for mitigating and monitoring the impacts which would occur as result of the road rehabilitation and construction activities as well as due to future operation of the road comdors. This plan was prepared at an overview level of detail, providing guidance to the Gujarat Roads and Buildings Department as they initiated work on each specific road section. * to design and implement an Enviromnental Management Unit (EMU), intended to act as a unit implementing the Environmental Action Management Plan and Resettlement Acton Plan on behalf of R&BD. Detailed information on natural and social environmental features was collected along the corridor of imnpact (Col) for the full 1,500 km of roads, and added to existing strip maps and assets were verified within and adjacent to the right-of-way. This information was transfemed to a database and is described in the 'Natural and Social Environment: Source Information' as well as in the "Natural and Social Environment A Compendium". Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssomales A.2 Considering the Environment in Road Design There was co-ordination and discussions with the engineering design team to ensure that as many environmental impacts as possible might be avoided through design changes and constraints. Examples of design changes included placement of large trees in medians, providing bus stop platforms, and paving of shoulders to facilitate non-motorised traffic. In the SEA eight key mitigative actions were taken during the early design work. These measures were the responsibility of the engineering design team and the R&BD and input from other stakeholders. They included: * avoiding unnecessary displacement by modifying project alignments, reducing the width of the corridor or modifying design; * reducing the width of the right-of-way (RoW) or corridor of impact wherever possible; * ensuring access to businesses and residential units that may have been imnpacted by construction; * using the land outside the RoW controlled by R&BD, but not needed after construction, to quickly relocate people; * minimising the losses to users of public property, such as the tree plantations within the RoW, by restricting the cleared zone to an absolute minimum width given design and safety constraints; * finding new plots and houses on the open market (letter of credit) for relocating; and, * providing roadside amnenities such as bus stops or lane markings for non- motorised traffic along the paved shoulder. The ESR (Volume 2B) provides details on how these measures were applied. A.3 Existing Conditions The road corridors under study span almost the entire length and breadth of the state from the boider of Rajasthan to Maharashtra and out to the Saurashtra Peninsula along the Gulf of Kachchh, with isolated corridors in other areas of the state. Fifty percent of the state is serviced by these state highways that traverse 16 districts with a variety of demographic and development characteristics. A3.1 NatumlEnvirnment Air quality data of six parameters collected in the field at eight sampling stations did not exceed Indian standards with the exception of Suspended particulate matter (SPM) on one corridor. Water quality data from rivers in the study area did not exceed Indian standards. Gujarat as a whole is a water scarce region. Due to low reliability of rainfall, ground water is extracted at a massive scale. Large scale exploitation has led to intrusion of saline sea water. Numerous wells, minor water bodies and cross-drainage structures exist within the right-of-way and were enumerated for each corridor. The road corridors traverse flat to slightly undulating terrain and there are very few slopes which are confined to river and stream valleys. In addition, there are a few areas (ii) Executive Summary 2Sz La Assodates A=n of significant cut and fill so that erosion due to slopes and landslides are negligible. Existing erosion problems are present in areas of degraded land or in some areas of gullying near river valleys. Southem Gujarat has the highest potential of sbil erosion due to the presence of deep black cotton soil and high rainfall. Gujarat has one of the lowest percentage of forest cover in India due to predominantly low rainfall and a long history of over use of forest resources. While 9.7% of the state's land area is declared forest, only 6.7% is actually covered by forest, as against 24% of the country as a whole. Due to the lack of forest cover in the state, there is an aggressive campaign of planting trees in the RoW and other areas through the Social Forestry Program programmes. There are large areas of tree plantations along a number of RoWs. In general, larger and denser plantations are found on Corridors 01 and 03 (west of Ahmedabad and Mehsana to Palanpur) and on Conidors 17 and 18 (east of Surat) and few are found along Corridors 28 and 29 (the Gulf of Kachchh area). In some areas of older plantations the trees actually grow in an arch over the road which is referred to as a 'green tunnel'. This dense swath of mature trees (in otherwise deforested lands) serves many ecological functions such as providing shade, shelter from the wind as well as a significant ecological micro-habitat for tree dwelling birds and animals, and organisms. Often there are more trees within the RoW than in the adjacent land. In addition, mature or 'giant' trees in populated areas often serve as community gathenng places, business transaction points or bus stops. None of the road corridors traverse any protected areas (National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries or Reserved Forests). One endangered species, the Wild Ass, is occasionally sighted along Corridor 02 but the sanctuary is about 10km from the nearest project road. A.3.2 Social Environment Gujarat is one of the most developed states in India and, as described in Chapter 2, had a population of 413 million, as of the 1991 Census. Habitation is not uniformly distributed due to the agricultural productivity and industrial growth patterns. The central and southern areas of Gujarat are the most densely populated regions. The population density is high in the districts of central Gujarat, ranging from 236 to 630 persons/km2. The average literacy rate of Gujarat State is 51%, slightly less than the national average of 52%. Only eight districts are above the state average literacy rate. Those eight districts are highly urbanised, industrialised and densely populated and are located in central and south Gujarat regions. The literacy rate of the Scheduled Caste population is 61% and is relatively high compared to that of the total population, whereas for the Scheduled Tribal population, it is only 37%. Gujarat retains a vast and significant cultmual and built heritage as a result of its rich history and traditions. Many of these traditions are still alive and have shaped the cultural pattem of the state. Saurashtra, Kutchch, North and South Gujarat have tribal areas that form many sub-cultual regions in Gujarat (iii) lvlln$a%a. Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates AA Environmental Screening All corridors, except two bypasses in Link 031 and Link 051 respectively, were classified as either Medium Impact or Low Impact category projects. For Phase I there are two Medium Impact category projects (Corridors 01 and 17) and three Low Impact category corridors (Corridors 03, 06, and 28). For Phase IA there are four Medium Impact category corridors and one High Impact category corridor containing the bypass at Unava on corridor 03. An ESR was prepared for all Phase I roads and included a detailed Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP) and Resettlement Action Plan (RAP). For Low Impact category corridors the environmental hotspots were identified in a Hotspot Identification Matrix and specific mitigation measures were described in a Hotspot Mitigation Matrix, included in the ESR docurment (Volume 2B). A.5 Assessment of Impacts For all corridors, except the one bypass, the environmental inpact corridor was defined as being equal to the RoW. Enumeration of natural features was confined to within the RoW and its border, while air, noise and water resources impacts analysis were extended up to 200m. For the social assessment, the area was confined to the RoW. The predicted impacts tended to be mostly direct with relatively few indirect effects (indirect effects are more the norm for new road construction projects). Impacts were categorised as short-term or long-term and their magnitude and significance was noted. The impact indicators selected were sufficient to clearly track the predicted impact of the road work on the corridors on both the natural and social environment Because of the varying lengths of road corridors, the values for each indicator were averaged per km for comparison purposes. A5.1 Natural Environment AIR QUALITY. None of the links exceeded the Indian pollution standards for six parameters measured. In general suspended particulate matter (SPM) appears to be the largest concem among all of the parameters for existing road operation. Road construction impacts were assessed to be equal for all of the road corridors. Key sources contributing to air quality degradation were; construction equipment operation, noise from equipment, hot-mix plants and rock crushing operations. Future air quality was modelled using projected traffic volumes and future road operating conditions. Emissions were estimated to exceed standards on Corridors 01 and 03 and were rated medium impacts. All other coridors were rated low impact NOISE Ambient noise levels at eight locations exceeded the residential noise standard (65dBA) nearly all the time and levels, A and B some of the time. Future projections suggested that noise levels at most locations along the RoW would exceed the A standard, ie the maximum allowable limit for industrial land use areas. However, the contribution of this project to the existing and future noise levels is marginal. The project will bring down noise generated by traffic. All suitable measurcs, applicable at the level of the project were proposed in the design of roads. (iv) Executive Summary WATER RESOURCES. The indicators were: the number of minor water bodies physically intruded on by proposed road work, number of culverts and bridges along the road, and the number of wells affected. The corridors with the greatest humber of minor water bodies per km were 10 and 22, both are considered high impact. Corridor 05 is medium impact The rest ofthe 16 corridors are low impact CROSS DRAINAGES. Of the 16 project conidors, the maximum average number of cross drainages were found wthin Cornidors 26 and 28, and all scored as having high impact Corridor 22 was predicted to experience the lowest impact and all the rest would sustain medium impacts. EROSION POTENTIAL The corridors with the highest erosion potential due to high rainfall and the presence of black cotton soil were 10, 17 and 18 which are found in the southern part ofthe state. TREES. Corridors with the highest concentration of tree plantations were 01 and 03. Of all of the corridors, corridor 17 has the most impressive stretch of green tunnels and is marked with signboards by the Social Forestry Department calling for the protection ofthe environment. RESERVE AREAS AND ENDANGRD SPECIES. The Wild Ass, while often sighted from Corridor 02, is not at risk of collision as it keeps its distance from the road, is swift and alerL Moreover the actual boundary of the sanctualy is about 10 km away from any project road. A.5.2 Social and CultumI Environment The impacts on the social environment focuses on people, property and assets. When the strip mapping exercise was completed, the entire right of way was used as the conidor of impact (Col), even though the Col is narrower than the fill RoW width. Every unit and property located within or on the edge of the RoW has been included in the impact analysis, thus making this assessment a worst case scenario. Actual project affected people (PAP) will be about two-fifth of the estimates obtained from the strip maps. There are a significant number of small shrines located close to the carriageway within the RoW along many of the road corridors. There are a few cultural and religious features along the roadside which will be avoided, mitigated or relocated to minimise the adverse impacts. However there are no significant archaeological features located in proximity ofthe road cornidors. Aside from the two bypasses, no new roads will be constructed for this project It was determined that the impacts on tnbal populations would be no more significant han for other members of identified vulnerable groups ofthe population, or for that matter, the population at large. A.6 Mitigation Measures All measures including environmentally conscious engineering design have been/will be taken to minimise, and to compensate for impacts on the natural environment In the following a brief description of the various measures suggested is given. AIR QUALITY AND NOISE For minimisation and control of air pollution and noise the following measures will be taken in the construction as well as operation (v) Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAsociates phase. All suitable preventive measures were taken into consideration in the design phase. Dust: Water will be sprayed during construction phase, in the lime and earot mixing sites, asphalt mixing site, and on temporary roads. In illing subgade, water spryming is needed to solidify the material. Afrer compacting, water would be sprayed at egular intervals to prevent dust Coal ash with 30% water content will be used to prevent the ash from dispersing, especially in warehouses and piling yards. The coal ashes would be covered, except when they are to be used immediately. Vehicles delivering materials will be covered to reduce spills. Asphalt mixing sites will be located more than I km down-wind from any commurities/ residences. Mixing equipment will be well sealed, and vibrating crusher equipment would be equipped with dust-removal devices. Adequate fill height will be provided to avoid acawnulation of dust on roadway. Proper rad surflice runoff and drainage will be provided to prevent accumulation of sand/ dust from storm water. Roadside tree plantations lost due to construction will be replaced and new afforeslation prjects will be encouraged. Air Pollution: Vehicles and machinery will be regularly maintied so that emissions conform to Gol (Cental Pollution Control Board, 1988 and 1989) standards. Asphalt mixing sites will be located more than I km from any commumnities residences. Vehiclar emissions of CO, HC, NO, SPM, RPM, Pb will be cdecked and PUC Progrmmnes will be reinforcedL Air pollution and health of roadside workes will be monhored Trees will be planted as part of the afforcstation programmes. Noise: Noise standards of industrial enterpises will be strictly enforced to protect construction workers from damage. Workers in vicinity of strong noise will wear earplugs and helmets and their working time would be limited. In constuction sites within 150 m of residential areas, construction will be stopped between 22:00-6:00 hous Maiteance of machinery and vehicles will be improved to keep their noise at a minimum. According to monitoring resuls, at places with noise exceeding Gol A and B - level noise standrds, sound baniers, bems or other measurs will be instlled. Public will be educated about the regulations on air polluion and noise of vehicles. However the above will have limited effect in reducing overall pollution. Until state and national standards for pollution emissions are enforced and other issues such as access to lead free fuels, decreased congestion and improved roads become the norm, there will continue to be serious air and noise pollution problems in the state. WATER RESOURCES. Water bodies including small ponds, inundation will be protected by provision of retaining walls; excavation to replace area of water bodies lost; compensatory water body restoration; change of road aligmnent; etc. Cross- drainage structures will be provided with mitigation measures in terms of minimising earth moving in the vicinity of water courses, avoiding contamination from fuel and lubricants, as well as proper disposal of cement and steel reinforcements. All wells affected by the project will be replaced or relocated. Groundwater Recharge Areas will experience negligible impacts and as a result will not require mitigation measures. Water quality will be monitored at specified locations by the EMU in co-ordination with the GPCB. MINERAL RESOURCES& Wind Erosion on Soil would be minimised by dust control and re-vegetation measures. Water Erosion on Soil would be contained by replanting and reseeding. Existing borrow pits wihin the RoW in urban/ industrial areas which have accumulated contaminated water, waste or refuse would be filled in. No mitigation measures are required for existing quanries other than to ensure the use of proper excavation techniques in ongoing operations and to ensure they are licensed under the GPCB. All borrow pits and quarries would be rehabilitated. Only GPCB licensed quarries would be used but some quarries such as the Taranga Hills (a lone granite out crop protruding approximately 40 m above the surrounding plains) would be eannarked for conservation owing to their natural and scenic qualities. (vi) ExecuLtive Summary FLORA. Impact on roadside plantations will be minimised by protecting critical giant trees by the construction of retaining walls and the installation of roadside barriers; by delaying the removal of trees within the clear zone until replacement vegetation has a chance to develop and have meaningful value; by constructing short corridors with roadside barriers and a reduced cross section to attempt to retain portions of green corridors; and, by off-setting, wherever practicable, the road design to retain one side of a green corridor. This may be coupled with additional mitigation measures such as barriers or reduced clear zones. Trees removed as a result of construction activities will be replaced by compensatory afforestation through the Social Forestry Department Afforestation will be completed using the Integrated Forestry Development Model (IFDM) which includes a maintenance/ monitoring programme as described in the appendix 10 of the SEA (Volume 2A). FAUNA. No mitigation measures will be required for this component as there are no threatened or endangered species nor protected areas which would be impacted by the Phase I corridors. However, for subsequent phases, suitable arnelioration measures would need to be specified, as per design. A.7 Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP) and 3mplementation Schedule Mitigation measures for each ofthe impacts due to road construction and operation are listed along with monitoring requirements in the Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP). For each of the mitigative measures the implementing organisation and responsible entity, along with a unit cost where applicable, is listed. The EMAP provided for the SEA is a detailed guideline for completing mitigation and monitoring measures and is not location or time specific except in a few cases. In general, the R&BD (with assistance from other agencies) is the responsible agency for ensuring that the mitigative measures are carried out. In many cases the contractor will be required to implement the environmental mitigative measures defined in the EMAP, and as such provisions are incorporated in the contract documents. EMAP for SEA are appended with this executive summary. A.8 Entitlement Policy and Resettlement Action Plan In this project, engineering and safety concems have dictated that whatever is located within the Col must be completely removed. All people experiencing losses due to this clearing are considered entitled PAPs. ENTITLEmENT. The entitlement policy has been developed in accordance with the principles and objectives stated above. There are three types of entitlement: 1. Household based benefits for project affected families (PAF) for the loss of land, structures and other assets. This also includes compensation for crops, shifting allowance, the right to salvage building materials, and counselling on alternatives and assistance as well as other benefits. 2. Individual based benefits for project affected people (PAP) for their loss of livelihood. The project will provide rehabilitation and assistance for lost or diminished livelihood for any individual impacted by the project. There may be more then one person eligible in each household. Additional support mechanisms will be made available to vulnerable groups to re-establish or enhance their livelihood through existing government employment programmes. If at all (vii) Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2A: SEA possible employment activities associated with the project should be provided. In the case of loss of livelihood, every household member over the age of 14 is eligible for assistance. 3. Community based benefits for project affected groups (PAG) will also be provided where possible, and targeted especially at vulnerable and weaker groups. Community based benefits include issues such as the restoration and improvement of common property resources, the provision of women's needs for gathering fuel wood and water, provision of safe operating space for businesses, and safety measures for pedestrians, particularly children and non-motorised traffic along the roadways. Table A.1 shows the categories of affected individuals, households and groups impacted by the project and eligible for entitlement, plus the 18 compensation options available to qualifying PAPs. The entitlements are broken down into three main categories: * The first category is that of individual and households, and considers their loss of land and other assets. For simplification the Unit of Entitlement is the Project Affected Family (PAF). These losses may occur inside or outside the public RoW and may involve titleholders, tenants squatters and encroachers from non- vulnerable or vulnerable groups. The detail entitlement policy is located in the SEA. * The second category concems only individuals, although it may include more than one person from each household (all adults over 14 years of age). It is primarily concemed with the loss of livelihood. For simplification the Unit of Entitlement is the Project Affected Person (PAP). These losses may occur inside or outside the public RoW and may involve titleholders, tenants squatters and encroachers from non-vulnerable or vulnerable groups. o The third and final category concems collective and group based entitlements that may be in the vicinity of the conidor of impact. It is primarily concemed with the opportunities for enhancement or benefits relating to the completion of the project For simplification the Unit of Entitlement is the Project Affected Group (PAG). This category is targeted towards providing additional support mechanisms for vulnerable and weaker groups in society. Details on these categories and the Entitlement Policy are presented in the SEA. A.9 Implementation Mechanisms After discussions with the GoG and the World Bank, an Environmental Management Unit (EMU) within the R&BD, has been created. The Environmental Management Unit (EMU) will be responsible for the implementation of the EMAP and RAP as well as handling all other enviromnental matters for the R&BD such as hazardous materials transport, emergency response and environmental health and safety. EMU will be under the direction of PIJ/R&BD and is staffed with a Co-ordinator, two technical specialists on deputation from other GoG Departments, and a specialist with NGO background to be recruited. The EMU will act as an implementing cell, triggering and monitoring activities undertaken to meet EMAP/RAP commitments made by the R&BD. The EMU would also be charged (viii) Executive Summary with confirming that actions needed to implement the mitigative measures defined in the EMAP, have been taken at the appropriate level (ie state, district or taluka) in order to physically put measures in place. The short term taret for the EMU wbuld be to credibly implement the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) and the Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP) for the existing project, quickly building technical competence. The long term target would be to building environmental awareness into the Department, sensitising the senior officials to the environmental concems and values. A.10 Development Plan and Training A skills and needs assessment was completed by the PCC and the EMU now needs to operationalise it Mechanisms for a Grievance Procedure as well as an institutional framework for a Committee for determining market value of assets, was proposed and endorsed by the R&BD. Training and capacity building progmmmes were also suggested with regard to natural and social environmental components. A.1l Involvement of NGO The R&BD does not have adequate resources to cany out many of the activities proposed in the EMAP and RAP. Some NGOs having these skills will be retained by the EMU. Initially, NGOs were involved on the Task Force and in the early consultation programme. They could be involved again. The SEA proposes that a state level NGO be involved in the implementation of the RAP since it can act as a messenger, passing PAP grievances to the R&BD and establish linkages with local NGOs. The EMU, in addition, is staffed by an expert with about 10 years' experience of working with the NGOs. Additionally, a different NGO will be retained to evaluate the implementation of the EMAP/RAP two times during the five years of the project; once midway through and again at the end. A.12 Cost The cost for implementation of the EMAP is estimated to be Rs 74 million plus another Rs 9.6 million for the EMU's total functions for the next four years. This estimate does not cover the environmental components which went in as part of the "good engineering design". The social component comprising almost entirely of the resettlement compensation/assistance measures, is estimated to cost Rs 71 million. Detailed breakdowns of these figures are provided in the SEA. (ix) I&E£,, Gujarat State Highways Project-Volume 2A: SEA Table A.1: PAPs and Their Entitlementsl Types of Project Affected Persons Outside Public Right of Way Inside Public Right of Way 'idle Holdas Teas2 Squaters and Encach=3 Tns . Vuheable |~~~~~~~~~W-~ Non V V umaa Non - I b Vublae e e I V e LOSS OF LAND AND OTHER ASSETS Unit of Entilement: Pro jectaffectedHousehold (PAM, ICaisjza waUllit*ig I Samansiu.midaw- ickod5nugnews YES YES YES YES YES YES and qM_xzunm 2 c Yp YEfSriNdO=spbh NONONO 3 dmcmcDwct--Wrmriap YES YES YES YES YES YES 4 Capmo a paumWa amp ad gm. okmd a mi umz jeua md mum YES YES NO EO ympj1 NO 5 YRepEuhr da YS YE YES YE Y 6 R W m sn YES YS YES YES YES YES 7 mkImEI W. in-g YES N YESV/ YES NO NO .sigmcm YES YES YES YES ESW YES 9Omw i Of Mnwig I ,mt si r dam g nos fo d ad YES Ys YES YES YES YES LOSS OF LIVELIHOOD Unit of Enklement: Project-affected Person (PAP) 10 admmcfolo vgo YES YES Y1 YES YES YE Ii IAddian4 me fs whaWie gw in e.ciiiddg adiidl YES NO YESV/ YES NO NO 12IEv n}ans-Xlabeoid. NOW 12 Eflmoyd. mamkmnmwb*o&c=au-YS YES YES YES YES LOSS OF COMMUNiT STRUCrUlEFACUXIS Unit of Entitlement: APoject-afaeed Group (PAG) 13 Rsm nd nptfand umLya '. e pw zpp smn=mmd I.aidnmmiiqdI a et 14 Pnrim fbw's,dpw nd tbn f s f ww r65 fsypma be_ 15 ifor o i i r- 16 Safee inufrpidnaim tyikd Ad&uiaieuaqd 1 17 l ig emy n a in_ I8 n dn imaduciddm I/ lsTaIlewinD beumte dwgibdihxmasifvmanidEPs WsDpAas uwyfirdieR&BD _whDwf be i npmmg the Ri AaFPb 2/ Tamcm ind Vuhael(VardNn Vubcu VGup VAp d6EAn snddt6eoa gpp Ns: NN-NuIuNae PA2UennatEnWhd YESV-V.lFePAPsaated. 3/ Enadm wita die IJ RoWs wi n be eigIe fo uer nz mm of a I i wid ty mm lanie..in whichd they WM fail um die YE9N0M-9_= YBEmN 41 IPAPa ar noved ffiue RoW wabid de 2 mm.Aicam pinod aid piagmd1 g isnoUAdie omnotuy iamW wil be pcuded u21 thFpun.asaiuwuaes '. (X) Executive Summary LeaAssociates Table A.2: Environmental Management Action Plan for Gujarat State Highways (SEA) Component/ Impact Mitigative Measures taken or to be taken Implementing I Responsible I__________________ I Organisation Organisation A. DESIGN PHASE Alignment * The alignment is selected so as to minimise the land occupation to avoid archaeological sites and temples Designing Unit R&BD and other environmentally sensitive areas. Environmental * In places where significant stretches of dense mature trees forming canopies over the road, alignments Management and should be considered which avoid or minimise loss of these green tunnels. Resettlement Unit (EMU) Land and * Information dissemination and public contact R&BD R&BD Property/Assets * Compensation will be given to PAPs based on the RAP which includes the Entitlement Policy.-See RAP EMU, NGOs EMU acquired ____ for details on all aspects of resettlement. recommended in RAP Cultural Heritage * Cultural heritage sites along the alignment should be identified and surveyed up front In the case of ASI R&BD Archaeological sites and Temples adjustment of alignment is requied. In the case of shrines, they may be EMU moved with prior consultation and approval of local community. Flood * Bridges and culverts have been well designed for the purpose of the flood discharge (100 year flood Designing Unit R&BD frequency for big bridges and 50 year flood frequency for medium size bridges). Fill height has been Engineering Consultants EMU designed for 50 year flood avoidance. CONSTRUCTION PHASE Air Dust * Water should be sprayed during construction phase, in the crushing and aggregate processing sites, asphalt Contractor R&BD mixing sites, and temporary roads. In filling sub-grade, water spraying is needed to solidify the material. EMU Afler the compaction, water spraying should be done at regular intervals to prevent dust. (At present no in house * Access roads and any unpaved construction roads should be watered, based on a prescribed schedule, so s Environmental capacity to prevent excessive dust. in R&BD, Induct Env. * Vehicles delivering materials should be covered to reduce spills. Eng. From GPCB for * Asphalt mixing sites should be over one km from any communities/residences. monitoring. * Mixing equipment should be well sealed, and vibrating equipment should be equipped with dust-removal GERI - Monitoring device. Operators should wear dust masks and ear protection. quality standard of equipment and ______________________________________________________________ _______________ materials used. (xi) LeaAssoclates Component/ Impact Mitigative Measures taken or to be taken Implementing Responsible Organisation Organisation Air Pollution * Vehicles and machinery are to be regularly maintained so that emissions conform to National and State Contractor R&BD Standards EMU * Bitumen heaters are to use only high quality fuels, and be serviced regularly to avoid excessive SO2 and SPM emissions. Noise * Noise standard of industrial enterprises will be strictly enforced to protect construction workers from Contractor R&BD damage. Workers in vicinity of strong noise will wear earplugs and helmets and their working time should EMU be limited. * In construction sites within 150 m of residential areas, construction should be stopped from 22:00-6:00. * Maintenance of machitery and vehicles should be enhanced to keep their noise at a minimwn. Water __ . Loss of minor water * Alignment and filling should avoid ponds and wells. Design Unit R&BD bodies and ponds * Where village ponds are affected, an equivalent area should be excavated/replaced. Contractor EMU .__ _ _ ___ Forest DepL Alteration of drainage * In sections along water courses, earth and stone will be properly disposed of so as to not block rivers and Contractor R&BD streams, resulting in adverse impact on water quality. EMU * In building pernanent drainage systems, temporary canals and culverts will be built for the sake of inigating drainage. * All necessary measures will be taken to prevent earthworks and stone works from impeding the rivers and water canals or existing inigation and drainage system. Siltation * cement and coal ash should be stacked together, fenced by bricks or earth wall, and kept away from water, Contractor R&BD to prevent leachate formation and contamination of surface and groundwaters. EMU * See measure for soil erosion. Forest Dept. Contamination from * All justifiable measures will be taken to prevent the waste water produced in construction from entering Contractor R&BD Wastes directly into rivers and irnigation system. A minimum distance of 200 m from water sources would be EMU maintained. Work camps of more than 20 people will require, as a minimum, a well constructed pit privy at least 200m from any water source Contamination from * Vehicle maintenance and refuelling should be confined to areas in construction camps designed to trap Contractor R&BD fuel and lubricants discarded lubricants and fuel spills. -EMU - GPCB Sanitation and Waste * Sufficient measures will be taken in the construction camps, ie provision of garbage tanks and sanitation Contractor R&BD Disposal in facilities. Waste in septic tanks will be cleared periodically. EMU.-GPCB Construction Camps * Drinking water will meet Indian National Standards. (xii) Executive Summary e1s. Lea Assoclofes Componentl Impact Mitigative Measures taken or to be taken Implementing Responsible Organisation Organisation * Garbage will be collected in a tank and disposed of daily. * Special attention shall be paid to the sanitamy condition of camps. a_ * amps should be located minimwm distancr of 200 m, fim water suurces. Soil Soil Erosion * In slopes and other suitable places along the roadside, trees and grass should be planted. On sections with Contractor R&BD high filling and deep cutting their slopes should be covered by stone walls and planted with grass, etc If EMU existing inigation and drainage systemn ponds are damaged, they should be rebuilt or recovered by suitable methods. Loss of topsoil * Arable lands should not be used as earth boimwing whenever possible. If needed, the topsoil (15 cm) Contractor R&1BD should be kept and refilled after excavation is over to minimise the impact on productive lands. EMU Compaction of Soil * Construction vehicles should operate on tempornvy accesses to avoid damaging soil. Contractor R&BD __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ EMU Flora E.oss of trees * Aseas of tree plantton ckeard will be replaced according to Compensatory Afforestation Policy under the Dept of Forty(DOF) R&13D Forest Conservation Act - 1980, as well as the application of the shelter belt planting programme defined in EMU the Interard Foresty Deopnt Planfor GuJalm(1 996), Dept of Forssry. * Tree cleating within RoW should be avoided beyond what is directly required for construction activities Contractor and or to reduce accidents-Trees to be cut will be dearly marked DOF R&BD * Green tunnels would be conserved, by naiowing the CW, introducing various speed control tmes, and EMU encouraging the construction of roadside rest areas. PIU, Chief Engineer, Dept of Fomstry __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ ___ Contractor and DOF Compaction of * See soil compaction. Contractor R&BD vegetation EMU Fauna * Construction workers should be told to protect natural resources and wild animals. Hunting is prohibited. Contractor R&BD, EMU and Fores Department SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT Loss of Access * Temporary access should be built at the interchange of the highway and other roads. Contractor R&BD EMU Traffic Jams and * If there are traffic jams during constnuction, measures should be taken to relieve the congestion with the co- Contaor R&BD and State Police congestion ordination of tansportation and traffic police department. (,If;", >ea Associates Component/ Impact Mitigative Measures taken or to be taken Implementing Responsible .________________ Organisation Organisation Road safety * Control speed of construction vehicles through road safety education and fines. Contractor R&BD Collisions with * Allow for adequate traffic flow around construction areas. vehicles, people and * Provide adequate signage, bariers and flag persons for traffic control. livestock * Communicate to the public through radio / TV/ Newspaper announcements regarding scope and timeflame of project. Increase in disease * Allow natural drainage to occur and avoid creation of stagnant water bodies especially in urban/industrial Contractor R&BD water bome areas. Standing waters, even scattered puddles, old tires, etc., can become breeding grounds for insect- Dept. of Health Dept., insect bome bome diseases, leading to serious illness among work crews and others. GoG communicable * Provide adequate sanitation and waste disposal at consruction camnps. diseases * Provide adequate health care for workers and locate camps away from VGs. Accidental Risks from * Effective safety and waming measures will be taken to reduce accidents. Contractor R&I3D blasting * Blasting will not be carried out during rush hours so as not to cause traffic jams and injuries. State Police along roadway * The management and use of blasting materials will be in strict conformity with the safety requirements for in quarnies public security. C OPERATION PHASE Air _ ___ Dust * Provide adequate fill height to avoid accumulation of dust. Contractor R&BD * Replace roadside tree plantations lost to construction and encourage new afforestation projects. Forest Department EMU Pollution * Check vehicular emissions of CO, HC, NO, SPM, RPM - reinforce PUC Programmes. Motor Vehicle Dept. R&BD * Monitoring air pollution EMU - GPCB Motor Vehicle Dept. * Afforestation programmes - Tree Plantations Forest depatment Noise * According to monitoring results, at places with excessive noise, sound barriers or other measures should be Motor Vehicle Dept. R&BD considered. EMU * Public will be educated about the regulations on air pollution and noise of vehicles. _ Motor Vehicle Dept. Water Contamination from * Contingency plans for clean up of spills of oil, fuel, toxic chemicals. Flying Squad of Motor Flying Squad of Motor spills due to traffic . vehicle Dept and State vehicle Dept. and State movement and Police Police (xiv) Executive Summary Lea ASSOCIates Component/ Impact Mitigative Measures taken or to be taken Implementing Responsible ________________________.. ______________________________________________.______________I Organisation Organisation accidents . Maintenance of * The drainage system will be periodically cleared so as to ensure adequate Stormwater flow. R&BD Stormwatcr Drainage Municipal Corps. System _ l _ l Fauna Collision with wildlife * Post signs for Wild Ass Crossing. Forest Dept. R&BD EMU EMUI SOCIAL Accidental spill of * Regional or municipal transportation bureaux (State Police) will set up respective transportation co- R&BD R&BD hazardous materials ordination unit for hazardous substances. * For delivery of hazardous substances, three certificates issued by transportation department are required - Flying Squad of Motor pennitlicense, driving license, and guarding license. Vehicles delivering hazardous substances will be Vehicle Dept. printed with unified signs. * Public security, transportation and fire fighting departments will designate a special route for these vehicles. These vehicles can only be harboured at designated parking lots. * This project's hazardous substances will be administered by highway management deparment registration system. * In case of spill of hazardous materials, report to the relevant departments at once and deal with it in accordance with the spill contingency plan. Safety and noise * Buildings are prohibited within 50 m of the edge of CW. No schools and hospitals are allowed within 200 Env. Eng. Of each R&BD disturbance m of the edge of CW. Division of RBD and Planning Dept. CYL:9ta uujarat orate Hign ways IProject-VoIlwne 2A: SEA LesAssoclates D. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Component Action to be Taken Implementing Agency Agency Responsible Atmosphere Operation Phase GPCB, EMU/R&BD R&BD * Monitoring Item: SPM, RPM, NOx, CO, Pb * Monitoring frequency: 4 times per year for one day each * Length of time: 5 years * Location of Monitoring Points: Where threshold was exceeded now or in future. Monitoring Standard Atmospheric monitoring standard issued by the CPCB. Noise Monitoring Frequency R&BD R&BD * Operation Phase: four timestyear in collaboration with GPCB EMU Monitoring Points EMU R&BD * Construction Phase: Ad hoc only if complained is lodged GSPCB * Operation Phase: one location on Link 033 Monitoring Standard GSPCB R&BD Existing noise standard issued by the CPCB Water Quality Parameters: R&BD R&BD * BODS, COD, SS, OL Grease, Gasolime, Detergent, Pb, Asphalt, pH EMU - GPCB Monitoring Frequency: * Construction phase: three times during bridge construction activity (twice/day) Monitoring Points: * At cross-drainage structures where bridges and culverts are to be replaced to be determined in ESR Monitoring Standard * Water quality standard issued by the CPCB Flora Parameters R&BD, EMU R&BD * No. trees surviving afler 6mnths, lyr and 1.5yrs, in relation to total planted Local Communities * revegetation success, in terms of survival of plantings _ (xvi) Executive Summary £eaAssoc/ates Table A.3: Environmental Management Action Plan: Operational Schedule 1998 1999 _ 2000 2001 2002 ITEM Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 |Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 aQ tr1 'Qtr 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.i Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Phase I Identification of Hotspots - - Mitigation Measures Recommendations for Realignment of Corridors - = - - = Design for Phase I Corridors A Construction Period for Phase I Mitigation Measures Taken During Construction - - - _ _ - Turfing and Revegetation - - - = Tree Plantation - - - e = _ _ - Operation Period for Phase I Air Pollution and Water Monitoring Programme - _ Mitigation Measures for Operation Period - - - Phase Ila Identification of Hotspots - - - - - = = - - - - Mitigation Measures Recommendations for Realignment of Corridors Design for Phase lla Corridors A __ Phase fib Identification of Hotspots . - - - - - Mitigation Measures - - _ - - - - Recommendations for Realignment of Corridors - - - - - - Design for Phase llb Corridors - - - _ - Progress A Milestone (xvii) Chapter 1-Introduction LsAssocias 1. INTRODUCTION This is Volume 2 of the final report for the Gujarat State Highways Project (GSHP). It is divided into two parts: * Volume 2A (this volume)-the Sectoral Environmental Assessment (SEA) * Volume 2B-the Environmental Study Report (ESR) The SEA provides the assessment of the impact of the project as a whole on the natural and social environment of Gujarat at a state level. Through the SEA, all project corridors were categorised into one of three levels of environmental sensitivity. As well the SEA established guidelines and general procedures for the conduct of road- related environmental assessments in Gujarat. The ESR is the detailed EA for the corridors to be improved in Phase I of the GSHP. It dealt with site specific information and addressed issues more at the taluka level. Key outputs were site specific Hotspot impact and mitigation matrices, a site specific RAP and EMAP, both costed and including an implementation timetable. The project road network was divided into Corridors and Links (see Vol. I for details). Thirty corridors were taken up for the feasibility study, which had total length of 1500 km. Out of these corridors, 18 corridors with a combined length of 818 km were selected for the strengthening or widening in GSHP. Throughout this report corridors are referred to by two-digit numbers (e.g., corridor 01, corridor 02, etc.). A corridor comprised of one or more Links. The Links are referred to by three-digit numbers (e.g., corridor 01 comprises of Links 011, 012 and 013, etc.). Not all links in the corridors, included in Phase I, were considered in the ESR1. Historically, SEAs are applied at the 'sector' level, namely to conducting an impact analyses on various solutions to a large scale transportation problem spanning a region, state or even a country. Alternative transportation solutions assessed might include rail, roads, traffic management or air transportation. The SEA takes both natural and social environment factors into account, yielding an assessment of each optional strategy in terms of environmental effect over a predefined timeslice. SEAs are also used to go to the next step, namely to screen a large number of sector wide projects (those which fit within the preferred transportation solution) in terns of the level of environmental analysis required if a project is initiated. While yielding some actual results at the project level, SEAs are more applicable at a strategic and macro level, flagging environmental problems associated with specific construction and operating period activities and providing guidance on how best to mitigate and monitor such impacts. Based on the World Bank's definitions (World Bank Source Book Update, 1995 and Africa EA Seminar Book,1996) of a Sectoral EA, it is clear that there is no single definition, and various interpretations are possible. The Bank's Asia Division has applied the sectoral process to screening sets of projects, where the specific solution has been predetermined, eg road rehabilitation, and work concentrates on establishing I For Corridor 06, Links 063 and 064 are in Phase I while 061 and 062 are in Phase 11. Links 281 and 282 on CorTidor28 are in Phase I while Links 284 and 285 are in Phase 11. 1 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Le Associates the extent of EA needed for each specific project and the methodology needed for undertaking the EA studies. The SEA undertaken for this project has used this latter approach. Volume 2A concentrates on describing the environmental conditions along the project roads, pointing out the general sensitive natural and social environment features, and goes on to link general construction and operation activities with effects on the sensitive environmental features. General plans for dealing with social impacts focusing on displaced people and on losses to the natural environment ,are addressed in a generic Environmental Management Plan, and within this a Resettlement Action Plan. An important output is a policy on dealing with displaced people, called the "Entitlement Policy for Gujarat State Highways Projece'. The volume ends by laying out the organisational requirements for implementing all environmental requirements, assesses the R&BD's capacity to complete such an undertaking and describes how and with what resources the project is proceeding. 2 Chapter2-Project Description Aso LaAasoc~ 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 Location and Background The state of Gujarat is located on the Western part of India, north of Maharashtra state. Gujarat straddles the Tropic of Cancer along the Arabian Sea bordering Pakistan and occupies an area of 195,904 km2. The Roads and Buildings Department (R&BD) of the State Government of Gujarat (GoG) contracted the Project Co-ordinating Consultant (PCC) services to select a priority number of road corridors to be rehabilitated over two phases in the Gujarat State Highways Project. The project is being funded by a World Bank loan. This project follows on the heels of the Strategic Options Study1 which identified 1500 km of high density traffic corridors out of 3,000 km of roads for the present study. These 1,500 km of roads are located throughout the state from the border of Rajasthan in the north to Maharashtra in the south, covers the whole of Saurashtra Peninsula along the Gulf of Kachchh and also includes isolated corridors in other areas of the state. Roughly 50% of the state is serviced by these state highways which traverse 16 districts of varied demographic and development characteristics. (see - Project Corridors). The feasibility study using the Deighton Total Infrastructure Management Software (dTIMS) economic evaluation model, selected 818 km of road corridors, from the pool of 1500 km, for implementation in GSHP. Selected corridors of a toatal length of 246.3 km were designated as Phase I, to be taken up for detailed engineering. Another 571.7 km were chosen to be included in Phase IIA and Phase IIB of the project, which will be taken up for detailed engineering later. The environmental team then undertook the Sectoral Environmental Assessment (SEA) for the total 818 km of road corridors chosen to be completed with tie US$4 IOM budget 2.2 Objectives The first objective of this SEA2 was to perfonn an environmental screening of the project corridors, based on data on natural and social environment conditions collected through a detailed field survey and updating of Strip Maps provided by the R&BD (see Section 3.2). The environmental screening process (see Section 3.8) involved: * Assigning a level of impact to each road link. * Determining which corridors would require further environmental analysis; and, * Determining if any of the corridors should be dropped from further consideration for environmnental reasons. The second objective of the SEA was to provide a practical plan for mitigating and monitoring the impacts which would stem from the construction, as well as the future 1 Lea Associates South Asia, 1995. 2 See Section I for a discussion on the application of an SEA to this project. 3 ;a022t:, Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Let Assocites operation of the roads. The plan is composed of an Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP) which identifies the mitigative and monitoring measures to be taken during all stages of the project. Within the EMAP are a number of sub plan the most important being the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) which deals with the resettlement of Project Affected Persons (PAPs). 2.3 The Selected Project Roads The economic evaluation model (see Volume I of this report) incorporated engineering costs as well as environmental costs at every 100 meter intervals along the 1500km. the original pool of roads. Since there were no preliminary designs1 for any of the corridors, the environmental costs had to be calculated as worst-case conditions, assuming that, within the entire RoW, most environmental features would be affected. This assumption was used in the dTIMS model to identify road sections which exhibited high environmental costs. While none of the roads were dropped due to environmental costs2 defined by the model, this action marked the rare and explicit inclusion of environmental factors in engineering cost estimation. TIhe project roads selected by the dTIMS model for Phase I and Phase II are presented on Figure 2. land listed in Table 2.1. Five corridors were selected for Phase I and eleven corridors (plus portions of two of the Phase I) were selected for Phase 11. 2.4 Boundaries of Project The following section describes the spatial and temporal boundaries for the area of influence of the study. DIRECT AREA OF INFLUENcE3. The project consists primarily of road rehabilitation along existing alignments with the exception of one planned by-pass. Consequently, the area of direct influence is confined in a linear fashion along the corridors where road construction activities will take place. The RoW is the primary boundary defining the project area of influence and has been used to set the limits for data collection on natural and social environmental features (see Box 2.1). Unfortunately, the RoW throughout the corridors varies from 24 m, 30 m, 45 m to 60 m, thus requiring the use of a variable area-of-influence. I In other words, at the time of the SEA, there was no clear definition of where four-laning, widening, widening through villages or new bypasses might occur. 2 Given the huge difference between engineering and environmental costs, it was clear that the model would not be sensitive enough to pick up the costs of environmental impacts, it nevertheless signalled unparalleled inter-disciplinary cooperation. 3 This is svnonymous with "corridor of impact" which is used in later parts of the document. As we are referring to road corridors, it was not used in this discussion to avoid confusion. 4 RAJASTHM~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~DA LEGEND ...- JIERNATIONAL BOUNDARY -STATE BOUNDARY - TRAFFIC ZONE i -NATIONAL HIGHWAY 13 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~STATE HIGHWAY r 02 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~* DISTRIC't HEADQUARTERS IAVW 1 ai4M ~~t * MAJOR TOWNS 2 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PHASE I CORRIDORS A OCOtIRA / ~~~~ PHASE 1I CORRIDORS OWA 28 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~".MAHA~ CORRIDORS NOT SELECTED MADYAFOR PCC *Conidom, are Shown by two digit n.. _f ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~such 0, 01, 02 and 03 atO., Links arf ShOPtn by three dIgIt not. Louch as 01 11, 012 and 013 at., 2 ..eL~~~~InICa01n,1,011.n30ampsnof OF ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~corridor 01, 02 aft. Figure 2.1 SECTORALEA PROJECT CORrIDORS. 050 100 KlaometerS 1I AT SJ T MAKARASHIR NE.AEA Af LASIA I I I Chapter2-Project Description Lea Assc,. Table 2.1: Project Corridor Roads Road Corridors Included in SEA Corridor Name Phase I Phase IIA Phase IIB (kin) (km) (kn) _1 Sarkhej-Viramngam 47.7 02 Viramgam-Maliya 38.3 03 Mehsana-Paianpurl 65.0 63.0 04 Deesa-Boider 05 Shamnaji-Lunavada 85.5 06 Lunavada-Halol 38.0 36.0 07 Ahmedabad- Ladvel 08 Ladvel-Dakor 18.0 09 Dakor-Godhra 47.7 10 Vadodara-Jarnibusar 47.0 II1 Padra-Kaijan 12 Bharuch-Dahej 47.2 13 Ankleshwvar-lchhapur 10.3 14 Kim-Ank-Olpad Xing 15 Ilchhapur-Palsana 10.4 16 Surat-Kadodra 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 35.6 18 Bajipura-Songadh 30.2 19 Vapi-Daman 20 Vapi-Kapnli 21 Dholka-Bagodra 22.4 22 Watman-Dholera 23 23 Bhavnagar-Vertej 24 Vertej-Dhasa 25 Vertej-VaDabhipur 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 26.5 27 Rajkot-Morvi 68.2 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 60 59 29 Khambalia-Okhaport 30 Bhuj-Naldkarana Total 246.3 250.2 382.5 Total Phase I + Phase IIA + II 818 Notes: 1/ Actual total = 881, but indudes CorridorO3 two times. once forthe upgradingofexisting lanes and then fbr two new lans along the same cTkidor, widiin the existing RoW. 7 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Box 2.1 The Road Corridor Boundaries THE CORRIDOR OF IMPACT ( Col): The Conidor of Impact (Col) approach has been proposed by the Gol and the World Bank. It was applied to Phase I roads ( the ESR) of this project. The Col is defined on the basis of roadway design-speed and the distance needed (the clear zone) for a vehicle leaving the road to come to safe stop or to swerve back onto the carriageway. For example, for a design-speed of 80-100km/h the clear zone should extend 4.5m beyond the standard 2.5m road shoulder, thus creating a 7m-wide cleared area, beyond the edge of the carriageway. For this design speed the Col would be 21m (4.5m clear zone plus 2.5m shoulder plus two 3.5m carriageways). In urban areas, with design speeds of 50- 60kmhli, the Col would be about 16m. These Col boundaries, when drawn onto the strip maps, yield much lower and, hopefully, more realistic impacts on PAPs. In this project, the Col concept has not been applied as an absolute measure but, rather, as a guideline. For example, when schools or hospitals border the RoW, the Col is extended to include the RoW boundary and beyond. The engineering team members indicated that safety concerns dictate that obstacles within the ROW can remain only if properly matched with design speed and and the clear zone needs. Therefore, it is possible to retain tees, but the speed must be reduced. In rural areas, the study included adjacent land use of up to 100 m on either side of the pavement edge as well as entire villages that were traversed by or were adjacent to the existing or planned RoW. In large urban areas the first row of buildings/properties adjacent to RoW was used as the study boundary. Therefore, the relationship of the carriageway, and the edge of the Col varies, yet can be schematically shown as generally ending near the 'ditch component of the road x- section (see Figure 2.2). 30 m Typial il R ig h t-o -W Yi | : ~~~~7 .0 nn m1 3 5m 3 m . F C orrIdor ol tmI pact (C ol Figure 2.2: Design Cross Section for 2 Lane Rural Highway(80-100 km/hr design speed) showing the Corridor of Impact (Cot) INDIRECT AREA OF INFLUENCE A distance of 10 km on either side of the corridor (a Gol specification) was used to define the indirect area of influence within which the following environmental features were recorded: national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, protected forests, archaeological and cultural/religious sites. 8 Chapter2-Project Description £,.Ass7w~tEs 2.5 Time Periods 2.5.1 Constructfon Period Road construction activities will generally be confined to the months outside the monsoon season. Construction activities for Phase I will begin in the 3rd quarter of 1998 and continue until 2001. Construction activities for Phase IIA should begin in late 1999 and continue until 2002. In the discussion of environmental impacts this 'period will be referred to as the construction phase. More specific timing is presented in the EMAP Implementation Schedule in Table 8A. 2.5..2 Operational Period Except in cases where the analysis reflects specific traffic scenarios for years 5, 10, 15, 20 (such as for air quality and noise), the discussion of future environlmental impacts refers to the general time periods when the road will be operational in the future. wlhich is nominally 2002. 9 I I Chapter3-SEA Methodology LuAssoci.e 3. SEA METHODOLOGY 3.1 Selection of Project Roads The 818 km of Project roads were selected using the dTIMS model which incorporated engineering as well as enviromnental costs for every 100 m section ofthe project roads. Environmental cost data were obtained by various evaluation techniques and entered along with standard engineering cost data into the model (Vol.). 3.2 Strip Map Data Collection and Updating The main objectives of the strip mapping were to: * Verify and update the social and natural environment data recorded on strip maps prepared by the R&BD; * Plot the social, bio-physical and cultural elements within the RoW for the study corridors; and, * Crate a strip map data base which would form an input to the dTIMS model, the SEA, the ESR and could be used for compliance monitoring purposes. Obtaining additional information using Survey of India (SoI), 1:50,000 scale topo sheets was not possible since most of Gujarat's territory maps are classified due to the proximity ofthe Pakistan border. Two survey teams of six professionals were deployed for one month to record the land use and natural environmental features along ttle project corridors. The new data collected included the number of residential and business units potentially affected by the project corridors and adjacent land uses, trees and vegetation, water crossings, wetlands, wells, archaeological and cultural assets. For a full list of the type of data collected please refer to Appendix 1. Data which was not directly relevant to the text is collated in a document titled Natural and Social Environment Source Infornation (NDLI, 1998c). 3.3 Tabulation and Database Design Updated information for each corridor was recorded in the field on copies of the strip maps. The information was recorded using a set of symbols standardised for this field exercise (see Appendix 1) and was tabulated on data sheets in the office. Tabulated data were then transferred to a database designed in Visual FoxPro Version 5.0 (NDLI, 1998a). The updated strip map data sets were then transferred to AUTOCAD and computer drawings were prepared. 3.4 Natural Environment Informnation for the natural environment was collected at two levels. State-wide data from secondary sources were used to describe background setting along the corridors. Additional natural environment data were obtained from the field survey, during which time the Strip Maps were updated . An ambient air quality sampling progam 11 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates was undertaken at eight locations within the study area. National experts on the natural environment were consulted throughout the project (see Appendix 2). 3.4.1 Air Quality Air quality monitoring was undertaken for six parameters in order to establish if any existing or future field conditions exceeded Gol standards. Total emission load was also calculated for the corridors. Data were assernbled from the Gujarat State Pollution Control Board's (GPCB) database as well as from the eight field locations. PARAMETERS SELECTED. The six parameters selected were: * Carbon Monoxide (CO) - primarily caused by combustion of petrol consuming engines; * Hydrocarbons (HC) - resulting from incomplete fuel combustion and evaporation; * Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) - resulting from the buming of petrol * Sulphur Dioxide (S02) - due to the sulphur content in diesel fuel; * Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) - including suspended particulates from diesel fuel, materials / produced from friction, tire wear, heavy metals and machine movement; and, - Lead (Pb) - added to the petrol and discharged into the air on combustion. DATA COLLECTION. Air was sampled at eight stations (see Table 3.1) over a period of four weeks using high volume samplers (HVS) installed 30-45 m away from the edge of pavement and 3-4 m above ground. Continuous samples of ambient air were taken over a three day period (24 hours) at all eight stations. For HC and CO, hourly sampling in seamless (5) Latex Valve Bladder over an eight hour period was used. These samples were analysed by standard methods (Gol) in the Comet Environmental Consultants Laboratory in Rajkot. Selection of the eight sampling locations were based primarily on the need to capre the fuil range of taffic volumes (Table 3.1) in the study area. SECONDARY DATA SOURCE. Air quality data covering 1994-96 and recorded by GPCB under the National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring programme (NAAQM), were also used. CLIMATE AND WIND DATA. Climate data for the state were collected from secondary sources (Planning Atlas of Gujarat, 1987 and Census Atlas of India, 1991). Wind velocity and direction, air temperature and rainfall data were obtained for the sampling locations and incorporated into the air quality model. TRAFIC VOLuMwE The total daily traffic volume and composition are two key factors determining emission levels along highways. As shown in Table 3.1, AADT1 traffic volumes at 1 AADT or average annual daily taffic volume is measue of the average number of vehicles of all types, based on an annual total value travelling past a location daily for a given roadway. 12 Chapter3-SEA Methodology o£ L,aAssac the eight locations averaged from 3,182 to 13,276 vehicles per day and are representative of the range of values found within the study road comidors. Table 3.1: Air and Noise Sampling Locations and Traffic Volumes Link Link Name Sampling AADT Location (veh/day) 012 Sanand- Sachana Sanand 9,090 033 Sidhpur - Palanpur Sidhpur 10,295 & 061 Lunavada - Shehra Lunavada 5750 064 Kalol - Halol Kalol 10,532 132 Olpad - Ichhapur Olpad 6180 171 Bardoli - Bajipura Bardoli 13,276 241 Sihor - Sanosara Sihor 3,182 293 Dwarka Okhaport - Mithapur Mithapur 4,843 ANALYSIS. For calculating air pollution over road corridors the Gaussian Line Source method was used to determine the concentration of various pollution parameters (Compendium of Working Papers (NDLI 1998b). These estimated levels were calculated based on present day traffic volumes. 3.4.2 Noise Variation in traffic volume, vehicle type (composition) and surrounding commercial industrial activities are the dominating factors which influence the propagation of noise. Equivalent noise level Leq was the primary parameter selected. Due to time constraints noise levels were estimated in most corridors by using a single AADT volume and vehicle composition datum, as well as a standard vehicle speed and then applying the noise estimation formulae and comparing that with the noise levels recorded at the survey locations. The locations selected for surveys are representative of residential, commercial, industrial and institutional land use zones. Noise levels were recorded at all the eight locations for a period of 24 hours (6 am. to 9 pm. and 9 p.m. to 6 am.) at 15 minute intervals and at a distance of 15 m from the CW and 1.2 m above ground level. Sound measurements were tabulated as one hour mean noise level and then calculated for 24 hours. Recorded noise was used to establish equivalent sound levels (Leq) over a 24 hour period. These were broken down further to define six thresholds expressed as exceeding Gol standards for varying periods of the time over a 24 hour cycle, ie LIO, L9Q, Lnight (9pm-6am), Lday (6:01am-8:59pm), Ldn (24hr avg.) and Lmax. Noise rating values Ldn and Lqnax were used to estimate sound level from all sources. Standard noise estimation formulae were applied to determine the six noise Leq levels at each of the eight locations1. For detailed discussion of calculation methods refer to Working Paper on Noise Pollution in the Compendium of Working Papers (LASA/NDLL 1998a). 13 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates 3.4.3 Water Resources Identification oi water sources, cross drainage and water infiltration are important in impact assessment of road projects. This is particularly significant in water scarce regions such as Gujarat. PARAMETERS SELECTED. * Surface Water. The parameters selected for the surface water resources were type and number of wetlands within or along road corridors and type and number of water crossings. Characteristics of major rivers and water quality data were obtained from secondary sources. * Ground Water. In Gujarat, ground water is the main source of water supply for drinking, irrigation and commercial use. The parameters chosen to help identify any possible impacts road rehabilitation might have on the ground water were location of aquifer recharge zones, depth of ground water table, level of water table, and the ground water developmnent (ie extraction) zones. DATA COLLECrION AND ANALYSIS. The data for surface and ground water resources were obtained from the Irrigation Departiment, Ground Water Board, GPCB records and other published and unpublished documents. The data analysis involved the identification and quantification of the following features: * number of water crossings (surface channels) for each road; l location of ground water recharge areas; and, * surface and ground water quality in waters crossing roads or found in the RoW. 34.4 Flora, Fauna And Habitat PARAMETERS SELECrED. The parameters selected for the inventory of flora and fauna were: * Number of protected areas ie National Park I Sanctuaries and reserved forests influenced by the project corridor, * Species, size and density of tees, green tunnels1; * bio-diversity data on flora and fauna; and, * rare and endangered species. DATA COLLECnON AND ANALYSiS In addition to extensive, field surveys on roadside trees, data on flora and fauna were obtained through contacts with the following agencies; the Forest Department, Wildlife Department, Gujarat Ecological Commission, World Wildlife Fund, and from other published and non-published sources. 1 Green tunnels are dense RoWs of tree plantations along the roadside which form a complete canopy over the road. 14 Chapter3-SEA Methodology ZjEt Lea Assoca. "Tree density" along RoW plantations was calculated by enumerating the trees into three size groups (ranging in diameter-breast-height from <10cm to >90cm) and counting the number of rows planted within the RoW, over a linear distance then multiplying to get a two-dimensional measure of tree density (m2/km). With this measure it was possible, for the SEA, to simply compare tree stands along many linear corridors, without undertaking major surveys. 3.4.5 Soils - Minerals PARAMETERS SELECTED. Erosion potential and condition of existing pits and quarries, to be used for road construction were the two parameters used to assess road related impacts on soils. DATA COLLECriON AND ANALYSIS. Soil quality data were obtained from the Census of India (1991) as well as from the Planning Atlas of Gujarat (1979). Soil quality was overlain with rainfall data in order to determine soil erosion potential. Soils were categorised into high, medium and low erosion potential zones. An inventory of pits and quarries, using field forms developed jointly by the environmental and material engineering specialists, was undertaken in order to assess the presence of existing environmental problems such as chronic erosion, stagnant water and licensing and general site managemnent. 3.5 Social Environment For the social environment, data needed to be presented at three levels: (I) At the State level, background information was necessary to describe the socio-economic and demographic factors which characterise Gujarat (2) At the district level, a socio- economic profile of districts since the road corridors pass through most of the districts of Gujarat (3) At the local level, pinpointing direct local impacts along the project corridors through the strip mapping1 (see Section 7.4). Once quantified and assessed, these indicators provided the most accurate measure of the impacts on the human (social and built) environment The parameters chosen to define the impacts on the social environment fell under four major headings: demography, socio-economic, land use and development and Vulnerable Groups (VG). Data for district level forest area and land utilisation details were obtained from the District Census Handbooks for the years 1982-83 and 1989- 90. The informnation on population, demography and VGs was collected from the Census of India (1991) for Gujarat State and the Socio-economic Review of Gujarat State (1997) from the Directorate of Economics and Statistics. 3.5.1 Socio-economic andDemographic Profile The following standard parameters were used to prepare a socio-economic and demographic profile of the State of Gujarat and the districts traversed by the project roads. The parameters were: * Area and People; 1 Stip mapping was used in the SEA as a method for inventorying important natural and social environment features. Strip mapping results were also used for the natural component work of the ESR, whereas specific censuses were used for all work involving the RAP activity for the ESR 15 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA 4ea Assocrales * Population Distribution and Density; * Population Growth; * Occupational Structure by Industrial Category; * Sex-Ratio; * Literacy Rate; and, * Rural-Urban Population Growth. The geographical area, distribution of population, population growth and population density are all essential parameters in understanding the social environment in the districts. These parameters reflect the importance of the location, employment base, stress and demand on infrastructure and other associated problems of development. The higher the density of the districts traversed by the project roads, the higher the growth potential and therefore the greater the level of impact on the social environment. The sex-ratio (ie the number of females per 1000 male population) is an important indicator of migration and gender equity (in a developing country context) since it helps to point out the employment opportunities in a given district. Literacy rate is a significant indicator of any district or state's economic as well as social development status. The higher the literacy rate the higher the development, and vice-versa. These seven parameters were used to assess the social development status of the districts as well as the economic base in relation to predicted project induced effects. At a community level, the strip mapping focused on a number of indicators related to human settlements and the people who live in them. These were: * Number of units of residential property; * Number of units of business property, * Number of units of industrial property; and, - Number of PAPs, both residents and business people. 3.5.2 Socio-economic Profile In order to determine project impacts at the more macro level, district socio-economic profiles were prepared. Key parameters used to generate the economic profile were in the following six productive sectors (output and growth statistics were estimated for each sector): Agriculture including irrigation; Livestock; Fishing; Forestry; Minerals; Industry. 3.5.3 Land Use and Development The following key parameters are taken into consideration to review the development that has taken place in the districts thrugh which the project corridors are passing: * Urban Land; * Agricultural (rural) Land; and, * Forest Land. The land uses affected by the project roads were measured by five parameters that show the amount of land in a given land use category that is lost as a result of the project: * Urban Land; 16 Chapter3-SEA Methodology * Village Land; * Irrigated Land; * Non-irrigated Land; and, * Uncropped Land (in rural area). 3.5.4 Vulnerable Groups The vulnerable groups selected for this project include people from the Scheduled1 Castes (SCs), Scheduled Tribes (STs), Landless Agricultural Workers, and Women (in particular women headed households). The term 'Scheduled' refers to the various tribal and non-tribal, economically and socially backward communities and ethnic groups that are listed in the Eighth Schedule of the Indian Constitution. Although women headed households are also regarded as vulnerable in this project, for the purpose of statistical analysis, the main emphasis is given to the Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribal population (relevant data for women headed households was not available). The parameters considered were: * population growth; * distribution and density, * literacy rate; and, * workforce participation rate occupational structure. The data was collected from Socio-economic Review-1997 from the Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Gandhinagar. For the purpose of the Resettlement Action Plan, any project affected persons from a household with an average monthly income less than Rs 2,000 are also entitled to the special support mechanisms for Vulnerable Groups. The Socio-economic Survey and Census of the PAPs provide the necessary data to identify members of vulnerable groups in the project corridors. Children, elderly and the disabled who could also be considered as members of vulnerable groups, will be eligible for support under the collective group category in the Entitlement Policy. 3.6 Cultural Heritage India is a country with a vast amount of cultural heritage and Gujarat is no exception. There are many sites of archaeological, heritage and cultural significance throughout the state that are included on the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI). Additionally in a very spiritual country like India numerous shrines and temples located along the roadsides are found in general and throughout the project corridors in particular. Significant efforts are required to protect and enhance these cultural resources in the face of modenisation and rapid development Efforts were made to identify and assess the affected archaeological and culhtual property to ensure their protection and to recommend improved access to cultural heritage sites which fall within the area of 1 The term 'Scheduled' refers to the various tnbal and non-tnibal, economically and socially confined communities and edtic groups that are listed in the Eighth Schedule of the Indian Constitution. 17 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LaAssosates influence of the project corridors1 * Special attention was given to the areas of cultural significance to local communities and those cultural properties not protected by conservation legislation. Strip mapping, surveys on archaeological and cultural property, and secondary sources of information were used to identify the areas of cultural significance of this project However, detailed information will be required while carrying out on-site protection and enhancement progranimes (NDLI, 1998b). Impact and influence zones were delineated to identify, assess, and devise an approach on protection and enhancement of the affected cultural property. The impact and influence zones include archaeological and cultural properties which were: * located within the RoW of the project corridors; * located next to the RoW and within the physical influence zones of the project corridors; and, * located in the region of the project corridors; however, only properties protected by the State and National Archaeological Departments, and places and settlements of greater cultural significance were considered. 3.7 Community Consultation Programme 3.7.1 Approach and Timetable Community involvement during the project improves the chances the affected people will participate in the decision making process and that they will provide feedback on issues of concem. A consultation programme, involving PAPs and stakeholders, including Govemment/Non-Government Organisations and Agencies working in the project corridor areas was completed. Participation involved dialogue with all interested parties before making key decisions pertaining to the project. The participants were from all sectors affected by the road improvements. Figure 3.1 shows the organisation and composition of a comprehensive community consultation programme for both the SEA and the ESR processes2. 3.7.2 Selecting the Stakeholders Efforts were made to select stakeholders from various administrative and technical levels; mainly representing Government Departments and Agencies, representatives of Non Govemmental Organisations (NGOs) and local experts. The R&BD established a State-level Task Force to provide guidance and feedback on the social, economic and environmental issues that could arise during the next four years of the project, as well as advising on specific compensation and assistance measures proposed in the SEA. 1 One of the most effective ways of preserving cultural heritage is for the public to visit these sites in an appreciative manner aided by improved access and interpretative signage. This would raise their cultural consciousness and serve to support the g,eneral conservation of cultural properties. 2 PAPs are not consulted during the SEA, since the entire process is at a more generic level. 18 Chapter3-SEA Methodology State level, leading NGOs were also consulted for their views, concerns and suggestions on issues related to the project design, implementation of the project, and in particular the RAP and EMAP. Experts working with leading Research hnstitutes who have experience in resettlement, rehabilitation and community development were consulted for their opinion about the project design and the implementation ofthe RAP and EMAP. Govemment of Gujarat Revenue partment ~~Social Welfare DEpateto Deatet RBDepartment Departmient NGO's ~Co-ordinating PAPs Local Experts Figure 3.1: Suggested Organisational Structure for Project Level Consultation Programme Communities that were directly affected by the project were identified and consulted through a limited number of organised Village Meetings and Focus Group Interviews along the project corridors. An Information Disclosure Guide and a Focus Group Discussion Guide were prepared and their format followed during the meetings and focus groups (see Appendix I in Volume 2B-ESR). The meetings were taped and notes taken by a facilitator. Detailed meeting reports were prepared on issues and concems raised at the meetings. These meeting reports are in Appendix 2 of the ESR (Volume 2B). 3.8 Screening And The Screening Matrix 3.8.1 Introduction Due to the scale of the engineering related economics, the dTIMS economic evaluation model was not sensitive to the much smaller (in relative terms) environmental cost factors, therefore it was necessary to screen the 18 selected project corridors using a larger set of environmental factors1. Screening was in fact done on all 30 conridors since the data were available and the sample larger to allow a more rigorous statistical comparison. For the analysis of impacts only Phase I and II roads, totalling 818 kn, were examined. 19 .4r=atl Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Le Associates Quantitative values were estimated for a set of indictors for which data were obtained from various sources including the strip mapping. Using this approach the project corridors were sorted into three1 categories: * Category A: A full EA is required, as the project may have diverse and significant environmental impacts; * Category B: Although a full EA is not required, environmental analysis is appropriate, as the project may have specific environmental impacts; and, * Category C: Environmental analysis is normally unnecessary as the project is unlikely to have significant environmental impact. Numerical values for indicators describing the amount and types of land-use (urban, rural, commercial, residential and agricultural) and sensitive features (such as cultural properties, people, tribal and protected areas, trees and water sources) that would be affected by the road construction were calculated. 3.8.2 IndicatorMatrix The indicators selected for screening the road corridors (see Sect. 3.4 and 3.5) were listed in a weighting matrix (see Appendix 3). The weighting was done through the use of a modified Delphi technique2 relying on professional judgement, based on quantitative baseline data. Professionals from the Project's environment and engineering team, as well as members of the GoG Task Force including: Scientists, Planners, Economists, Engineers and NGO representatives were asked to participate in the exercise. All were asked to consider the relative importance of each component of the environment as well as the selected indicators in the context of the project and the study area. They were given a copy of the indicator weighting table (see Appendix 3) and asked to assign an importance value (0-100) separately for the main components and sub-components of the environment as well as the selected indicators. The values for each indicator were recalculated so that the total for all of the indicators would equal 100. 3.8.3 Components of the Matrix The matrix (see Appendix 3) summarised the significant impacts of the road project activities during the design, construction and operation phases on the Natural and Social Environment. While a range of indicators was selected, most of the indicators relate to the construction phase. Air quality and noise analysis are relevant for both construction and opemtioin phases. The indicators used in the matrix were: number of water bodies and wells affected, amount of tree mass lost; land acquired; number of human settlements; units and people affected; and shrines, temples and archaeological The World BanK's Operational Directives OD 4.0.1defines 3 categories as well. Categories in this report are not to be considered the same legally, as the Bank's. categories. 2 The Delphi process is an iterative way of determining and refining the opinions of a group of people. Each person responds individually, that is, not in the presence of the group. While the participants may know each other, each person's responses are kept anonymous. Instead of group discussion, there are successive rounds of questions to be answered. Infornation from the previous round is given to participants so that they may use it to revise theirearlier answers. There is no attemptto force consensus. (Krawetz, N.M, 1991) 20 Chapter3-SEA Methodology sites. Less quantifiable indicators, but also used in the screening were: no. of water crossings, erosion potential and the presence of green tunnels (see definition later in this chapter), required a professional valuejudgement to determine importatice. 3.8.4 Assessment of lmpacts The impact scores for each indicator for all road links within the 30 corridors (the 1500 km pool of roads) were tabulated and analysed as follows: I. First, low, medium and high impact cut-off points were established by identifying the low third, middle third and high third range for the values recorded for each indicator. 2. The highest value in the series for the 30 corridors was multiplied by 033 and 0.66 in order to obtain threshold values for low, medium and high impact 3. Those corridors falling below 033 of the highest value were determined to be low impact; those between 0.33 and 0.66 were medium, and those above 0.66 were high impact. As there were no standards to apply to any of the indicators other than air quality, it was felt that this statistical sample of 30 corridors (1500 km) would provide a more credible assessment ofthe relative impacts for the 818 km of roads. 3.8.5 ldentiflcation of Hotspotsl For road links going to detailed design, ie all roads in Phase 1, the environmental features were tabulated along with their kilometre location and level of sensitivity. Using this approach hotspots were identified (in the ESR only) to help focus mitigation plans. This method should be used for all road corridors that require future environmental analysis. 3.8.6 Criteia forSensitvityindex The widening of roads will impact the natural and cultural features within and outside the road RoW. Each of these features has a tangible as well intangible value. These values coupled with the replacement/ mitigation costs can be converted into a measure of sensitivity of each of the features. To reflect intrinsic sensitivity of key potentially affected features, each was classified as Critical (most sensitive), Sub-critical, Standard or Sub-standard (least sensitive). Critical features are: I. Temple/Mosque coupled with another "sensitive area" on the opposite side within 2 m ofthe existing CW; 2. Series of "sensitive areas" on either side within an urban link, constricting the highway improvement; and, 3. Presence of an archaeological structure within 15 m of the existing CW. Sub-Critical features are: 4. Temple/mosque within 7 m edge of existing travel line; 5. Presence of a series of shrines on either side of the CW; 6. Presence of "Green Tunnel" within the RoW of a project road; 1 Minimal impacts for road alignment were determined based on intrinsic trade-offs between sensitive features, land acquisition and engineering costs and the recommendations were passed on to the Engineering design team. 21 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LegAss=a;iltes 7. Presence of a Pond, near the existing CW, on one side and shrine/RoWs of large trees on the opposite; 8. Presence of giant tree on both sides ofthe road; 9. Presence in the RoWs of large trees on both sides of the CW; and, 10. Presence of a welltube well/ bore well/ at a distance of <3.5 m from the edge of existing CW. Standard features are: I 1. Presence of Giant trees, near the existing CW; 12. Presence of a pond near the edge of the existing CW; 13. Presence of a Temple, at a distance of more than 7 m from the edge of the existing CW; 14. Presence of a shrine within 7 m from the edge of the CW; 15. Presence of row/s of large trees on one side and within 3 m of an existing CW; and, 16. Presence of a welltube well bore welV at a distance of >3.5 m and <7 m from edge of CW. Sub-Standard Features are: 17. Presence of a Pond, at a distance of more than 7 m, from the edge of the CW; 18. Presence of a shrine, at a distance of more than 7 m, from the edge of the CW; 19. Presence of a temple, at a distance of more than 12 m from the edge of the existing CW; and, 20. Presence of a well/tube well bore well/ at a >7 m from edge of CW. The identification and classification of these features in a hotspot matrix table (Vol. 2B) serves as a guideline highlighting sensitive features along the corridors. The likely impacts of ignoring these and these features is described in Table 3.2. Table 3.2: Environmental Impact Indicator Sensitivity Measure Likelihood of Serious Likelihood of Recovery Action Needed Impact (Indicator No.) When Mitigative Measure I Applied Critical: (1-3) Mitigation unlikely. Relocate highway. Relocation, not possible. No- Alternate alignment . practical options. preferable. Sub-critical :(4- 10) Relocation, not possible. Highway design to be ____ __ Mitigation, difficult. altered. Standard: (11-16) Reasonable risk of failure: Construct protection: Mitigation possible. walls/barriers. Relocation possible. Relocation of sensitive area may be preferred solution. Sub-standard: (17-20) Mitigation preferred. Provide mitigation or Relocation preferred. relocation measures regardless of the road alignment. A.2 22 Chapter4-Institutional Setting, Laws and Administration Li AssOiat 4. INSTITUTIONAL SETTING, LAWS AND ADMINISTRATION 4.1 Introduction Environmental regulations, legislation and policy guidelines that may impact this project, are the responsibility of a variety of government agencies (see Table 4.1). The implementation of mitigative measures proposed in this SEA, often require several agencies to work co-operatively. Table 4.1: SummaryofRelevantEnvironmental Leslation Act Year Objective Responsible Agency The Forest Conservation Act 1927 To check defostaion by Forest Deparient, GoG (for land The Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 restricting conversion of conversion below 5 hectuare & 40% The Forest (Conservafion) Rules 1981 fomSted amtEito non density). _ _ _ _ _ _ _ forested areas. Wild Life (Prowction) Act 1972 To protect wildlife tugh Chief Conservator, Wildlife, Wildlife creation ofNational Parks Wing Forest Department. GoG. ________ _ and Sancties_ National Forest Policy 1952 To mantain ecological Forest Departnent, Gol and GoG. National Forest Policy (Revised) 1988 sabiity through pesevation and resation of biological diversity. Air (Prevention and Cotrol of 1974 To cotrml air polluion by GPCB & Transport Department Pollution) Act cont olling rision arnd air pollutants aper die l______ presmbed standards. Environental Protecion Act 1986 To poWtect ad inpove the DoEF, GoG. _ _ _ _ _ _ overall env bomneft Coastal Regulation Zone 1990 To restricsetting up and MoEF, Gol. Regulations expansion of industries, operations orprcesses etc between High Tide Line and Low'rrde Line. Central Motor Vehicle Act 1988 To check vehicular air and Motor Vehicle Department, GoG. Central Motor Vehicle Rules 1989 noise pollutior Gujarat Motor Vehicle Rules 1989 Ancient Monumnt and 1958 Conservation of cultal and Indian Hritage Society and Indian Archaeological Sites and historical renains fond in National Trust for Ant and Culture Remains Ac:t . xda Heritage (IWrACH) The Land Acquisition Act 1894 Set out nrle for acquisition of Revenue Deparmen and lamd by government 1989 This Section presents a review of the existing insfitutions and legislation relevant to this project, at the National and State level, and which technically, need to cooperate in order to implement the project's environmental requirements. Regulations concerning procedures and requirements that may directly concern this project are annotated. Some gaps and resource deficiencies have been identified within the institutions and agencies discussed, concerning their ability to respond to various policy and resource related needs (see Section 10). The capacities of these agencies to implement and conduct the necessary mitigative measures defined in the SEA and recommendations for institutional strengthening are discussed in Chapter 10. 23 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates 4.2 Natural Environment 4.2.1 Laws, Regulations andinstitutions Responsible The Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) has overall authority for the administration and implementation of govemment policies, laws and regulations related to the environment, including conservation, environmental assessment, sustainable development and pollution control. MoEF identifies the need to enact new laws and amend existing environmental legislation when required, in order to continue to conserve and protect the environmnent At the state level, the MoEF authority is the Department of the Environment and Forestry (DoEF). The Forest Department is a sub-division within DoEF. In 1976, the 42nd Constitutional Amendment created Article 48A and 51 A, placing an obligation on every citizen of the country to attempt to conserve the environment. As a result, a number of laws related to environmental conservation were passed to strengthen existing legislation. The MoEF gives environmental clearance for any developmental project that may have an impact on the air, water and land by conducting an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). If a project generates adverse impacts then it requires MoEF clearance via the submission of an Environment Impact Statement (EIS) following the guidelines of the MoEF. There is no environmental act or law exclusively goveming road and highway projects. Generally, such projects fall under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. Item No. 21 of Schedule-I of the Act specifies that any highway project needs environmental clearance from the central government in the fomm of an approved EIA. In January 1994, the MoEF issued a notification on Environmental Assessments (EA), followed by an amendment in May 1994 and in 1997. Under these notifications certain activities must obtain clearance frinm Central and State Governments and obtain a No Objection Clearance (NOC) before commencing. EIA is a statutory requirement in order to obtain clearance, if a project: * Falls under the 29 prescribed activities in Schedule-I of the notification; * Affects certain designated area such as a reserve forest, a protected forest, or a wildlife sanctuary, and, * Is a project with potential to pollute and is an investment of Rs 500 million and above. In April 1997, a notificafion was issued by MoEF amending Schedule-I of the EIA Notification, 1994 which lists projects requiring Environmental Clearance. The April, 1997 notification replaced Item 21 of the Schedule and stated: [Environmental clearance by MoEF is not required for] highway projects relating to improvement work including widening and strengthening of roads with marginal land acquisition along the existing alignments provided and which do not pass through ecologically sensitive areas such as National Parks, Sanctuaries, Tiger Reserves, Reserve Forests. As a result of this amendment, GSHP: Phase I does not require environmental clearance from the MoEF. In the case of GSHP: Phase HA and Phase IIB projects also the clearance requirement is low (arises only in specific cases of bypasses, etc.). None 24 Chapter4-lnstitutional Setting, Laws and Administration LOSAssowal. of the project roads pass through any ecologically sensitive areas ,sensitive areas or reserve forests, etc. In the case where a project displaces a large number of people (> 1000 people) or has significant adverse ecological ramification, public hearings and consultation must take place. After the decision of the MoEF is given to the proponent, it is valid for up to five years. The MoEF can plays an important role as the monitoring agency, ensuring the appropriate implementation of the project according to the recommendations and conditions under which clearance was granted. These requirements are defined in the EIA Notification (MoEF), 1994 and are based on the impact statement submitted. In 1989, the MoEF in conjunction with the Ministry of Surface Transport (MOST), published Environmental Guidelines for Rail, Road and Highway Projects, and these are used as a guide to conducting environmental studies of roads. FOREST CONSERVATION ACT - DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS. Of all the laws, the Forest Conservation Act stands out as having particular significance for this project Many project corridors will impact dozens of hectares1 of protected forests within the RoW of the road corridors as a result of the rehabilitation work proposed. R&BD must obtain administrative approval from the Department of Environment and ForesVs Chief Forester to clear the over 20 hectares of designated reserve forests. In 1986, when MoEF enacted the Environment Protection Act, the entire linear stretches of roadside plantations along the state highways were declared as protected forest. Although the land is under the control of the R&BD, due to its protected status, approval of Central, Regional or State Government for using the land for widening and rehabilitation must be granted. The Forest Conservation Act (1927) was amnended in 1980 in an attempt to check the rapid deforestation occuring throughout India. At the state level, the government was empowered to declare reserves and protected forest and was also given the authority to acquire land for extension and preservation ofthe forests. An advisory Committee was formed to supervise compliance, within other government departments. In December 1996, a Supreme Court Judgement further defined the types of forests to be protected. Depending on the size of the tract to be cleared, clearance are applied for at the following levels of government * if the forest exceeds 20 hectare than prior permission of Central Government is required; * if the forest is between 5 to 20 hectare the Regional Office of Chief Conservator is required; * necessary if the forest is below or equal to 5 hectare the State Governnent can give permission; and, * If the construction area is more than 40% forest, permission to undertake any work is needed from the Central Government, irrespective of the size of the area. More then thirty years ago the State Forest Department, was, with the consent of Provincial Works Departnent, asked to be responsible for the reforestation in 1 The estimated number of ha of tree plantations removed as a result of road reconstruction for each of the Phase I corndors is found in the ESR (Volume 2B). 25 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA .ea1Assoca=tes 210CZ highway RoWs and along other roads,. Since the, forest cover of Gujarat was only 10% compared with the national average of 22%, these strips and linear plantation are considered to be quite important Applicability of the provisions of the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 to the linear (road or canal side) plantations was modified by a notification from the Gol, MoEF, dated 18 February 1998. The new notification recognises that the spirit behind the Forest (Conservation) Act was conservation of natural forests, and not strip plantations. In case of the "notified to be protected" roadside plantations, the clearance now may be given by the concemed Regional Offices of the MoEF, irrespective of the area of plantation lost. While issuing the approval, in place of nornal provision for compensatory afforestation, the Regional Offices will stipulate a condition that for every tree cut at least two trees should be planted. If the decision is not accorded by the concerned Regional Office within 30 days of the receipt of fully completed application, the proponent agency may proceed with the widening/expansion under intimation to the State Forest Department, and MoEF. This project will require state govemment approval since the total forested land that needs to be cleared will not exceed 20 hectares. The approval requires that all forested land to be used must be surveyed and the species, size, number of trees and location recorded. These data, plus other specific data must be prepared in a lengthy application for clearance. WILDLIFE PROTECTION ACr. The Wildlife Protection Act has allowed the government to establish a number of National Parks and Sanctuaries over the past 25 years, to protect and conserve the flora and fauna of the state. Locations of these protected areas and their proximity to the project roads are discussed further in Section 6.2.7. WATER AND AIR (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACIS - GUJARAT POLLUTrION CONTROL BOARD. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act resulted in the establishment of the Central and State level Pollution Control Boards whose responsibilities include managing water quality and effluent standards, as well as monitoring water quality, prosecuting offenders and issuing licenses for construction and operation of certain facilities, but onlv in the industrial sector. Additionally, GPCB is empowered to set air quality standards and monitor and prosecute offenders under The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. The responsibility for monitoring vehicular air and noise pollution lies with the State Transport Authority (STA),not the GPCB. For water pollution and erosion, there is no institutional set-up for the roads sector. Neither the GPCB, STA or the R&BD is empowered to monitor the pollution levels and enforce the standards. There is no co- ordination between the R&BD, the GPCB and the STA. The Government of India (Gol) standards for the discharge of pollutants to the environment (water and noise standards) are listed under the Environmental Protection Act (see Sections 6.2.2 and 72.3). These standards apply mainly to the control of industrial pollution, with some applying to road construction projects. INDIAN MOTOR VEEHCLE ACT - STATE TRANSPORT AUTHORITY. In 1988, the Indian Motor Vehicle Act empowered the State Transport Authority to enforce standards for vehicular pollution and prevention control. The authority also checks 26 Chapter4-Institutional Setting, Laws and Administration Le Associa emission standards of registered vehicles, collects road taxes, and issues licenses. In August 1997, the Pollution Under Control Certificate (PUC) was launched in an attempt to crack down on the amount of vehicular emissions in the state. The Authoritys inability to carTy out the PUC tests, since they lack adequate human resources, has led to several petrol stations receiving licenses to conduct the tests and issue certificates. To date it has not been highly effective. 4.2.2 Gaps And Deficiencies The lack of co-ordination among these agencies is often the main reason for unnecessary delays and ineffective actions. For example, the responsible agencies for ecologically sensitive areas (ESAs), are the Department of Environment and Forest and The Wildlife Authority (State and Central Government). GPCB also acts as the regulator for approving the location of polluting industries, which is the domain of the Water and Air Pollution Acts and these industries are sometimes located in or near ecologically sensitive areas. Moreover, the Central Government also plays a separate role under the Coastal Zone Regulations, controlling certain industrial, operational and processing activities that are to be built in the coastal zone. Lack of co-ordination among these agencies has increased the risk of serious threats to ESAs given that, in some cases, the regulating agency for pollution is also that same agency which can pennit polluting industries to locate in ESAs. A close analysis of the human resources, organisational and legal franework of STA and GPCB, indicates the need to strengthen existing policy. There is no co-ordination between R&BD, Motor Vehicle Departrnent and GPCB. It would be useful if STA would co-ordinate with GPCB on matters related to vehicular maintenance standards, thus establishing a powerful preventative mechanism. However, pollution control in the state is suffering since there is a general unwillingness to take on additional responsibility since legal powers are limited, Noise standards as well as emission standards have been set for motor vehicles but both are unrealistically high and rarely achieved. Enforcement is difficult and resources are constrained. The analysis also revealed the urgent need to create an in-house capacity within R&BD, to implement and monitor the mitigation measures identified in this SEA the ESR and all future EAs (see Section 10). Until such a unit is created the PCC or an NGO may have to be appointed to carry out the implementation plan. 4.3 Social Environment Sector 4.3.1 Laws, Regulations and Instittions Responsible There is no legislation, as yet, at the National or State level that govems the resettlement and rehabilitation of PAPs. There is however a draft Rehabilitation Policy at the National Level, that has been formulated and awaits approval by the central government The draft states that: "The efforts so far made for resettlement are utterly disappointing and hardly touch even the fringe of the problem. The approach has been purely ad hoc, provisional and unprincipled and varies from state to state, from project to project and from authority to authority. No single comprehensive and common national policy has been contemplated and adopted. The framework and principles of the only national law for the acquisitions of property, namely the Land Acquisition 27 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA leaAssociates Act 1894. under which all land and properties are acquired for all projects, is totally inadequate and inappropriate for the problem of community displacement, compensation and resettlement. It has a different philosophical and ideological basis." In brief, the proposed policy acknowledges the inadequate measures taken in the past and the inaccessibility to studies, reports and data about the projects, for the PAPs and NGOs. It suggests full access and information disclosure to PAPs and NGOs to ensure effective participation and representation. The draft policy further emphasises the need for a separate institutional framework and organisational structure, as well as a sustained system for monitoring and evaluating Resettlement and Rehabilitation projects. The Land Acquisition Act (LAA), 1894 is the legislation that gives the govemment the power to acquire private land for public purposes by paying compensation in monetary terms. It was passed over one hundred years ago, when the role of the state in promoting economic development was negligible and was based on the doctrine of laissez-faire. Much has changed since that time, yet different levels of govermment have increasingly been using the Act to acquire land for a spectrum of public purposes such as the building of thermal power stations, multipurpose irrigation systems, development of planned urban areas, widening of roads, defence purposes, construction of public spaces and amenities. In 1984, the Act was amended to extend the scope of the definition of "public purposes" to enable further land acquisition for the purpose of Resettlement and Rehabilitation caused by some of the above mentioned projects. However, legal procedures remain the same as the original Act and it does not include any special process in the case of resettlement 4,3.2 Gaps and Deficiencies In the absence of any law, regulation or policy guidelines dealing with rehabilitation at a national level, an ad-hoc approach to resettlement and rehabilitation continues to divide the public and the government The approaches adopted to date were project- specific and formulated in isolation, and are inconsistent and inadequate. This ad-hoc approach often leads to the marginalisation and impoverishment of the affected communities in general and PAPs in particular, by disturbing their natural, socio- economic and cultural milieu. A definitive National Policy on rehabilitation and resettlement is needed with Gujarat and other states, endorsing this policy and adopting the legislation. The framework and principles used when public property is acquired is found in the Acquisition Act 1894. It is totally inadequate and inappropriate for the problem of community displacement, compensation and resettlement. The LA Act needs to be updated to include a procedure for dealing with cases of resettlement and rehabilitation. When the draft National Resettlement Policy becomes legislation there should be a link between the two pieces of legislation, allowing the National Resettlement Policy to override the LA Act for cases of resettlement. The land prices registered in the Sub Registrars office do not reflect the real market value of land, since owners do not give accurate information in order to save on property taxes. Therefore, the market value assessed by the Government is always lower than the actual prevailing market value of land at the time of possession. 28 Chapter4-Institutional Setting, Laws and Administration LaAssoa. Independent Property Valuation experts should be used for valuing land on this project. No statutory assistance is provided to PAPs for moving property, or losing income during their relocation. As well, no assistance is given to cover the difference between compensation and the market value that would allow a PAP to replace the property and assets they lost fairly. Encroachments, squatters and non-title holders are not recognised and are generally not considered for compensation under the LA Act. The MoEF and the Draft National Resettlement Policy mention the need of rehabilitation support for encroachers identified during road projects but do not require anyone to act. To carry out resettlement and rehabilitation in the future, the R&BD has to build up its institutional capacity and human resources capabilities to an adequate level, or assign a special extemal unit, such as a respected NGO or government agency to implement, monitor and evaluate resettlement and rehabilitation. 4.4 Cultural Environment 4.4.1 Laws, Regulations andinstitutfons Responsible The Indian Constitution states that, "it shall be the duty of every citizen of India to value and preserve the rich heritage or our composite cultures". As a result of growing interest in cultural heritage in the nation, both govemment agencies and NGOs concemed with the preservation and conservation of this heritage have been established. The Archaeological Survey of India is the oldest organisation concemed with conservation in India and continues to be an important organisation, working on the protection and conservation of monuments and archaeological sites. It is supported in its endeavours by the state level Directorates of Archaeology and administers the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958. In the state of Gujarat, only 212 monuments and sites of national importance and 329 sites of regional importance are protected by the ASI and Gujarat State Directorate of Archaeology. There are numerous NGOs interest groups involved in the conservation of cultural property in India including the Indian Heritage Society (IHS), the Indian National Trust for Art and Culture Heritage (INTACH). INTACH has regional chapters in most states and is the most significant NGO. It acts as a reference for government agencies on conservation issues. 44.2 Gaps and Deficiencies The greatest problem with the conservation and preservation of cultural properties is that it is often looked upon as being a concem of the educated and elite, affording little access to the rank and file citizens. In order to make conservation of cultural heritage an integral part of mainsteam economic and physical development, it needs significant institutional support from the sectors currently concemed with economic development, policies and programmes in this country. To that end, the management of these properties might be better served if the Gujarat Tourism, Tourism Corporation of Gujarat Ltd. were give responsibility and a budget to manage, use and develop this resource. 29 I Chapter 5-Community Consultation Programme 5. COMMUNITY CONSULTATION PROGRAMME 5.1 Introduction In all development projects the main focus is to enhance and increase facilities for society at large. Communities within the project corridors will benefit overall, however some will experience minor negative impacts as a result of the project's construction and operation. Community consultation with interested parties on social and natural environmental concems, was an integral part of the project, on the Phase I corridors. The project affected groups consulted were those who live and work along the corridor, or are located within or adjacent to the RoW, including: businessmen, residents, farners, agricultural workers, squatters and encroachers. Additionally, the GSHP does affect some religious and cultural properties falling within or adjacent to the RoW Within the project corridors and communities. Local people will participate in the relocation of such properties before civil works begin. Throughout the process of consultation, the focus should be on understanding community impacts and obtaining feedback from local communities on project design and the implementation ofthe EMAP and RAP. 5.2 The Community Consultation Programme The Community Consultation Programme (see Table 5.1), that should be completed in each of the project road corridors, was irnplemented on a pilot basis in the five corridors (250 km) of the Phase I project roads. It yielded a useful model to present in this SEA. The first step involved designing the community consultation programme. The establishment of a state level task force, recommended by the PCC and World Bank, provided guidance and advice on project specific issues. The R&BD selected the members and convened the Task Force, which will hopefully continue to meet until the overall project is finished 5-years from today. Task Force attendance needs to be improved or membership adjusted by R&BD. Next, NGOs located in the project corridors were identified. An initial meeting to explain the project and the NGOs potential role was held and details of the NGOs activities in the project corridor were gathered. An NGO profile or Data Sheet was completed after each meeting. iutal meetings with NGOs during Phase I were very general. All future meetings with NGOs, spearheaded by the Environmental Management Unit planned for the R&BD (see Section 10) will be more focused and NGOs will be asked directly to participate in RAP implementation. Linkages have been initiated but now need to be firmly established between the NGO, R&BD and the PCC, once interested organisations are identified. 31 ..:@rzQt1 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lez Aniiates Table 5.1: Steps of the Community Consultation Programme Steps Group Involved Feedback Obtained Method Used Develop Consultation GoG/R&BD, GoG's views and Individual Meetings. Prgranme. Social Welfare Dept, Revenue sgesuon for consultation Ccup Discussions Dept.. Forest DepL programe. Establish State Level GoG/R&BD, Selection of Members of Group Discussions Task Force. Stat e lvel Task Fott= Social Welfare Dept, Revenue Dept., NGOs. Forest DepL NGO Consultation. NGOs in the Project Conidors Complete details as per Meetings with Heads of .________ _NGO Profiles. NGOs. Consultation with Lcal Research istinates Obtain suggestions on Individual Meetings Experts. proect design and implementation. Identiy and Categorise GoG/R&BD. Local NGOs. Categorise list ofPAPs. Socio-economic Survey likely PAPs. and Census of PAPs, Individual Meetings with PAPs. Project Engineering GoGJR&BD, Local NGOs, Incotporate preferences in Village Meetngs Focus Design Options. PAPs. Engineerng Design. Gup Interviews Conrnuituy Consultation GoG/R&BD, Revenue Dept., Plan inputs on RAP and Vilage Meetings, Focus Specific to RAP and Forest Dept., Social Welfare EMAP. Group Interviews, EMAP. Dept., NGOs, PAPs Individual Meetings Assessment on HRD PAPs, NGOs, GoG/R&BD | dentifytrauiing needs. Individual Meetings, Needs and Training Group Diussions The Census of PAPs and the Socio-economic Surveys for the Project corridors was completed by the PCC. Consultation took place with potential PAPs when the preliminary design was completed and members of the engineering design teamn were available to answer questions on the project This way comments on the design from the community and other stakeholders could be passed to the design process and mitigation incorporated into the final design. Community consultation specific to the EMAP and the RAP was completed once Entitled Persons were identified from the pool of PAPs and the Entitlement Policy and Grievance Procedures was explained. The Entitlement Policy had been approved at least by the R&BD secretary, before it was taken to the EPs. Each EPs entitlement package should be verified and the process by which the EPs claim their entitlement will be defined by the EMU as part of the implementation plan (see Section 10). The EPs will be given some time (minimum three weeks) to consider this entitlement options before the EMU, accompanied by Revenue Department representatives and the NGO, retums to each EP to make final compensation anrangements. Consultation will be continued after resettlement, with EPs who have their livelihood impacted and who require vocational or other HRD training to re-establish themselves. EPs will be encouraged by the EMU to participate in existing government programme and the EMU will continue implement various components of the RAP. 32 Chapter 5-Community Consultation Programme 5.3 Task Force Role and Project Commitments R&BD proposed the make up of the Task Force and invited them to participate in May 1997. The first meeting, held in June, described objectives of the project and provided a ToR and mission statement for the Task Force. The members of the Task Force are from the following Govenmment Departments, Agencies and NGOs and were invited. Table 5.2 lists the Members of the Task Force. Table 5.2: Members of the State Level Task Force Insfitution Name of Member Designation R&BD 1412, Sardar Bhavan, Mr. S.S. Rathore Special Secretary & Chief Engineer Gandhinagar (Chair) (CP & SP) Revenue Department 11/8, Sardar Mr. K.C. Kapoor Secretary (Land Reforms) Bhavan, Gandhinagar Foresty Chief Consavator Mr. BXK Mandal Conservator of Forest Block 14, Jivraj Mehta Bhavan, Gandhinagar Tribal Research hisate, Gujawat Prof R.B. Lal Executive Dictor Vidyapith, Alnedabad Social Welfare Department, 5/8, Sardar Mr. RK. Makwana Executive Director Bhavan, Gandhinagar GPCB Sector 10 - A, Gandhinagar Dr. G.B. Soni Senior Environment Scientist World Wildlife Fund Indumati Mahal, Ms. Smita Pradhan State Director WWF J.N. Marg Vadodara. World Wildfife Fund Vadodam Dr. SanatA Chavan IFS The R&BD is mainly responsible for planning, surveying, designing, constructing, supervising, maintaining and managing the roads and bridges in the state. R&BD is the prime authority for roads and highways in Gujarat and is the executing authority for this project The other members of the Task Force were invited for their technical knowledge and mandated role in issues surrounding the natural and social environment effects of this project 5.4 Non Govemmental Organisations The selection of NGOs to participate in the implementation of environmental requirements was based on their local presence, programme linkages with potential PAPs, the number of trained staff, and past experience in development projects. An NGO Matrix was prepared and is in Appendix 4. From this Matrix some of the leading NGOs were consulted. As well NGOs working along the Phase I corridors were identified for consultation and initial meetings were completed in July (see Table 53). At these meetings (see Appendix 5 for a sample Data Sheet on NGO Interviews and NDLI (1998c). Natural and Social Environment Source Information for all Data Sheets) it was found that very few of the NGOs worked duectly in the project corridors or road side villages. Many of the NGOs interviewed carry out their 33 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Le.Associaes programmes in the remote parts of the districts, assuming that villages located near the state roads have better access to facilities, such as education and health care. The NGOs contacted have programmes in health care, rural development (recharging of wells) and Khadi Village Industries focusing on the rural poor and women. NGOs identified as having programme linkages in the project corridors were asked if they would be willing to take part in further discussions and most welcomed the opportunity to participate furither. Future meetings will take place to target willing NGOs and agencies to participate in the implementing, monitoring or evaluating of the EMAP and RAP. Guidelines on the community consultation programme and proposed involvement of NGOs were also developed (Section 9.13). Table 5.3: NGOs Interviewed in the Project Corridors Name of NGO Place Anarde Foundation Morvi Shree Pudliba Udhyog Mandir Rajkot Red Cas Society of India Rajkot Shree Rankrishna Ashrmn Rajkot Family Planning Association of India Rajkot Kanta Sti Vikas Grub Rajkot Integrated Child Development of Service Rajkot World Wide Fund forNature -India Rajkot Grain SwarmJ Mandal Tankara Integrated Child Development of Service Morvi Orpat ChanTable Trust Morvi Mahila Samakhya Society Rajkot Aga Khan Health Service India Sidhpur Sarva Seva Tnst Bhandu, Mehsana Aarogya Seva Samnid Bhandt, Mehsana Uttr Gujarat Khadi Grnmodhyog Samiti Unjha MLN Patel Mahila Vikas Tnst Unjha Anarde Foundation Palanpur Aga Khan Housing Board for India Sidhpur Jillt Gram Vikas Agency Palanpur 34 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions L,Arncis 6. EXISTING CONDITIONS 6.1 Introduction The following chapter describes the existing conditions for the natural and social environment at the state level with some information from the district level. Detailed information of environmental features found along the roadside are summarised in the Coridor Profiles (see Appendix 6 for an example and NDLI (1998c) Natural and Social Environment Source Information for all Corridor Profiles). 6.2 Natural Environment Overall, the study area reflects the dominating influence of dense human occupation and intensive exploitation of resources over long periods of time. Very little undisturbed natural habitat exists along the study corridors. Land Use is mostly intensive agriculture or urban residential/mdustal/commercial except in degraded areas or in low rainfall zones. The State of Gujarat covers a total geographical area of 195,904 km2, and is situated between 200 06' to 240 42' North latitude and 680-10' to 740-28' East longitude. The state has the longest coastline in the country measuring about 1,600 km, extending from Lakhpat in North to Daman in the South. The state has been divided into five major physiographic divisions: Alluvial Plains: These extend in North Gujarat to Bulsar in the south, and westwards to the little Rann and Banni area of Kachchh. The Eastern hilly tract - This tract lies between the altitude of 300-1400 m and forms a major divide. Uplands of Kachchh and Sawrashtrw These are upland consisting of sandstone, shale and basalt rock with elevations of about 150-500 m sloping radically towards the coast The Gimar hill forest is at an elevation of 1117 m. The low-lying coastal tract ranges in elevation from 3-25 m surrounding the Kachchh and Saurashtra uplands. These low lying areas extend from Rann of Kachchh to little Rann of Kachchh and to the low lying delta region of Bhadar, Bhogavo Sabarmati, Mahi, Dhadar, Narmada and Tapi rivers. The Rom and little Rann of Kachchh are a vast expanse of saline wildemess which extend into the saline Tracts around the Gulf of Khambhat. For most of the year it is a desert plain but floods in the summer due to the monsoon rains on top of a tidal surge. The general elevation ofthis tract varies between 1-4 m. Most of the road corridors are found in the alluvial plains or in the coastal tract. As a result, there is very little topography and road corridors traverse terrain that is flat to slightly undulating. 35 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Assocawtes 6.2.1 Climate (Wind, Temperature and Rainfall Climate plays a vital role in determining the character and productivity of the ecosystem as well as the pollution level of the environment Wind, temperature and rainfall are the main factors of climate which serve to transport, disperse and dilute air pollution. Winds in Gujarat are generally light to moderate with some increase in force during the late summer and during the south-west monsoon season. Coastal areas experience stronger winds, especially during the monsoon season. The prevailing wind directions are mostly west or south-west during the monsoon season and north-east and north- west during the October to April. Temperature has severe effects on the condition of road asphalt. During the hot months, due to high tempemture asphalt surface melts and with cooler temperatures at night this leads to deterioration and road pavement cracking through expansion and contraction. Annual peak temperature of 450C are recorded in some parts of the State during the month of May and a large part of the state lies between the 350C and 450C isotherms. The temperature along the west coasts of Kachchh and Saurashtra is moderated by sea breezes. The coldest month of the year in all parts of the State is January when the maxirnum temperature does not exceed 300C. The isotherms generally run east-west and the temperature increases steadily as one moves southwards from 230 in the north to 300 in the south. Temperature inversions can occur at various times throughout the year which can trap air pollutants and due to acute air pollution conditions. The monsoons arrive earlier in the south and east and last longer than in the north- west; hence, the rainfall pattem ranges from over 2400 mm in the south-east to less than 250 mm in the extreme Northwest. There are large variations in year-to-year rainfall due to the movement of depressions from the Bay of Bengal which move W & NW and affect the weather over the State considerably during the summer months. The State can be divided into three different rainfall zones (Figure 6.1): * Humid areas with more an 1000 mm rainfall, includes the districts of Valsad, The Dangs, Surat and the eastem parts of Bharuch with the Rajpipla hills; * Medium dry areas receiving rainfall between 500 mm and 1000 mm, spreads over Panch Mahals, Vadodara, Kheda and Ahmedabad, and, * Dry areas receiving less than 500 mm of rain, includes Kachchh, Banaskantha and coastal Jamnagar. (Census of India 1991,.Figure 6.1). GEO-CLIMATIC REGIONS. These rainfall zones can be combined with major soil divisions to generate geo-climatic regions which reflect soil erosion potential as a result of construction activities, and therefore make up one of the key impact indicators. Areas have been distinguished between those with black cotton soils from those without black cotton soils. Since the former are highly erodible once exposed through construction activity. The deep black cotton soils are found generally in southem Gujarat south of the 1000 mm rainfall contour (see Table 6.1, Section 5.2.5 and Figure 6.1 for details). 36 I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I IL- 5'3 !U. . _ 0:. . ,-* . ,,,.. ,w., .. -.:,......... I Chapter 6-Existing Conditions LeRAsSaciStts Table 6.1: Corridors Included in The Pool of 1500 km or Roads and Geo- climatic Region: Bolded Corridors were included in the SEA Dry region: Saurashtra & Central Humid Rdgion: NW and Kachchh Gujarat Southern Gujarat 0-500 mm 500-1000 mm 1000-2000 mm Some Black Cotton Soil Deep Black Cotton Soil 02 Viramgam - Maliya 01 Ahmedabad - Viramgam 10 Vadodara - Jambusar 27 Rajkot - Morvi 03 Mehsana - Palanpur 11 Padra - Karjan Road 28 Rajkot - Vadinar 04 Deesa -Zerda - Border 12 Bharuch - Dahej 29 Khambalia - Okha 05 Shamlaji - Lunavada 13 Ankleshwar-Olpad- Port Ichhapur 30 Bhuj - Nakhatrana 06 Lunavada - Halol 14 Kim-Ankleshwar/Olpad X-ing 07 Ahmedabad - Ladvel 15 Ichhapur - Palsana 08 Ladvel - Dakor 16 Surat - Kadodra 09 Dakor - Godbra 17 Kadodra - Bajipura 21 Dholka - Bagodra 18 Bajipura - Songadh 22 Wataman - Dholera 19 Vapi - Daman 23 Bhavnagar - Vertej 20 Vapi - Koprali 24 Vertej - Dhasa 25 Vertej - Vallabhipur 26 Jetpur - Junagadh Based on these findings, six of the 18 corridors included in the SEA fall within a high risk erosion zone. 6.2.2 Air Quality In parts of Gujarat that are away from heavily industialised areas, vehicular emission becomes the major source of air pollution. Therefore it is essential to obtain existing ambient air quality data from the proposed road projects. To that end, ambient air quality data were collected from GPCB and firm this project's field survey. GPCB monitors 22 stations which were installed under the NAAQM programme. Out of these 22 stations, 14 fall alongside the proposed project corridors and cover a large area of the State. For the reconnaissance survey eight locations selected, which were representative of the urban, village and indigenous communities (see Figure 6.2) and complemented the GPCD stations (NDLI, 1998b). SOURCE AND FACrORS. The following are the sectors which generate atmospheric pollution: * Construction * Transportation, ie motor vehicle emissions addressed in this study * Industry * Energy * Domestic The factors which modify pollution generated by these sectors include, the use of various types of fossil fuels and other raw materials for operation. However, for this study, the following factors assume importance: * Prevailing wind direction * Weather conditions * Roadside plantation 39 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LevAssocvates * Traffic speed, composition, type mode, vehicle maintenance, volume, road geometry and congestion. AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AND EMISSION. The ambient air quality data were collected in the field over a three day period, while the emission data obtained from GPCB were annual averages representing a record over a three year time period. The latter revealed that SPM is generally increasing in most ofthe locations (Table 6.2). Existing paved and well maintained project corridors contribute very little to SPM; but at the time of construction regular monitoring will be required to ensure that ambient air quality does not exceed Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB, Gol) standards (see Table 6.3). Results of the ambient air quality survey are summarised in Table 6A. These data reflect all of the polluting sources, within the local area of the Project Corridors where roads will be important contributing fraction to air quaility. Table 6.2: Ambient Air Quality in the Influence Area of Project Corridors Location 1993 1994 v 1995 SPM S02 NOx SPM S02 NOx SPM S02 NOx (gim3 (g/m3 (g/m3 (&3 (g/m3 (g/m3 (g/m3 (g/m3 (m3 Anrkeshvwar J6 33 17 10 5 i603 36 15 Bharuch 106 35 18 6 5 3 38 19 Godhra 49 71 11 14 64 17 3 _ Sevalia 24 5 15 67 9 18 Dakor 1 55 7 67 188 9 38 Raikot 24 6 - 18 602 32 10 Jetpur 47 11 1 7 10 Morvi 350 46 16 122 - Jamnagar 204 47 2 25 15 - Dhrangdhra 8.7 8 X 18 17 Bhavnagar I 1 308 10 10 Modasa 156 3 12 170 3 l l - _ Palanpur 252 2 5 250 3 5 252 29 11 Deesa 241 1 6 240 2 5 268 29 13 Mithapur 241 32 5 _ - - .57 12 8 Bhuj 224 6 10 - - - 467 15 15 Standard Res 140 60 60 140 60 60 140 60 60 IndusL 360 80 80 360 80 80 360 80 80 Sensitive 70 15 15 70 15 15 70 15 15 Source. CPCB(1988); A'ote: Dash means data not recorded or available, shaded area = exceedance oflndustial standard ( 40 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions r=mz AAsowates Table 6.3: National Ambient Air Quality Standards Pollutant Time Concentration of Ambient Air Weighted Industrial Sensitive Res, Rural Average Area Area *** and Other _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Areas Suspended Particulate Annual Average * 360 u g/m3 70 pgm3 g140,ugIm3 Matter(SPM) 24 hours** 500upg(m3 50,p g(m3 200,ughO Respirable Particulate Annual Average * 120 pg/m3 50 pg/rm3 60,u g(m3 Matter(size less than_ 10micrograms(RPM) 24 hours** 150 g/m3 75ug(m3 100,upgm3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Annual Average * 8_og/m3 15upg/m3 60S g/rm3 24hours** 120ugim3 30ugjm3 80ug/m3 Oxides ofNitrogen as (N02) Annual Average * 80ougm3 15,ug/m3 60,ug1m3 24 hours ** 120,ug(m3 30u g(m3 80,pg/rn3 Hydmcarbons (HC) Not established Not established Not established Not established Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 hours ** 5.0pg/m3 1.0pg/rm3 2-0 pgrm3 ______________ Ihourst 10.Opg'm3 2.0pgrn3 4.0 ug/m3 Lead (Pb) Armual Average* 1.0pg/m3 0.50u S g/m3 0.75 p g/m3 ___________________ 24 hours ** 1 _ g/m3 0.75pu g/m3 1.0ug/m3 * Annual Aithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week at regular intervals, over a 24hr period. ** 24 hourly (8 hour interval ) values should be met 98%/ of the time in a year. However, 2/o of the time, it may exceed but not for two consecutive days. t Maximum hourly average permited *** Sensitive areas may indude: 1. One km around the periphery of health resots so notified by SPCBs in consultation with Depatment of Public Heahh 2. One km around the periphery of Biosphere Reserves, Sanctuaries and National Parks, so notified by MoEF 3. One km around the periphety of an Archaeological Monument declared to be of national importance or otherwise so notified by ASI in conmltation with SPCBs. 4. Areas where crops sensitive to air pollution are grown, so notified by SPCB in consultation with Department ofAgriculture 5. One kn around the periphery of tourism and/or pilgrimage sites due to their religious, historic, scenic or other attmaction, so notified by Department of Tourism of the concemed State in Consultation with SPCB. Sourcw CPCB, Gol (1 988) 41 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA cea Assocates Table 6.4: Result of Ambient Air Quality Survey-3 Day Average* Standard are for Residential, Rural and Other Areas Parameters Standards Sidhpur Olpad Bardoli Kalol Lunavada Mithapur Sihor Sanand (residential) SPM (tm 140 105.6 0.7 128.0 164.1 144.6 205.5 140.5 144.5 60 21.8 15.6 21.1 25.5 222 153 18.7 15.1 No(jA/m') 60(vr.avg.) 17.1 9.1 17.1 19.7 13.6 12.1 18.6 11.1 HC (ppmn' notestab. 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 CO Velm;1 2.0 (8hrs) 1.4 1.3 1.5 IA I.A 1.4 1.4 1.4 Pb (im; 1.0 (24hzs) 0.2 0.1 02 0.2 02 03 03 02 A Source: Gujarat State Highway (PCC) Field Survey 05/1997; Planning Atlas of Gujarat Resource Profile, 1987; Census Atlas of India 1991; Indian Meteorological Department (Gol), Ahmedabad; Gujarat Pollution Control Board 1993 - 1995; Primaty Survey by LASA. 6.2.3 Noise STANDARDS. Ambient noise standards were established through the MoEF Gazette Notification Date 26th December, 1989. They are based on the 'A' weighted equivalent noise level (Leq.) (Table 6.5). Table 6.5: National Ambient Noise Standards Code Landuse Zone Day/Night' Limits Leq in dB(A) A Industrial 75 70 B Commercial 65 55 ( C Residential 55 45 D Silence Zone2 50 40 Sour= CPCB, 1989, and Go, 1989 Notes IDay time isfrom 6am. to 9p.m.; 2 area up to 100 meters around premises of hospitals educational insitutions and courts where all laud noise is prohibited Roads are the major contributors to noise. Sources which increase the noise on the roads are: * Traffic volume; * Road construction and maintenance; * Tyre and road friction; * Use of horns; and, * Poor maintenance of vehicles. AMBIENT NOISE. For this project eight locations were selected based on the average daily traffic volume, vehicle composition, road construction and maintenance, observed during the engineering inspection surveys. Noise levels were recorded for 15 minute intervals over a 24 hour period (see Table 6.6). The data analysed revealed that noise levels recorded often exceeded standards prescribed by the CPCB (NDLI, 1998b). 42 ~IOfF,N LEGEND .,. INTERNATIONA BOUNDARY STATEDBOUNDARY DISTRICT BOUNDARY NAWTPMA ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SEA. PHASE I & PHASE 1I (BIB Eks) PHASE I CORRIDORS - ESR CORRIDORS NOT SELECTED FOR PCC 0, ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~* DISTRICT HEADQUARTERS * MAJOR TOWNS POPULATION DENSITY jPtfsonhjoq,Rns4 260 400 ffK ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~10,0.-250 IN MADHYA ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EJ NO ROAO CORRIDORS "Y.n j ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FIELD STATIONS FOR AIR UALITY AND NOISE MEASUREMENTS ERAS ' ER~~~~A NAGART1 ,* GPOB AIR QUALITY MONITORNG STATIONS *ANIREU ~~~~~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~C-rrdo. , ow bytIw.,11fif05,.. J sUch a, ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~$01 11. 02 .od 03 tI.,. *Llk. wr shown by thrme dIgIT nos, i ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Rh ., O11, 012 Sod 013 SI.., UnkOS 011, 012 .013.t. 1,9-I 0.1 ..,,Id., 01. 02 etC. IL ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Figure 6.2 SECTORAL EA * ~~~~~ARWA LOCATION OF AIR AND NOISE SAMPLING STATIONS, DEMOGRAPHY AND ROAD~ CORRIDORS GIJIARAT STATE HIGHWAYS PROJECT 550 100 .. ~ MHRS-tAPROJECTC000RDI00N0COIISULTDJITSERIhCEI Kiloinotes 2AV EL., ~ ~~ ~~~~N.DAEAAd LASA l I Chapter 6-Existing Conditions lsaAsso,aas Table 6.6: Recorded Noise Levels. Location Leq(dBA) Leq (dBA) Gol Noise Standards Measured Measured L.. L.' Indust Std. Resid Std (24 hr avg.) (24hr max.) day/night (A) day/night (C) Sidhpur 67.0 77 75/70 55/40 Olpad 63.0 73 75170 55/40 Bardoli 66.0 77 75/70 55/40 Kalol 67.1 72.9 75/70 55/40 Lunavada 66.4 72 75/70 55/40 Mithapur 61.7 70.2 75/70 55/40 Sihor 68.5 77.0 75/70 55/40 Sanand 66.2 74.5 75/70 55/40 Source: FieldSurvey, 1997 Notes: 1 Lmax refers to max value recorded over 24 hrs (A), (C), are landuse categories shown in Table 6.5 Existing noise level recorded in the field surveys exceeded Industrial standards as well as residential standards at all eight locations. 6.2.4 Water Resources SURFACE WATER QUALITY STANDARDS. Ambient water quality standards are set by the CPCB, according to a sub-section of the Environmental (Protection) Act 1986. Water quality standards have been stringent for Inland surface water, public sewers, land for irrigation and marine coastal areas under the heading of "General Standards for Discharge of Effluents" after the Second Amendment of Environment (Protection) Act, 1988. Water quality standards vary according to level of contamination, and the most effective use of that water, ie "best designated use of water". The five categories of use, based on the Gol designations, are: A: Potable water (without treatrnent, but after chlorinating). B: Bathing, swimming and recreation. C: Water potable only after conventional treatment D: Aquaculture and wildlife farming etc. E: liigation, industrial cooling and controlled waste disposal. SURFACE WATER. Only three rivers (Tapi, Narnada and Mahi) are perennial in Gujarat, the other rivers are seasonal . South Gujarat receives the highest rainfall (1000-2500 mm), hence has an abundance of surface water. The river systems in southem Gujarat flow from the east to west and their catchment are large. Table 6.7 lists the major river basins with in the area of influence. Surface water quality of the rivers was obtained from GPCB. The data is a record of five years (1991-1996). The rivers were selected for the monitoring under the national MINAS (Monitoring Indian National Aquatic Systems) scheme which monitors the water quality in India's major rivers. The parameters monitored are pH, BOD, COD and DO. The eight rivers (Table 6.8) whose quality is monitored and which are crossed by project road corridors are listed in and on Figure 6.1. The data at all monitoring stations revealed that existing the quality of the river water is within the prescribed standards(Table 6.9). 45 2=s~__' Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA 5oC,ates =ia Table 6.7: Major River Basins Within the Study Corridors' Area of Influence Corridor Name River Area Rainfall Nature of Basin (m2) (mm) river 03 Mehsana - Palanpur Saraswati 970 605.8 Non-perennial 04 Deesa - Border Banas 2937 627.5 Non-perennial 09 Dakor - Godhra Mahi 2385 1097.4 Perennial 11 Padra - Karjan Bhadar 1580 1099.8 Non-perennial 14 Olpad - lchhapur Tapi 1395 1976.1 Perennial 22 Wataman - Dholera Bhogava 2770 652.8 Non-perennial Bhadar 772 668.0 Non-perennial 25 Vertej - Vallabhipur Kalubha 500 762.0 Non-perennial 27 Raikot - Morvi Machchhu 904 675.0 Non-perennial 30 Bhuj - Nakhatrana Khari 373 335.3 Non-perennial Source: Planning Atlas of Gularat 1987. Gujarat Pollution Control Board (1991- 1996) and No water quality dat available for these rivers, except for the Mahi river. Table 6.8: Water Quality of Rivers Crossing Project Corridors Corridor Name Name of the Monitoring Parameters Results Obtained from I________ _________River Station Monitored Monitoring ' 05 Shamlaji - Lunavada Meshwo Shamlaji BOD, COD, DO, pH Within prescribed limits 06 Lunavada - Godhra Panami Lunavada BOD, COD, pH. DO Within prescribed limits 09 Dakor - Godhra Mahi Sevalia BOD, COD, pH. DO Within prescribed limits 10 Vadodara -Jambusar Vishwamitra Kamatibaug DO, pH Within prescribed limits 13 Ankleshwar- Amblakhadi Ankleshwar BOD, COD, DO, pH Within prescribed limits lchhapur 15 Ichhapur - Palsana Mindhola Paisana BOD, COD, DO, pH Within prescribed limits 26 Jetpur - Junagadh Bhadar Jetpur BOD, COD, pH, DO Within prescribed limits 27 Rajkot - Morvi Aji Rajkot BOD, COD, DO, pH Within prescribed limits Source: GPCB, (1991-1996). Table 6.9: Water Quality Standards Parameters Limits IS: 2490 Limits IS: 10500 (Industrial use) (potable use) pH 5.5-9.0 6.5-8.5 Dissolved Oxygen _ B.O.D. (5 days 200 30 C) C.O.D. 250 _ Source: CPCB, 199: IS = Indian Stndrd Toerance Limitsfor Water; IS 2490= For industriaJ effluents dischaged into iland surface waters; IS 10500 = Specificationfor drinking water. GROUND WATER. The ground water resources have little significance to this project, since the water is confined in aquifers 100 meters below the surface and there are no existing recharge areas along the project corridors except the narrow long stretch from Mehsana to Deesa at the Rajastan border, far fom the project road corridor. Furthernore, there are no known wells within any of the study RoWs. STATE OF WATER RESOURCE. Gujarat as a whole is a water scarce region. Due to low reliability of rainfall, ground water is extracted at a massive scale. Large scale exploitation has led to intrusion of saline water from the sea, due to reversal of the hydraulic gradient up to 160 km inland from the coastline. In northem Gujarat ground water depletion is pronounced especially in Mehsana district Water quality and quantity have deteriorated due to gross exploitation. Every year an average of 1500 46 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions Lea Associates deep tube wells are dug for irrigation or other uses which has led to serious ground water depletion; none affected by the project 6.2.5 Minerals SOILS. The mineral resources or relevance for this project are soil and aggregates. The soils in Gujarat have been classified by the All India Soil and Land Use Survey Organisation into the following groups described below. For the location of these soil groups see Figure 6.4. BlacklSoils These soils constitute the major portion of Gujarat's available land. The sub-groups of black soil are: * Medium Black Soil: These soils are of lighter shade, with low depth; and, * Deep Black Soil: Soil depth varies from less than one meter to as much as six meters. These soils are very hydroscopic; expanding and contracting dramatically with changes in soil moisture. These soils are productive for agriculture but problematic in road engineering as described below uider Existing and Potential Erosion. Alluvial Soils. These soils are very deep and uniform vary widely in colour and texture and bear different local name. The alluvium soils are subdivided into i) Alluvial Sandy and ii) Alluvial Sandy Loam to Clay Loam. Due to high percentage of sand and clays these soils have higher rate of permeability. There is high agricultural potential for growing perennial crops as well as high erosion potential if denuded of vegetation. CoastalAndDelteicAlluvium (SalineAndAlkatine). These soils are formed due to the action of tide water along the coastal zone. The soil is often saline, poorlv drained and with very poor productivity. ExISTING AND POTENTIAL EROSION. Most of the road corridors transverse flat to slightly undulating terrain and as such there are few significant cut and fill areas . Erosion, due to slope slippage and landslides are negligible compared to more mountainous areas. Existing erosion problems are present in areas of degraded land or in some areas of gullying near river valleys (see Figure 6.3). The geo-climatic regions of Gujarat reflect areas of varying erosion potential due to combinations of soil type and surface runoff. The undulating riparian land along the Tapi, Narmada, Mahi, Sabarmati and others minor rivers have remained uncultivated resulting in frequent erosion induced by surface runoff. On the basis of geo-climatic classification, south-Gujarat (1000-2000 mm) has the highest potential for soil erosion , having deep black cotton soil and high rainfall. The physical properties of this soil are such that it expands when moist and contracts when dry, hence the probability of soil erosion under these conditions is high. In addition proper road engilneering requires complete removal of the black cotton soil layer which can more than 2 m thick, increasing the risk of erosion. PITS AND QUARRIES. There are around 90 quarries in Gujarat wihiclh are designated by the R&BD for use in road construction. These quarries have a variety of geological origins with the aggregate rocks available being granite. Iimestone. basalt and quartzite. 47 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Assocate Figure 63.3 Existing erosion problems in the form of gullying are found near culverts and bridges in the vicinity of river valleys. (Corridor 06, kmn 17, east of Ahmedabad) There are 16- quarries where aggregates (basalt; limestone, granite and quarTzites) are hauled for this road project. The sturveys revealed that these quarres are active at the( present time. All quarries have little vegetaton cover and have not been revegetated (see Appendix 7). The earth used for embankments will, based on the engineering practice in this State, be taken as side borrow material within the RoW.. These depression have traditionally been used as collection basins for stormn water rnmoff and then used in the irrigation of near by fields. More often however, these areas end up as stagnant pools of water which form -breeding areas for mosquitoes and schistosomiasis. In some cases, garbage, liquid and solid waste as well as more toxic chemicals (in industrial areas) are, disposed of there. Side borrow areas must be rehabilitated at all times, and in fact side borrowing should be discouraged wherever possible, unless deeper irrgation ponds, where fish can be introduced, are dug. STANDARDS. For the borrow pits, there is one national standard recommended by Indian Roads Congress' (IRC) '¶Recozmmended Practice for Borrow Pits for Road Embankments Construction"' 1961. Borrow sites managed and oper-ated by R&BD and properly licensed, must follow these guidelines as well as measures recommended in this report (see Seciion 8.4). Strict enforcement is needed. STATEoF SoiL REsoURCE The total land area, of the state is 19.5 million ha out of which the 18.8 million ha is productive land. However, 1 5.8 million ha of land require some soil and moisture conservation measures and has been classified into thre categories: 48 LEGEND STATE BouNDARY - DITRICT BOUNDARY - S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~WA-PNASSIAPHASEN(VilSkm) miiiiiiii PK4ASE I CORRIDORS- ESR C-- ORRIDOR NOT SELECTED F'OR POC a DItRICr HEADOUARTERs * MA"R TOWNS * ~~~~~~~~~SOIL TYES AVOM ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ALUVIAL SAA1D LOAN * LWVIA SANDY SOI *CDASTAL. ALLUVIAL SOI * **~~~~~~~* ( ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~iJ ~~~DEEP BLACKISOIL MADHYA Im SALINE SLAIC Corridors mrs shown by Iwo dIgit non. such O 01,02 and 53lstc.. ~~~ ''- a~~~~~~~~~ Links are shown by thrian digSt non. t~~~~~) ~~~ - no~Stch as 0l,012*nd01351c.. aLoa011, 012 , 013 oIt are part of conidor 4i% aft51. Figure 6.4 SECTORAL EA -. ~~~~SOIL TYPES AND ROAD CORRIDORS A S uu~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ilJAuA £1A1I KAARSHTRn 11I1WATS FRUJECT 100 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LIMLA L.4AM., LASA E I Chapter 6-Existing Conditions CC LeaAssci. a) Dry land where agriculture is rain fed (13.8 million ha); b) Land under irrigation systems ie major, medium and minor (3.8 miljion ha); c) Land which is affected by salinity or alkalinity (1.2 million ha). The land in most parts of the state shows excessive loss of top soils, exposed sub-soil and bed rock entrenched gullies and ravines as a result of fluvial erosion and to some extent by aeolian action. The semi-arid climate of Gujarat and over-use of its vegetative cover and soils has led to a steady trend of environmental degradation. This has resulted in increased desertification, soil salinisation, and soil loss. The loss of roadside trees will contribute to this continued degradation, until the replanted seedlings reach a size where they will produce shade and leaf litter. 6.26 Flora Gujarat contains a great diversity of natural ecosystems ranging from desert, semi-arid lands, mangroves and coral reefs in the west, to dry deciduous forests in the central and northern zone and to moist deciduous and evergreen forest in the south. BIODVERSITY AND ENDANGERED SPECIES. There are 2,198 species of higher plants belonging to 902 genera and 155 farnilies which represent 13% of the flora of the country, in Gujarat. The ecology of Southern Gujarat has been intensively studied while the rest of the State remains virtually unexplored botanically. Ten species of mangroves are listed from Gujarat However, a drastic reduction has been noticed in recent years due to extensive cutting for timber, fuel and fodder. As a result, five mangrove species are now on the rare and endangered species list. There are about 1,933 species of Algae reported from Gujarat, out of which 210 species are marine. As a source of food, fodder and fertiliser marine algae have been used for a long time. Ethnobotanical studies canied out by several investigators have identified nearly 1200 plant species used by tribals for meeting their multifarious requirements (GEC, 1996). FORESTS. Forests play a key role in maintaining the water cycle, soil fertility and moisture, floods and wind control, mitigation of air and noise pollution, as well as providing shade, shelter and wildlife habitat. Gujarat has one of the lowest percentage of forest cover in India due to predominantly low rainfall and a long history of over use of forest resources. While 9.7% of the state's land area is declared forest only 6.7% is actually covered by forest, as against 24% of the country as a whole (Mr. Bahrain Patty, Department Conservator of Forest, personal communication). In Gujarat there are now 12,698 km2 (65.0%) of Reserve Forest, 1,105 kn2 (5.6%) of Protected Forest and 5,732 km2 (29.3%) of Unclassified Forest. The major concentration of forest cover of Gujarat is found along the eastern border of the state and the hilly portions of Saurashtra region. The four districts which contain the most forests are Junagadh, Dangs, Valsad and Surat The tree plantations along the roadsides of the 818 km or roadway account for a small portion of the total forest area but nevertheless provide important local habitat and climate control functions. Plans have been prepared (see EMAP, Section 8) to protect these areas wherever possible. Natural forests are classified on the basis of tree species, growth pattern and other factors such as amount of rainfall, temperature variations, type of soil and its texture. 51 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA oastes The irregular distribution of forest cover is due to the variation in rainfall and physiography as well as ongoing deforestation through illegal timber cutting and fuel wood collection. The effort to protect forest land from further deforestation was laid down in the " Indian Forestiy Act of 192T' which defined four categories of forests: * Reserve Forests - These are generally large areas of forested tracts which are managed by the state government in which harvesting timber and fuel wood is strictly regulated. These include village forests which is any land constituted as reserved forest that has been assigned to a village community by the state govemment. * Protected Forests - These include either larger or small areas of forest or wasteland, which can be harvested for the public benefit and is regulated by the Forest Department. * Unclassified Forests - These are any forested areas that have not been declared as reserved or protected forests. * Planted Forests - These are areas of tree plantations some of which occur along the roadside and are known as strip plantations. RESERVE FOREST . Two of the project corridors pass within 8-10 km of Reserved Forests. One located near Lunawada along Link 054 is a teak plantation forest that will be unaffected by the two lane treatment, the other is near Junagadh near Link 261 on the way to Jetpur is called Girnar and has no forest cover near the highway. Strip plantation of trees within the RoW of State Highways have been declared as Protected Forests in many areas. Compensation for loss of roadside plantation forest is discussed in Section 8.2.4. TREE PLANTATIONS. Tree plantations (strip plantations, plantation forests) along the RoW are characteristic of many of the road corridors in the state. These trees have been planted along the state highways at various times in the past through various programmes. As a result, there is no overall set pattem to the way trees have been planted. In general, the older trees have been planted in an irregular fashion close to the road, while younger tree plantations tend to be denser, more regular and farther from the road (see Figure 6.5). Banyan trees, in particular, as they get older grow very large trunks and with time this outward growth puts them closer to the edge of the CW. Some of the trees are quite old and very large and can be significant focal points for community interactions and activities. These we have referred to as giant trees and are further described as an indicator in {Section 73.4.} In some cases the trees are-large and regular enough to form of a canopy over the road which is referred to as a green tunnel. These are further described as an indicator in Section 7.3.4. Most of the tree plantations have been planted through the action of the Social Forestry Programme described below. 52 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions LeaAssocatles Figure 6.5: Many tree plantations are found within the RoW which were planted by the Social Forestry Department. Shown here is a dense plantation of small trees on Corridor 03 near Mehsana. SOCIAL FORESTRY. The initiative taken by the MoEF to imcrease the forest cover nationi-wide to 33% (National Forest Policy 1952) gave rise to the creation of the Social Forestry Programme which has involved local communities in the planting and maintenance of plantation forests. Gujarat was the first state to create a Social Forestry Department in 1969 and this departinent became the model for the rest of India. Between 1980 and 1995the Social Forestry Programme received funding from the World Bank and a number of other donors. The most recent phase called the Integrated Forestry Development Project involved the planning of multi-canopy/multi species forests, in order to increase the density of trees as well as biodiversity. In conclusion, since the study area has experienced intensive land use for a very long time there are no primary forests nor natural vegetation communities left. The main vegetation consists of Tree Plantations within the RoW, which provides habitat and shelter for wildlife. In general there are more trees within the RoW than on the adjacent lands. 6.2.7 Fauna BIODVERSrrY AND ENDANGERED SPECIES. The invertebrate fauna of Gujarat is relatively unknown while the vertebrate fauna has been studied fairly well. There are 364 species of fish, 19 species of which are in the endangered/threatened category. There are 19 amphibian species, most confined to the southem districts of the State. Seventy-eight species of reptiles are reported from Gujarat and eight of them are placed in the Red Data Book (for vulnerable, threatened and endangered animnals) of 53 , lf Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeB Associates the Zoological Survey of India. Many reptilian species are facing severe threat due to habitat destruction. The avian fauna of Gujarat is unique and is represented by 454 resident/migratory birds. Eight species are placed on the endangered list and five species on the vulnerable list in the Red Data Book. In addition to this, I I species of birds are listed as endangered or threatened species by the Marine National park authorities. The mammalian fauna of Gujarat comprises 69 species which represents 18.5% of the total number of Indian mammals. Four species are listed in the Red Data Book as endangered while ten species are listed as vulnerable. While there are a substantial number of the larger species found in Gujarat on the rare and endangered species list due to habitat destruction, the non-forest bird life in particular and small mammal populations are surprisingly healthy. A legacy of private reserves and a mainly vegetarian population has enabled the survival of wild life populations far above those found in other countries with populations densities approaching those of India (WWF, 1992). PROTECTED AREAS WITHIN THE STUDY AREA OF INFLUENCE . All of the protected areas of the state are depicted, along with project corridors, on1 Figure 6.6. A list of the national parks and wildlife sanctuaries of the state, which fall within 10 km of the study roads. are listed in Table 6.10. None of the project corridors pass directly through any of the protected areas, however, the boundary of the Wild Ass Saiictuary (Link - 022) is from 2-5 km from road Link 022. The Wild Ass is frequently siglhted and often crosses the road. Fortunately, there have been few collisions since it keeps its distance and easily avoids traffic. (Mr. Pravin Majithia, ACF, Wild Ass Sanctuary; Mr. Pal, Gagga Sanctuary - Marine Park, Jamnagar, pers. comm.). There is little or no effect of the existing road corridors on the other sanctuaries. Sundarpura Chinkara Sanctuary (Corridor 10) is a fenced in enclosure for blackbuck. Tlhe Marine Park at Jamnagar is 10 km from the end of the Phase I selected Link 283 at Falla. It is 2 km from Bed at the junction of Link 284 - 285. All of the species in hie park are confined to the coastal zone. The rest of the protected areas are distant enougl from the roads for there to be no effect. 6.3 Social Environment 6.3.1 Introduction The Gujarat State Highways Project will solve the increasing problems of rapid traffic growth and realise the potential for industrialisation in Gujarat. Due care was taken in selecting the road corridors by R&BD in order to spread the benefits of the project throughout the state (Figure 2.1). Of the 16 districts traversed by the project corridors, Surat has as manv as six corridors out of a total of 30. The districts of Ahmedabad and Rajkot follow with five and four corridors respectively. With regard to the length of the corridors, Jamnaaar district has 230 km of road, followed by Surat, Rajkot and Ahmedabad (see Table 6.1 1). 54 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions L.e As5 8a: 6.3.2 Demographic Profile of the Districts The districts containing project corridors are described in the following profiles which contain demographic, socio-economic and cultural information, as well as an overview of land use and development Gujarat is divided into 19 districts, 16 of which contain the total project corridors. The district of Kachchh is the largest and accounts for 23% of the total area of the state and Valsad is the smallest accounting for 2.5%. In 1991 (last census) the population of Gujarat was 41.3 million. The distribution of the population showed that Ahmedabad had 11.6% and Surendranagar had only 2.9% in 1991. The people of Gujarat are comprised mainly of Gujaras who are found all over the state, , Katchis, the people who have migrated from Sindh (now in Pakistan) and the Kathis, who are essentially nomadic and have a pastoral occupation. The fourth group is the Bhils who originally inhabited the hilly tracks of Gujarat. POPULATION DwStRIBumIoN AND DENSITY. The population is not uniformly distributed due to the agricultural productivity and industrial growth patterns. The central and southern areas of Gujarat are the most densely populated regions, namely, Mehsana. Ahmedabad, Kheda and Vadodara ,ranging in size from 236 to 630 persons per km2. Of all the project corridors, five pass partly or fully through the very high density district of Ahmedabad and > 15 corridors pass partly or fully through the high density districts; another 21 corridors pass partly or fully through the moderately dense districts. Only one corridor traverses a low density district, Kachchh. POPULATION GROWTH. The growth of the population in the districts of Surat, Ahmedabad, Vadodara, Rajkot, Panchmahals, Bhavnagar and Banaskantha has been high during 1981-91. Only two districts, Surat and Ahmedabad have experienced a population growth rate that is closer to the state average of 21% (per decade). The population growth rate during 1981-91 in the districts of south Gujarat was high, ranging between 193% to 36.3%. The growth of population in the districts of Central Gujarat was relatively low ranging from 14.1% to 273%. The Districts in Saurashtm region have experienced the lowest population growth rate in the state, ranging from 12.2% to 22%. Interestingly, the Kachchh district has the lowest population density but has experienced the highest population growth, of more than 20 %, which may be attributed to the recent developments in the industrial and mining sectors. Eight of the project corridors traverse partly or fully through the districts having a high population growth rate. Thirteen corridors pass partly or fully through the districts having a medium growth rate and as many as 15 corridors pass through the districts that have a low growth rate. Only three corridors pass through districts having very low growth rates (see Figure 6.7). 55 Table 6.10: Protected Areas Within Project Influence Area No Regional Name of Name of the Distanec from Distance fioom Arca (kit2) Representative Remarks I)ivision Sanctuary Districst town corridor link # species . __________ ____________ within SEA 2. Sundarpura Vadodara 3 In S of 4km firom #101 1.3 Black buck Privately oined reserve of the Gayacoit family, nmn as Chinkara Vadodara a charitable trust. Sanctuary . 3. Kachchh Wild Ass K.chchh 22 km N of 5 km from #024 4954 Wild ass, wolf, nilgai, The little Rann of Kachchh is a flat, saline wilderness Sanctuary Dhrangadhra near Maliya chinkara, black buck, of xerophytic vegetation punctuated by isolated Beyts fox, jackal, desert cat, (oases). The only place where wild ass occurs in India .___________ .___________ caracal outside of Ladakh. 4. Saurashtra Jamnagar amnnagar 10 km N of 2-10 kmn from # Park: 163 Coral reefs, seaveeds, A very diverse area of coastal marine species, Marine National Jamnagar 284,285,292, 293, Sanctuary: mangroves, marine including the only coral reefs in India outside of Park & but has port and 295 km2 turtles, dugongs, lIkshadweep and a unique population of mangroves. Sanctuary industrial dolphins, coastal birdlife Area threatened by deforestation and increasing development industrial pollution. behte coast and 5. Saurashtra Khijadia Bird Jamnagar 10 km E of 6km fron #283 6 Diverse vaterfowl This brackish water wetland harbours diverse resident Sanctuary Jamnagar and migratory biris. 56 - _ .... ,., __RAJASTHAN PAKISTAN 1W- . _- _ | ]; )tASfl LEGEND _____ , !ITEAT ALBU s- ~~~~~~~~~~~ I EAR~~~~~~~~TAEOUDR nRm.Dr_ nmv _ ; I 1 -TRICT =NY tv L_w_ s ;;f tK - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SEA.P"BEAPASEN (11S km-) = .dom am s b t. CORRd- ESR 0 404. PHA -0 CO R1I sic., SACUAB DAIlTOCTHADOARUARTK" NiEtTOROWNS GL-UFOFTKACHCHH T mw PRADESAARABSEA LIh so . S 2L EA LAink wn hw yUudg n . L 5 l.!.!.r m} Z S L ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ns Ofj I Chapter 6-Existing Conditions ZsAsoE!. Table 6.11: Length of Project Corridors District Corridors length District Corridors length (km) (kmn) Jamnagar 28 & 29 227 Mehsana 03 39 Rajkot 26. 27,28 & 02 143 Ahmedabad 01, 02.07.21 138 & 22 S'nagar 02 91 Kheda 07, 08 & 09 102 Bhavnagar 23, 24 & 25 93 Panchmahals 05, 06 & 09 122 Junagadh 26 13 Vadodara 10 & 11 60 Kachchh 30 50 Bharuch 10. 12 & 13 100 Banaskantha 03 & 04 70 Surat 13. 14,815.16 153 1 7&18 Sabarkantha 05 58 Valsad 19 & 20 14 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE OF POPUlATION. Agriculture employs the largest number of people in all parts of the State. The working population of the state accounts for 40.2% of the total population. In the districts of Saurashtra region, over 60% of the working population are engaged in agricultural activities. The picture is more or less similar with the districts of North and South Gujarat except Ahmedabad, Surat and Vadodara, where secondary and tertiary work forces dominate. These districts are industrially developed and provide opportunities to work in both the secondary and tertiary sectors, especially in large manufacturing (see Figure 6.7). LrTERACY RATE. The average literacy rate of Gujarat State, 51.1% is slightly less than the National average of 52.2%. Only eight districts have higher literacy rate than the state average. The eight districts are highly urbanised, industrialised and densely populated and they are Valsad, Surat, Bharuch, Vadodara, Kheda, Ahmedabad, Mehsana and Rajkot (mostly in cental and south Gujarat regions). The literacy rate of the Scheduled Caste population (61.1% overall) is relatively high compared to that of the total population in all 16 districts through which project coridors pass, except in Kachchh and Banaskhantha. The Valsad district has a rate of 80.9% followed by Ahmedabad and Surat districts with 70.9%. The districts of Kheda and Vadodara have literacy rates of 69.6% and 69.5% respectively. The 36.5% literacy rate among the Scheduled Tribe population (Census of India, 1991) is lower than that for both SC population (61.1%) and the total population (5 1.1%). In only nine of 16 districts the literacy rate of ST population is more than 50%. The ST population in Rajkot district, has the highest literacy rate (61.7%) in the population, followed by STs in Bhavnagar and Ahmedabad districts with 58.2% and 48.5% respectively. The lowest ST literacy rate is registered in the Kachchh district (19.2%). Five corridors pass partly or fully through the districts (Kachchh Talukas of Panchmahals and Banaskantha ) which having the lowest literacy rate and almost all the remaining corridors pass partly or fully through the remaining 14 districts which having moderate literacy rates (see Figure 6.7). RURAL/URBAN GROWTH OF THE DIsTcrs. The rural/urban split of the total population of Gujarat was 34 to 66% as per the 1991 census. The share of rural population declined from three fourths to two thirds as urbanisation increased at a faster rate during the last two decades. Of the 16 districts included in this project, only three districts Panchmahals, Bharuch and Valsad experienced a higher growth rate in the '90s than in the previous decade (1981-91) . In all the remaining districts, the nural population growth rate was lower during 1981-91 than during 1971-81. 59 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA 5OcrnteS In contrast, during this same period during (1981-90), the urban population increased tremendously in three of the least developed districts of Kachchh, Banaskhanta and Bharuch. The most industrialised district, Surat had experienced a significant urban growth rate of 61% during 1981-91, the highest in the state. Seven districts have recorded urban growth rates of more than the state average (33.6% per decade). The fastest industrially developing district, Jamnnagar has experienced the lowest urban growth rate with 17.7% (the rapid industrial growth has been since 1991). Ahmedabad was the most urbanised district in the state with 74.7% of its population living in urban centres in 1991. Surat and Bharuch districts (50.6%) followed, and Rajkot in the Saurashtra region was next with 47.1%. 6.3.3 Socio-economic Profile of Districts Current GDP figures for the state of Gujarat were not available, therefore national level figures were used. State level net domestic product (NSDP) data were available and in 1996-97 was approximately Rs 526 billion. This represented an eight-fold growth from Rs 65.47 billion in 1980-81. Per capita NSDP at the same period grew from Rs 2,940 to Rs 11,733 at current prices. However, NSDP at constant (1980-81) prices grew slowly to Rs 141.7 billion in 1994-95; consequently, per capita NSDP in the same period rose to Rs 3,214 during the samne period. - Among the various sectors of the state economy, growth was particularly strong in agriculture, manufacturing, trade and transport banking and insurance where the NSPD increased by 35.5%, 8.7%, 9.90/o and 12.70/o respectively in 1994-95 in relation to 1993. Growth of the tertiary sector of the economy has been encouraging since the late eighties. Ahmedabad districts contributed 21.8% of NSDP, followed by Surat (12.2%), Rajkot (9.8%) and Vadodara (6.8%) in 1996-97). Contribution of the Dangs district was the lowest at 0.2%, along with Gandhinagar (1.3%) and Amreli (1.57%). None of the project corridors pass through the low income districts, but more than half the project corridors pass through the high income districts. AGRICULTURE. Around 56% of Gujarat's population are engaged in agriculture. For about last 20 years, net area under agricultual production in the state is slowly shrinking. Nonetheless gross cropped area remained constant during this period. Most of the agriculture is rain fed and the cropping intensityl remains within 112 to 114 since 1980-8 1, which is substantially lower an the national figure of 130. 1 Cropping intensity is the ratio of gross cropped area to net cropped area. 60 R; _ UaJSTHAN LEGEND - W4mTERNmOt BOUNDAR .... STATe BOUNDRY SEA.- PiA I &P4HASEII(SlS km) PHASE I CORRIDORS - ESR PHASE i CORRIDORS CORRMORS NOT SEI.CTED FOR PC0 D.ITRICT HEADQUARTERS * MAJOR TOWNS OcCUPATION STRUCTU 100 * TERTIARY SECTOR POPULATION GROWrH RATE I%) 1001.1001 Es27.1 to 36 0 20.7ta27.1 [B 14,3 o 20.7 M 12 1014.3 Paid mad Figure46.6 SECTORA EA DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF A ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TOTAL POPULATION ...... MAMARABHTR 011A11A1 31111 5IIUWATS P31116T &NM ~~~~~~~~~~~0 50 1W olbii04,0660 m ~~~~~~~LIAEA 41 LASA L.AW .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~M I I Chapter 6-Existing Conditions 02t LetAssowa& Net ¢irgated area in Gujarat is 26.90/o in 1993-94, up from 20.9% in 1980-81, during the same period gross irrigated area increased from 21.7% to 28.8%. The increase was mostly due to ground water irrigation. Ground water irrigation potential in bhe state is almost exhausted. The ultimate irrigation potential from all sources is 56% and pending the completion of Sardar Sarovar Narmada Project (SSNP), it is difficult to extend irrigation in the state. Food crops account for 48.2% of the gross cropped area in 1993-94. Cereals account for as much as 84% of such area under food crops. 'Bajra' is the most important cereal (produced on 36.6% of gross area under cereals) followed by wheat (22%), rice (18.5%), maize (11%) and jowar (10%). Cotton and sugarcane occupy almost all area under production of non-food crops. Although area under cultivation remained more or less constant since 1980-81, the production of all crops has doubled by 1995 (Appendices 7.10,7.11,7.12,7.13). Among the districts, Mehsana contributed 10.1% agricutural production in the state followed by Surat (9%), Banaskantha (9.2%), Kheda (6.9%) and Rajkot (6.7%), in 1996-97. The Dangs had contributed only 03%, Gandhinagar 0.9% and Bharuch had 237%. Apart from Corridor 12, all corridors pass through districts with significant agricultural production. LIVESTOCK. Total livestock in Gujarat is estimated to be 196 million in 1992. About one-third of these were cattle, with buffaloes accounting for another 26%, goats 21.5%, and sheep 10.3%. In addition, there are around 57 million poultry fowl in the state. Between 1982 to 1992, livestock grew by 63% and poultry by 59.2%. Dairy fanning is an important sector in the state economy. Milk production in the state has increased from about 2.1 million tonnes in 1980-81 to 3.9 million tonnes in 1993- 94. Egg production has substantially increased as well E[IiHEES. Gujarat has a long coastline broken by several bays, inlets, estuaries and marshland. The area available for fishing extends from Lakhpat in Kachchh district in the Northwest to Umbergaon in Valsad district in the south. The total number of active fisherman in Gujarat in 1985-86 was 80,000 which rose from 49,000 in 1980-81. Production of fish was 221,000 tonnes in 1975-76; 336,000 tonnes in 1985-86 and estimated at 715,000 tonnes in 1994-95, which is worth Rs 10.1 billion. Marine fish production is about 900/O of total fish production in the state. The net worth of fish exports during 1994-95 was Rs 4.2 billion (87,000 tonnes). With the exception of Amreli the project road corridors pass through all of these districts. Road improvements are expected to benefit this industry through the provision of better trnsportation corridors, and faster delivery times. FoREsTs. Total area under forests in Gujarat is 19,300 km2, which is less than 10%/o of total geographical area of the state. Reserved forests account for about 70% of all forests in the state. Major forest products in the state were estimated at 241 thousand cubic meters in 1984-85 and 516 thousand cubic meters in 1985-86, worth Rs 32 million and Rs 45.9 million respectively. Forests in Surat circle (which includes the Dangs district) accounted for 89.1% and 82.2% of such products, respectively. 63 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA so-aBtes Total revenue from minor forest products was Rs 2.55 million in 1984-85 and Rs 1.89 million in 1985-86. Vadodara circle accounted for as much as 74% of these minor products in 1984-85, and 48% in 1985-86. Surat circle contributed 12% and 14% in those years, followed by Junagadh (6.3% and 22.3%) and Valsad (3.4% and 4.6%) circles. None of the GSHP project corridors pass through (or even near) the reserve forests. Corridors 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 pass through districts that have significant forest production. All roadside plantation (within the RoW) are designated as protected forest. Such protected plantations are described in the respective corridor profiles. MNERALS. The value of mineral production in the state has been provisionally recorded as Rs 27.6 billion in 1995-96, up from Rs 16.4 billion in 1990-91 and Rs 2.9 billion in 1980-81. In current prices, therefore, there has been a significant increase. In terms of quantity, there was less significant growth. Production of 25 major minerals rose from 19.9 million tonnes to 22.9 million tonnes, a growth of 14.4% during 1991-96. In the same period, growth in the value of production was 68%. Production of oil and natural gas doubled both in quantity and value of production during 1985-95. Junagadh (with 36.2% of total production in the state) followed by Kachchh (24.6%), Jamnagar (14.8%) and Amreli (12.6%) are prominent producers of major minerals. Bharuch, Panchmahal and Amreli are leading districts in the state in production of minor minerals. Ahmedabad, Gandhinagar and Dangs are districts without any significant production of minerals. In terms of oil and natural gas all coastal district have high production (and potential) led by Vadodara, Bharuch, Jamnagar and Kachchh. Corridors 6, 10, 11, 26, 28, 29 and 30 pass through the districts with high production of minerals, whereas Corridors 01, 02, 03, 04 and 05 pass through areas of low mineral production. INDUSTRIALATION. According to the annual survey of industries, 1992-93, Gujarat had a share of 11.2% in the gross value of output and 113% in net value added by manufacturing sector in the country. The number of works in Gujarat is about 20,000 in 1997, which has increased at a rate well in excess of 100% annually. The number of small scale industrial units (SSIUs) in 1997 was more than 200,000, which was a five fold growth from 43,712 in 1980-81. There is corresponding growth in the household and cottage industries. In recent years, incremental investment in large and medium size industries was between Rs 20 to 40 billion. At present, large projects with an investment of Es 1,300 billion are at various stags of implementation in the state. Flow of total investment in the industrial sector was growing at a rate of more than 50% per annum in recent years. Ahmedabad had been the focus of industrial development in the state with 26.7% of the factories and 24.3% of SSIUs. Other industrially developed districts in the state are Valsad (with 11.4% of the factories), Vadodara (11.3%), Surat (11.3%), Rajkot (8%), Mehsana (5.8%), Bharuch (4.9%b) and Kheda (4.8%). The districts of the Dangs, Kachchh, Sabarkantia, Banaskantha and Amreli are industrially backward districts. 64 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions Among the large projects under implementation, Surat has 318 of these worth Rs 288 billion (22.9% of total investment in such projects), Bharuch Rs 269.5 billion (21.43%) and Jamnagar Rs 283.4 billion (22.6%). Now proposals for industrial projects are dispersed all over Gujarat, and a more spatially balanced, rapid industrial development is anticipated (refer to 7.15). 6.3.4 Vulnerable Groups These groups comprise of Scheduled Castes (SCs), Scheduled Tribes (STs), Women Headed Households, Landless Agricultural Workers and households with an average monthly income less than Rs 2,000. Gujarat has a significant population of scheduled tribe population (more than 90/o of the total ST population of the nation). In the case of SC population, Gujarat does not have that significant a share (only 2% of the total SC population of the nation). A brief discussion on Gender and Development issues is included at the end of this section. However, women-headed households are not discussed in detail in this report for lack gender specific data at this level. SCHEDULEDTRIBES. Gujarat has a significant population of Scheduled Tribes, 9.1% of the total ST population of the nation. According to the 1991 census, in Gujarat, there are 30 specified individual Scheduled Tribes. Among these, the Bhil tribe is the largest group. The other groups include Dubalas, Dhodias, Gamits, Kotwalias, Klathodias, Kolghas, Padhars and Siddis. These are mainly concentrated in seven districts along the eastern border of the state in Valsad, Surat, Bharuch, Vadodara, Panchmahals, Sabarkantha and Banaskantha. These districts contribute nearly 90%/o of the total ST population of the state. Valsad has more than 50% of its population as scheduled tribes and in contrast Bhavnagar district has only 0.15% of its population as scheduled tribes. During 1981-91, the rapidly industrialising district of Jamnagar registered the highest ST population growth (67.2%) followed by Surendranagar district with 590/o. Kheda experienced negative growth (-8.2%) followed by Bhavnagar (3%). Whereas districts like Valsad, Surat, Bharuch, Vadodara and Panchmahals, the ST population has had stable growth. T he literacy rate of the ST population is comparatively less tham the average, as well as the SC population literacy levels. Though the Rajkot district STs achieved the highest literacy rate in the state with 62%. In contrast, the Kachchh district has a literacy rate of only 19.2% among the ST population. The occupational structure of the ST population of the 16 districts reveals that 86% of tribes are involved in primary sector activities and another 7% each are involved in both secondary and tertiary sectors. Distnct wise, the ST population are mainly involved in the primary sector except in four districts (Rajkot, Bhavnagar, Mehsana and Ahmedabad) where secondary and tertiary sector activities dominate and employ relatively more than the primary sector. As many as 19 corridors pass partly or fully through the tribal concentrated districts. Only two corridors pass through Rajkot which has the highest ST population growth. Three corridors pass through the district that experienced the lowest growth, Bhavnagar. Another three corridors pass through a district that has negative growth, Kheda (Figure 6.8 and Figure 6.9). SCHEDULED CASES. Unlike Scheduled Tribes, Scheduled Caste populations are distributed in all the districts in varying proportions. According to 1991 census, the population of SC was 7.4% of the total population of the state and 2.2% of the total SC 65 =,c:- Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Ociates population of India. Ahmedabad and Valsad districts have the largest and smallest SC population respectively, with 15.8% and 2.2% ofthe total SC population of the sixteen districts. Bhavnagar has the highest SC population growth, at 39% in the state, where as Bharuch showed the lowest growth rate of 10.67%, during 1981-91. The literacy level of the SC population is 61% in Gujarat, and is much better than the ST population (36.4%). Out of sixteen districts, Valsad recorded the highest with 81% and Banaskantha, the lowest with 41%. The districts in south Gujarat have registered higher literacy rate when compared to the other districts. Occupational structure of the SC population is different from the ST population. Only 55% of the total workers are involved in the primary sector, 21% and 24% are involved in the secondary and tertiary sector respectively. The highly industrialised districts like Ahmedabad, Surat, Valsad, Vadodara, Bhavnagar, Jarnnagar and Rajkot have more SC population in both secondary and tertiary sectors than in the primary sector. Three corridors pass through Bhavnagar district having the highest SC population growth. Another three corridors pass through Bharuch district that registered the lowest SC population growth rate. Only two corridors pass through Valsad district, with the highest literacy rate. Two corridors pass partly or fully through Banaskantha district with the lowest literacy rate. A large share of this group's population is below the poverty line and socially underprivileged. The government has pursued a policy of positive discrimination since the 1960s (Figure 6.10). GENDER DEVELOPMENT. India ranks 103 of 137 countries in the Gender Development Index (GDI) which reveals the reality of the insufficient level of development of women as compared to men in this country. Gujarat ranks third among the 16 other Indian states (see Table 6.12). The economic condition of women headed households varies considerably, depending on factors such as marital status, the social context of female leadership and decision making, access to facilities and productive resources, income and the composition of the household. These conditions form the basis for defining indicators to assess the vulnerability of such households. The project team and the R&BD understand the need for some form of gender analysis to minimise the adverse effects of the project on women and therefore have included them as one of the vulnerable groups eligible for a wider range of assistance defuned in the Rehabilitation Action Plan (RAP). Women make up almost 50 % of the project users in general, even though women headed households are a small percentage of the PAPs (as found in the Socio-economic Survey of the PAPs in the ESR). As evidenced by the GDI, there is considerable inequality between men and women in Gujarat. 66 RAJASTHAN A OMBAY . I '/ C- 5r-' .'' LEGEND U - ...~~~~~ INTEKRNATIM OAL BAIIRY *STATE BOUNDARY - DISTRICT BOUNDAkRY SEA-1PHASE I&PHASE II (IIIIin) PHASE I CORRIDORS- eSR | RILF0FK v;F PHASE t 0 .ORR|°S CORRIDORS NOT SELECTEzD FOR P00 GULF CIF KACHCHH ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~oPROTECTED MIONMEIS fT PRADESH * PROTECTD MONULlNT I SrrES BY STATE GOVT. OF GUJARAT ARCHAEOLOGICA. AND H IISTORIICALPLACES PLORWAGE AND TOURIST AREAS | INKLUENCE ZONE OF PROJECT f ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CORRIGO ~' TRIBAL PO01(T Q r-1 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TRIBL TALUK( TRIBL CLUSTER Corridors amm shown by two digit non. such as 01. 02 snd 03 aft., *Links ar, shewn by thim digit nos. such as 011, 012 and 013 aftc., GULF OF o~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LInks Ol, 012,O013 OcUampart of KHAMBHAT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~corridor 01, 02 oftc. Figure 6.8 SECTORALEBA TPIBAL AREAS, CULTURAL PROPERTIES o so 10 MAHARSHTR UU1AIAT STATE LIAEA 8, LASA e As~~~~~~~~I X ~~~~~~~~~i |L | 0)!i M t Rs g I a I I oil-}lll 11 Z , ; 5 . w 0 $ l Q;' ^ ' , ,, ; -- - -- - 0-- - - -- -- - -- -- - -- - - - - - -- - - - - - Chapter 6-Existing Conditions GE - bo~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~rAssecua Table 6.12: Overview of 1991 Gujarat Gender Disparity Gujar2t India Description Population(million) 413 8463 The state consitutes 5 % ofthe counties total populafion. Female % 483 48.1 Composition ofthe M/F population is better Male% 51.7 51.9 than the couny s as a whole, indicates better position of Sex Ratio (no. F/1000M) 936 927 women in Gujarat Life Expectancy (yeas) Female 603 59A Higher life expectancy (by 2 yeas) amrong women also Male 59.1 59.0 Indicates a betterhealth status of women in Gujarat Total 60.2 592 . Adult Literacy Rate (%) Male 41.8 33.9 A considewble difference indicates poor a:s Female 70.4 62.4 to education facility which could be result ofsocial Total 56.7 48.7 taboos like no recognition of girls education, early I_marriage, household responsibilities other thn poverty. Share of Female 31.2 28.6 The data shows drastic diffrences, mainly because the Economically Male 68.8 71.4 definiion of work force does not include work like Active Population(%) hosehold chores, fetching of water, fuel, fdder and supporting economic activities within the hoMe, such as piece work. Share of Female 26.8 23.2 Indicates poor access to income even in Easned Male 73.2 76.8 compaison with participation in economic actvities. Income (%) GDI 0.437 0.388 IDgher HDI than GDI indicates inquality of HDI 0A98 0.457 gender. Souces: Census oflndia -1991, Working Together: EploringPossibilities-J996, Indian Institute of Forest Management Bhpal and the Human Development Report- 1990-96, UNDP. 6.3.5 Land-use and Development Development of any place or district can be seen through the changing pattem of land- use, which often can have grave impacts on the environment. More than three fourths of the total area of the state is "profitably" utilised and the remaining is either unused cultivable or "waste" land. More than 50%/o of Gujarat is under cultivation and slightly less than 10% is forest area. This has remained about the same, even with considerable development pressure. In the case of the rural/urban split, 77% of the total land is classified as rural whereas the remaining 23% is classified as urban land use. The role of the forests in the districts' development is of great significance. Gujarat has a small amount of forest area when compared to the other states in the country. This areas is decreasing while the problems of soil fertility, moisture loss and air pollution are increasing Of the state's total forest area, Panchmahals district has the largest forest cover with 14.6%. Kachchh the largest district comes second with 13.6%, and Ahmedabad, the most urbanised district, has only 02% of its land area as forest Valsad and Panchmahals districts have roughly 22% of their area under forests. Sabarkantha follows with 153% and Vadodara and Bharuch districts have 14%. In the districts of Saurashtra the forest area accounts for less than 4% of the total land area. Of the total geographical area of the state only 22.5% is under urban use while 34% of the total population live in the urban areas. The most urbanised district, Ahmedabad has only 82% of land available as urban. In Panchmahals district where urbanisation is quite low, only 2% ofthe land is available for urban utilisation (see Figure 6.10). 6.3.6 Archaeological and Cultural Property Gujarat, as a result of its enriched histoxy and lasting traditions, contains a vast and significant archaeological and cultural heritage. Many of these traditions are still alive in Gujarat and are important to the cultural pattern of this region. Saurashtra, Kachchh, 69 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA .-ocites North and South Gujarat are well known for tribal areas that form many sub-cultural regions in Gujarat Many of the project corridors traverse these sub-cultural regions (Figure 6.8). The rich cultural heritage of Gujarat is physically manifested in a very large number of archaeological and cultural properties which include shrines, temples, mosques, monuments and historical sites. Many of these sites occur within the corridor of impact and may be affected by the road construction. Due to the varying significance of each site and the difference in the appropriate mitigation options, it is important to categorise as well as identify each property. The categorisation of affected cultural properties is based on its use, type of property, cultural and historical significance, and protected status. Greater emphasis has been given in identifying those affected cultural properties that are not protected by archaeological legislation, significant to local communities, in disrepair and/or are of lesser archaeological and cultural significance. It is these affected properties that require greater attention towards protection and enhancement in such projects. CATEGORISATION OF CULTURAL PROPERTY1 Shrines: These are sacred structures, places and objects of worship, and may house an image or idol. Shrines are generally smaller versions of temples, memorials, and other sacred structures. For convenience of identification in this project, only those structures where a person cannot physically enter are categorised as shrines. Sacred Structures, including Temples, Mosques, Memorials, and other Religious Buildings: These structures are sacred places of worship into which a person can physically enter. These structures are larger than shrines and have a significant presence when situated alongside the road. Sacred Centres, including Ashrams, Temple, Mosque Complexes, and other Centres of Religious Significance: These centres are an aggregation of sacred structures, facility buildings, and open spaces meant for religious and related activities. Most of these sacred centres are adjacent to the roads and are enclosed with high walls. They are used by pilgrims and highway travellers. ArchaeologicalProperties: These are properties that are protected by the ASI and the Gujarat State Directorate of Archaeology under their respective Archaeological Acts of 1958 and 1965. 7llages and Setlements of Cultural Signif/ance: The many villages and settlements abutting the RoW of the project conidors reflect the traditional character, lifestyle, and architecture of their sub-cultural region and qualify as cultural entities. These areas will require protection and enhancement, as they are likely to be impacted by outside influences and induced development resulting from road improvements. Otlher Cultural Property: Old buildings, step wells, tanks, cultural activity and festival sites, natural features having architectural, historical, and cultural significance to the region and local community, are included in this category. 1 Details regarding cultural properties are given in the Working Paper on Archaeological and Cultural Property in the Revised Interim Report 70 PAKISTAN LEGEND IfRTERtATOORML fSO -N/AIY i STATE |OUN| Y saaIsPHASE I CORRIDORS- ESRA r S_li PKHAUi.iEAT CORRI CORRIDORS NOT SELECTEM - -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~FOIR PMC * MAJO TOWNS OCCUPATION4 STRUCTRE | 31~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 _ t \ 11I^SA -s-.-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 -A'~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ PRIMARY SECTOR 16,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~7 ...... ::W ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*SECONDARY SECTOR .......... a~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ TERTIARY SECTOR ... ... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~POPtJLTIO OROWT14 RATE(%) * 35 to ST.2 (5) 0 25 to 34.9 (5) ED 4.2 to 24.9 (6) SCorfdoni Ira shown by twodIgIt no.. such .g,0.2 and03 atc., *ULnks are shown by thre, digit no.. LffgPACTRATE outh " Oii. III2 end Oili etc.,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Iot a 01.1 ad 13et. OF o ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Unks 01 1,012, 013 eftcof paret of KHOBNAT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~corrydor 0. 02010. Figure 6.10 Vabdus ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SECTORAL EA DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF t ~~~~~~~~~ARABIAN SEA VULENARABI.E GROUPS (SC) -9tduled Castes) INIANAT STATE MMWSHTRA NIISUWATS FUllEST 10 30 is LE.AsockA LASA 7'1 RAJASTHAN { PAKISTAN F < r t _ > g * - > tPALA tt . j '/ / r \. ' vLEGEND NER~ATIO44A BOUNDARY . < fr) \ / t| @ | ( > . .-.-. STATE BOUNDAY DITIR;CT BOUNDARY < 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ CISTRICT HEAI3OMARMS I 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ VA"O TOWNS ffi X _ { ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PRADESH 110| ; , - nWa$ ' < <2^ - - -' ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~' § aEWGO PASrE I ORDRS -. X RRIGACtDO NON SELECTE D w w . GULF OF KA HH MADHYA * . r; s on by w d o- AR41iANSEA \ > Vi K H A M B R X * ctdorO1,022te.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~cnlorOl 0 Se > / , w t > , t i ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Figure 6.11 :PRADESH,, 'SECTORAL EA I 6 is * * [~~~~~~~AND USE AND CULERTURALEWSTE _ _ _ _ __ _ LA_ - -. _ ..........- _. __._ . 72 Chapter 6-Existing Conditions An inventory of cultural properties within and adjacent to the RoW as categorised above is presented in Table 6.13. However, because each cultural property is unique and may not have a standard size, archictua value, and/or cultural significance, each one must be considered on an individual basis. The table only indicates the number and general cultural significance of these properties situated along the project corridors. More cultural properties may come to light during the implementation stage and will be included in the list for protection and enhancement. STATE OF THE RESOURCE. Numerous cultural properties in Gujarat are located within and adjacent to the RoW. These sites enhance the aesthetic and spiritual aspect of the corridors and should be viewed as an asset, not simply as an engineering liability. Unfortunately, many of the cultural properties have deteriorated or have been damaged largely due to ignorance, and inadequate maintenance. Therefore, impacts have occunred as a result of disuse not use! Cultural properties can not be seen just as a memory of the past which need protection, but should be considered as an important resource for current and fiture generations. The following are some issues associated with the state of cultural properties in the area-of-influence: * There are substantial number of unused and abandoned cultural properties falling within the RoW and next to it demanding special attention for their protection and enhancement * A large number of archaeological sites and monuments, pilgrims and tourists destinations, and areas of cultuml significance fall in the region where the project corridors pass. There is no information system or signage available on these roads or at the junctions of the project corridors, facilitating access to these areas. Hence, locating these areas of cultural heritage is very difficult. * Many sacred complexes and cultural properties located next to the road are actively used and are an asset to both highway users and local residents. Their convenient location next to road is essential to their continued use. However, their proximity to the CW is a liability in relation to road construction and operation. The key to conservation of cultural assets is to maintain and make appropriate use of these assets. Information and access is very crucial towards sustaining cultural heritage and GSHP has the opportunity to make a positive impact in both of these areas. 73 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates 0= Table 6.13 Summary of Cultural Property Affected by Project Corridor in the SEA S. Cormidor not all Length shries Saced Sacred Arch. villages& Cultural Total No. links/coTTidor are SIcture Centres Ian. Property Settlernents Property in project area Uidhn-i a ' OM& "uib RoW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW ROW RoW RoW 01 Sadlie_-Virangam 47.7 13 13 5 21 3 9 2 3 1 73 02 Virungm-NMaliya 383 5 9 8 12 2 7 1 44 03 MedsoaPalanpw 65.0 8 2 7 6 2 1 2 25 05 Seuntaji4Amavada 85.5 1 1 4 2 1 9 06 LAmavaa-HaoII 75.0 1 1 2 2 8 08 Ladvel-Dakor 18.0 0 1 2 1 3 1 1 9 09 Dakor-Gixra 47.7 10 1 6 1 2 1 4 I 26 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 47.0 9 3 6 3 3 1 1 26 12 Bimudi-Dahej 47.2 3 0 0 2 5 2 2 14 _ 13 Ankl-Olpodkiap 10.3 4 4 4 3 1 3 19 15 dlIaxwir-Paona 10.4 0 0 0 0 0 17 Kadodra-Bajipua 35.6 0 2 3 2 1 1 1 2 9 18 Bajipwa-Sonpd) 31.0 0 0 3 3 I 1 2 ID 21 Dlolka-Bagodwa 22.4 3 0 1 1 3 22 Wamanl-Dblam 23.0 3 0 1 2 1 1 8 26 letpur-itagadh 26.5 2 I 4 2 I 1 II 27 Rajko-Mavi 682 9 4 7 7 2 1 2 1 33 28 Rajikot-Vadinar 119.2 9 13 12 28 1 4 2 3 3 75 Total 818 80 55 75 98 13 25 0 0 20 18 9 12 402 74 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Lea Assoc=a 7i. ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS AND IMPACTS ~ _i-y.-- -._ .- ~ 7.1 Introduction Since this project does not involve the construction of new roads1 the range of impacts is mostly confined to the RoW. The impacts tend to be mostly direct, which would be expected from rehabilitation projects where roads are already in operation. Indirect effects are more common on new road construction projects. Where possible, impacts vere defined as short-term , long-term, reversible and irreversible. Impact magnitude and significance was also determined. Road-related Impacts can occur at any one of three stages of the project: (1) the planning and design stage, (2) the construction stage and (3) the road operation stage. Most of the discussion in this chapter focuses on the effects of the construction and operation phase. For a clarification of the inter-relation between road project activities, the project cycle and their related effects upon the natural and social environment (see Table 7.1). ihe discussion of impacts is confined to the 18 road corridors selected by the economic model. The environmental screening (Section 7.6) incorporated data on inpact indicators and screened the entire 818 km of project roads2 Many of the indicators chosen refer to natural or social environmental features recorded within the RoW which would be impacted by the road construction/rehabilitation activities. While the exact km location to the nearest 10 metres along thte corridor as well as the distance in meters from the CW were recordedfor eacds feature on strip maps(not to scale), thze engineering designs for thte 18 corridors had not been prepared at the tine of completion of thefield work As a result, a worst-case scenario approach, similr to the one used in thte economic mod4 was applied to the impact assessment and environmental screening. In other words, it was assuned for the purposes of comnparing inpacts, tlat all environnentalfeatures within tte RoW would be affected For the Phase I corridors, assessed in the ESR study, the exact location and distance from the edge of the CW for each environmental feature were listed in the Hot Spot Identification Matrix (see Section 7 of ESR). 7.2 Natural Environment 7.2.1 AirQuality INDICATORS. The indicators of air quality chosen were the concentration levels of Carbon Monoxide (CO), Hydrocarbon (HC), Nitrogen Dioxide (NOx), Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Lead (Pb) and Sulphur Dioxide (S02) in the local airsheds. 1 There are two bypasses and a number of sections where two additional lanes will be added. All the '4laning' will be with existing marked RoWs. 2 In fact all 30 corridors, making up the 1500 kn were screened, prior to the nuning of the dTIMS model which reduced the project size to 818 km. 75 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA ssocrates IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCHON OF RoAD. The impacts on air quality associated with road construction activities include: * generation of dust due to procurement of construction materials in quarries and borrow sites; * generation of exhaust, flue gases and dust from asphalt manufactuning; * generation of pollutants and dust due to the operation of heavy vehicles and movement of machinery/equipment for material handling, earthmoving, laying of sand, brickbats, metal and stone dust, and asphalt, * toxic exhaust gases, dust and odour generated from the manufacture of asphalt and brickbats . Asphalt manufacture is a matter of serious concern due to high levels of exhaust and flue gases and dust For this reason the GoG has established standards restricting the distance of an asphalt plant1 to not < 500m downwind of the nearest settlement (Figure 7. land Figure 7.2). Asphalt plants produce a hot mix of quantities of different sizes of aggregates and bitumen at a desired temperature. The plant size varies with the production requirements ie 2-3 to 600 tonnes, per day. Alternatively liquid (hot) bitumen is carried in tanker trucks mounted with sprayers, to the road and is sprayed over prepared aggregate. The fuel used to heat the aggregates/bitumen is LDO (Light Diesel Oil) or Fumace oil, itself emitting SO2 and SPM. Asphalt plants affect the air quality in three ways: * Dust is produced due to handling of aggregates; and * Fine particulates (smoke) is produced in the process of mixing the aggregates and bitumen as a result of fuel burning; and, * the heating if bitumen releases volatile toxic gases. Asphalt plants can serve a construction operation in a 50 km radius; mini hot mix plants are used at the construction site. Bricks can be procured from greater distances and need not be manufactured in close proximity ofthe site. 76 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Lea Associares Table 7.1: Summary of Road Project Activities and Effects Planning Construction Road Operation Indirect effects of and Design Phase l l l operation Phase i ._.______ \Project land earth moving removing trees vehicle & sanitation & asphalt and laying of vehicle operation induced activity acquisition & vegetation machine disposal crusher plants pavement development Env. operation & Component maintenance Affected Air dust - reduced noise, dust, odour noise, dust, asphalt odour noise , air noise, dust, air dust buffering of air air pollution air pollution pollution and dust pollution pollution and noise noise pollution - hotter, drier microclimate Water - siltation siltation contamination by contaminatio contamination by reduction of contamination by increased pollution ponds - loss through Torrent run off fuel & lubricants n from wastes asphalt leakages groundwater fuel & lubricants from development rivers&streams filling of fuel. recharge and industy wells - alteration of drainage Soils erosion and loss erosion and loss - contamination by contaminatio crosion potential of topsoil of topsoil fuel & lubricants n from wastes - compaction Flora loss of trees & compaction of 1'recs vegetation vegetation Fauna disturbance of disturbance and disturbance of collision with protected areas wildlife habitat loss wildlife _wildlife Planning Construction Road Operation Indirect effects of and Design Phase operation Phase \Project land earth moving removing trees vehicle & sanitation & asphalt and laying of vehicle operation induced acetivity acquisition & vegetation machine disposal crusher plants pavement development Env. \ . operation & Component\ maintenance Affected\ Land loss of land to diversion of Agricultural RoW agricultural land Village and Urban Buildings loss of vibration and change in building Residential buildings to noise use and Business RoW characteristics Industrial Community Health & Safety increase of collisions with increase in asphalt odour and asphalt odour collisions with stagnant water vehicles, communicabl dust and dust vehicles, and disease pedestrians& ediseases pedestrians & livestock livestock Social Welfare resettlement loss of shade & increased job and People affected and community businiess loss of gathering trees opportunities income Cultural Heritage removal of damage to loss of sacred damage from damage from Stnmcture structure from structure trees. vibration & air vibration & air RoW pollution pollution 78 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Lea Assocates C=7 1~~~~~~~~~~4 Figure 7.1: Rock crushing operations contribute substantial amounts of dust to the air as well as generate noise. Shown here is a rock crushing plant on Link 182, kmn 80, near Songadh Figure 7.2: Asphalt plants on Link 151, km,16, near Navsaii; important pollution sources of emissions of dust, contaminants, odour and noise. 79 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LceAssociafes Asphalt plants can affect the surrounding areas if not properly sited due to emissions of dust and odour. In addition to the large asphalt plants, the mini hot mix plants, which produce 2-3 tonnes per day at the construction site, also contribute to the pollution. The impacts are localised short-term and reversible and if the plants are located awa' from urban and residential areas, are properlv serviced, do not represent a maior problem. Since an equivalent amount of asphalt would be produced per km the impacts would be a similar magnitude among all corridors (except in the case of future four-laning along Link 031 which would require about twice the amount of ashpalt. IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD OPERATION. Air pollution during operation phase stem primarily the vehicular traffic This is in addition to the background pollutioni from industry and domestic fuel usage in the settlements. The pollution load monitored within the road airsheds therefore included emissions from all sources ie transport industrial and domestic.1 OBSERVED VERSUS ESTIMATED POLLUTION LOAD. Sampling was completed at eight sites along the links listed below, whereas estimated levels were based on GPCB data (see NDLI, 1998b). Link 011 (Sarkhej - Sanand) Link 241 (Vertej - Sihor) Link 032 (Link to Visnagar - Sidhpur) Link293 (Dwarka-OkhaPort), Link 061 (Lunavada - Shehra) Link 064 (Kalol - Halol) Link 132 (Kim Crossing - Olpad) Link 171 (Kadodra - Bardoli) Comparison of estimated pollution levels with the observed pollution levels reveal certain important facts regarding the various pollutant parameters. SUSPENDED PARTICULATE MATTER (SPM). The observed levels of SPM were substantially higher than the estimated values (see Figure 7.3). This is explained by the fact that there are significant other sources of suspended particulate matter, besides the emissions from the traffic. Pollution generated from traffic only is only a part of the total pollution. The estimation of pollution levels resulting from traffic volume only, indicated that the contribution from internal combustion engines found along the road airsheds were between 18 and 61% of the total observed pollution levels (generated from all sources). Link 241 (Vertej-Sihor) showed the highest contribution from traffic movement (ie6 1%), probably related to the Link's more rural setting. SPM levels were relatively high in Link 293,a highly industrialised zone. and the value exceeds the Gol standard. I This represented quasi - ambient conditions. Since the monitoring stations were only 30-40 m from the CW, one could say that the pollution loads were principally associated with the road traffic. 80 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeaAssccial 2 5 0 - _ - Poubon eve 200 Pollubton from) E **Wtraffic only 76 iso ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Gal standard for > = 15 0 - * * hresidential, rural Q. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~and other areas "0 M 100o (24 o so0 011 032 061 064 132 171 241 293 Links Figure 7.3: Estimated versus Observed Suspended Particulate Matter along Project Roads (pglhi3) SULPHUR DIOXIDE (SO2). As in the case of Suspended Particulate Matter, the observed levels of Sulphur Dioxide were also substantially higher than the estimated values (see Figure 7.4). There are quite a number of other sources of Sulphur Dioxide along the project roads thus increasing the actual measurements above those estimated. 80 70 60 50 Pollution laval ':- SO . t~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Observed) 'a ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ug/arn' - 40 |. Pollution level ugImn' o 2+ Gal Standard 20 * * * tfor Sensitive U10. 0 L 011 032 061 064 132 171 241 293 Llnks Figure 7.4: Estimated and Observed Sulphur Dioxide (jpg/mn3) The estimated values for most of the links as compared to the observed values show that the contribution of the traffic movement to the overall S02 levels varies from about 26% to 81% with average contribution being 43%. None of the links exceeded the SO2 limit for even the sensitive areas prescribed by Gol. HYDROCARBON (HC) AND NITROGEN OIDES (NOX). Estimation for pollution from traffic only was done jointly for HC (Hydrocarbon) and NOx (Nitrogen Oxides) as the emission factors used for estimation was given jointly for HC and Nox. However, observation for HC and Nox were done separately. Pollution levels for HC was measured for eight hours and is lower than the prescribed limit. Limit for HC has not been established by CPCB. LEAD (Pb). The estimated values of lead generated from traffic as compared to the observed values (generated from all sources) are plotted in Figure 7.5. 81 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume ZA: SEA rocaates =ID a s Pb ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~(Observed)ugl ____Pollution level t^E Gaffic only 0 .3 ugdwd Gol standafd o = * * tfor residental, c 02 rural and other oa areas (24 hr. vg) 01 0 3 0* 32 51 I 0 14 1 2 A 7 1 24 1 293 Figure 7.5: Estimated and Observed Lead Emissions The observed values of lead are roughly similar to the estimated values as lead emissions are predominantly from motor vehicle emissions ie gasoline use and not from other sources. None of the values exceed the standard for lead. CARBON MONOXIDE (CO). The carbon monoxide levels observed in relation to the estimated values are shown in Figure 7.6. 2 1.8 1.6 l 4 r . _ Pollution Le"ve 1.4 ~~~~~~~~~~~~(observedWugln .~ 1.2 ____ I | | | |Polluton level lEatimated) 0.5 .8 ugtm. c0.* * * * * * * * Gol standard 0.8 for redilntial, ~~~~ 0.4 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~rural and other 0.2 areas 0 (8 hr. avgj 011 032 061 064 132 171 241 293 Unks Figure 7.6: Estimated and Observed Carbon Monoxide Emissions Only Link 241 had a higher estimated value than observed, suggesting that CO levels within that road airshed would be higher then in the surrounding area. The reasons for this outcome could be sampling error, unusual meteorological conditions causing CO to disperse and become diluted quickly. None of the values exceed the standard for CO. The results would suggest that estimation techniques are conservative and need to be examined closely. In conclusion, none of the links exceeded the Gol pollution standards for all parameters except SPM in Link 293, where it slightly exceeded the Gol standard. In general SPM appears to be the largest concern amnong all of the parameters for existing road operation. 7.2.2 Noise INDICATORS. The indicator chosen for noise was the measurement of noise level ie Leq or the equivalent continuous sound level over a defined time period. IMPACIS DUE TO CONSTRUCTON OF ROAD. Crushing plants and asphalt production plants produce high noise levels of about 90-100 dBA. Noise is also 82 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Zc produced by the movement of heavy vehicles transporting construction materials to the work site, and during loading and unloading. The construction activities during site preparation, surface preparation and asphalting also generate noise. MPACTS DUE TO ROAD OPERATION. Noise is caused primarily by road traffic, wihi levels depending on a number of factors such as traffic flow, road condition, speed of the vehicle, type and condition of the vehicle and congestion. Noise sources include engine operation and rolling noise from the contact between the tyres and roads, and the use of horns1. Other sources of ambient noise include noise from various urban activities, noise generated due to bottlenecks and congestion. Changes in the noise condition due to fiture traffic volumes was assessed for 2002,2007 and 2017. ES ATED NOISE LEVEL VERSUS OBSERVED NOISE LEVEL. Noise level and air quality were observed at the same locations (see Figure 7.7). Comparison of the LIO (hourly average) observed values with the L10 estimated values in the following links reveal that at some locations the estimated noise levels were nearly the same as the measured values. These findings confirmed ta noise sources were predominantly vehicles of all types, and that 1-hour noise level averages exceeded the Gol standard 100% of the time. These results suggest that noise levels are already unacceptably high along these corridors. 8o 70 m Ob__md 60 Edmt so0.. .Z _._Z ''i .._.. _ 1.,OMM"M 30- - m- -u - - - - O4 20 - - 8)5.5 Oil1 032 061 064 171 293 Links 1.4 Figure 7.7: Estimated and Observed Ll0 NOiSe Levels for 1997 PROJECTED TRAFFIC VOLUTA (WITHOUT DIVERSION) I . Analysis of the Ldn of 1997 showthat the noise levels for 24 hours vary from 64.2 to 77.8 dBA. All of the links but two have noise levels more than 65 dBA, the standard for commercial landuse areas. About 54 links out of 66 links (ie 8 1%O) had noise levels exceeding 70 dBA 2. All but four links were predicted to exceed 70 dBA in the year 2002.. IHighest future noise levels esfirnated or a project road was 79 dBA for Link 03 1. 1leuse of horns often exceedsihe noise of all other traffic floyw sowa:es. Mmi is especmialy noticeable in India where homs are of higher volurne and used with greater frequency than in North Aruenca and Europe. 83 r,;Tt~ Gujatat PCC Finai Report-Volume 2A: SEA solats 3. For the year of 2007, 10 years from the base year, all but two of the links would exceed 70 dBA just 5 dBA below the maximumn permitted level for industrial landuse amas. 4. Analysis of Ldn of the year 2017 (20 years from the base year), indicate that the noise levels would vary from 72.2 to 84.5 dBA. Twenty links would cross 80 dBA. Fifty-seven links out of 66 links (86%) exceed 75 dBA as compared to nine links out of 66 links (10%) which exceed 75 dBA in the current year 1997. A serious noise contamination problem! WITH DIVERTED PROJECrED TRAFFC1 VOLUML Analysis of the Ldn(24hr) of 1997 show that the noise levels varied from 69.12 to 76.86 dBA. All of the links have noise levels more than 65 dBA. 1. All the links would cross 70 dBA in the year 2002. Similarly 16 links would cross 75 dBA. Highest noise levels were estimated for Link 031 (78.52 dBA) followed by Link 064 (77.9 dBA). 2. For the year of 2007 ie 10 years from the base year, all the links exceeded 70 dBA. The Ldn varied from 72.21 to 80.58 dBA. Link 031, and 064 are the links which would have more than 80 dBA noise levels ie 80.58 and 80.23 dBA respectively. 3. The noise levels for the year of 2012 would vary from 70.68 to 82.5 dBA. Six links would have noise levels crossing 80 dBA. The highest noise levels are shown by Link 031 and 064 (82.5 dBA and 8233 dBA) followed by Link 033 (81.32 dBA). 4. Analysis of Ldn of the year of 2017 (ie 20 years from the base year), showed hat the noise levels of 10 links would cross 80 dBA. Link 064 and 031 have highest noise level of 84.66 and 84.48 dBA respectively. In conclusion air quality and noise impacts for future road operation exceed commercial landuse (B) standards for all links and High Impact Category standards for Industrial landuses along conridors I and 3. Given that projected induced noise increases will only be minor in relation the existing noise levels nearly all corridors, impacts for Corridors 1 and 3 have been given a scalar value of 2 for medium impact All other corridors were rated I for low impact This in no way reduced the serious exceedances of estimated future ambient noise levels, which the GoG must address through various means such as vehicle inspections and noise barriers. 7.Z3 Water Resource Quantity and Quality INDICATORS. The indicators chosen for assessing the impacts on the water resources were; number of wetlands affected (ponds, livestock tanks, and marshes)2, number of water crossings along the road (bridges and culverts), and number of wells (tube wells, bore wells, hand pumps and surface tanks) affected. These indicators were recorded by location on strip maps for all 30 corridors (1,500 kin). The definition and discussion of indicators, organised by the impact that they measure are summarised in Table 7.2. As defined earlier in this report, dirverted taffic means traffic attracted to improved project roads from other roads. 2 Undrained bosrow pits /ditches wihin the RoW weae not considered in this inventory as the water in them is often stagnant and/or polluted thus of litte value. These are discussed further in Chapter 8. 84 Chapter 7--Environmental Indicators and Impacts Lea Assocates Table 7.2: Impacts on Water Resources Due to Construction impacts Due To Construction Indicators 1 Loss of wetlands/water bodies Number of wetlands affected 2 Alteration of drainage, flooding Number of water crossin-s 3 Siltation Number of water crossings 4 Use of Water Supply for Construction m3 of water used!day 5 Depletion of Ground Water recharge m3 of groundwater used/day 6 Interrupting access to water supply Number of wells affected 7 Contamination from fuel and lubricants Visible signs of chronic oily film in runoff water 8 Contamination from improper Messy/unsanitary toilet facilities. Sanitation and Waste Disposal in eg open sewage and waste Construction Camps -; disposal areas IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTION. Road construction can have a wide range of effects on surface water resources stemming from activities such as eartlh moving, removing trees and vegetation, vehicle/machine operation and maintenance, sanitation and waste disposal, as well as handling and laying of asphalt. Impacts on water resources as a result of earth moving activities include siltation. loss of water bodies through filling, as well as alteration of drainage whiclh can lead to ponding or flooding (especially later during the operation phase). Removal of trees and vegetation can lead to erosion of soil and siltation of water bodies, and a lowering of the local water table due to higher evaporation rates, without adequate replenishment. Contamination of water resources by fuel and lubricants can occur as a result of operation and maintenance of vehicles or machinery. Contamination can occur from improper sanitation and waste disposal at construction camps along the roadside and near water bodies or through solid waste leachate contamination of groundwaters, eg tubewells. Table 7.2 lists the significant impacts on the water resources and the indicators chosen to assess the impacts for this study. LOSS OF WATER BODIES. Loss of water bodies (ponds, lakes and livestock tanks) or portions of these is a consequence of earth moving activities of road construction projects. These are direct, long-term impacts that are irreversible. Since the majority of the state is semi-arid and water scarcity is a constant problem. it is important to preserve these because they serve as important water storage and replenishmenlt areas, especialily in rural areas without piped or potable water supplies (see Figure 7.8). The indicator choseni to assess the loss of wetlands and water bodies was the number present within the project corridors RoWs. The number was averaged per kim in order to compare among corridors of varying lengths, but were also assessed in tenns of sensitivity(Section 6, therefore avoiding underestimation of impact severity. by considering only No./km. 85 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeB Assodates Figure 7.8: Village ponds are important water sources for the people and livestock serving many useful purposes. Road widening and filling can impact these through filling and siltation as well as interrupting access to the locals. Access should be restored and could be enhanced through the construction of cement ghatLs. Photo taken on link 141, km 3, near SahoL Water bodies were classified into four categories descnbed below. They were initially classified with the idea that the WO-4 reflected increasing value with respect to the natural environment However, they might be valued in reverse with respect to social environment. The Delphi exercise rated them as roughly equivalent so we have combined them all in one category of wetlands for the impact assessment. * Thy PondsTanks (WO): These are seasonally wet only after the monsoon arrives and dry up in the fall. These are important water sources for livestock especially in western Gujarat * Ponds/tanks with no awqatic vegetation (WI): This category are the most common and we found all along project corridors. These are perennial water bodies which are eitier man made or natural, and are rain fed. The water collects during the monsoon and is used for the rest of the season. * Ponds/tanks with some aquatic vegetation (W2): These are similar to Wl in source and use future more vegetated and less common. * Wetlands with emergent vegetation (W3): These are marshy areas with rushes and cattails and are valuable to waterfowl throughout the year, especially during the winter season when many overwintering birds arrive. There were for a few occurrences of this category along the project corridors mostly in the eastem and southern part of the state. Often they were associated with a river system or other larger water body. The only significant wetland which would be affected to directly by a the project occurs on Cornidor 6 Lunavada to Halol. 86 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Le Associates This is a large wetland occupying two hectares in size whicil abuts the road shoulder at kn 410 (Link 061). The number of water bodies per/km affected by the project are given in for the sixteen corridors. The corridors with the greatest number of wetlands per km are Nos. I 0 and 22 which both score a high impact. Corridors 05 and 23 score a medium impact. The rest of the 18 corridors scored low impact. ALTERATION OF DRAINAGE AND SILTATION. Earth moving activities can also cause alteration of drainage and siltation in water courses which cross or touch the RoW. In order to assess these impacts the number of water crossings found along each corridor was chosen as the indicator. Again the number was averaged per km in order to compare among corridors of varying lengths. NUMBEIR OF WATER CROSSINGS. An inventory of water crossings was done by the strip mapping team in conjunction with the bridge engineers. A listing of the type of structure (major bridges, minor bridges and culverts) along with their condition ie replacement/construction, gives us an idea of the amount of drainage alteration and downstream erosion/siltation to be anticipated. Of the total number of water crossings (4,361) for all project corridors. 590 (13.7%) are minor bridges, 150 (3.5%) are major bridges, and 3527 (81%) are culverts. See Table 7.4 for details on the 18 corridors selected for Phase I and 11. Table 73: Number of Water Bodies lCorridor Name Length Water ________ ______________________ (km) Bodies/km 01 Sarkhej - Viramgam 47.7 0.027 02 Dhrangadhra- Halvad 38.3 0.015 03 Mehsana - Palanpur 65 0.084 05 Shamlaji - Lunavada 85.5 0.104 06 Lunavada - Halol 74 0.041 08 Ladvel- Dakor 18 0.055 09 Dakor - Godhra 47.7 0.026 10 Vadodara - Jamnbusar 47 0.253 12 Bharuch-Dahej 47.2 0.064 13 Ankleshwar-lchhapur 10.3 0.119 15 Ichhapur-Palsana 10.4 0.032 17 Kadodra - Bajipura 35.6 0.030 18 Bajipura - Songadh 30.2 0.000 21 Dholka - Bagodara 22.4 0.045 22 Wataman - Dholera 23 0.226 26 Jetpur - Junagadh 26.5 0.000 27 Rajkot - Morvi 1 68.2 0.026 28 Rajkot - Vadinar | 119 0.052 Source: NDLI 1997. Project Field Survey 87 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Assocawtes Since no new bridges or culverts were planned there should be negligible alteration of present drainages.1 No bridges will be replaced, only minor reconstruction/rehabilitation, ornly one to two meters of widening, will occur in most cases. In the case of culverts, some minor reconstruction may occur, and some will be replaced especially in areas prone to flooding. As a result , the total number of water crossings appears to be a useful indicator for the relative impact on water courses among corridors(Figure 7.9). Those scores with the highest impact in this indicator are numbers 26 and 28. Of the 18 corridors, the maximum average number of cross drainages were found along Corridors 26 and 28 which all scored as high impact areas. Coridor 22 scored the lowest impact and all the rest were medium impact (see Table 7.4) USE OF LOCAL WATER SUPPLY FOR CONSTRUCTION. In a water scarce area such as Gujarat, the use of water for construction places a significant demnand upon the local water sources Water is used in many parts of the construction activities and is also necessary for application to unpaved road surfaces to decrease dust generation. This is a short-term, reversible impact that can be compensated. Areas where this would be of primary concern fall in the low rainfall zones and would include Corridors 02, 27 and 28. Figure 7.9: Bridge reconstruction will have an impact on water courses due to filling and siltation as well as contamination from improperly discarded asphalt Slopes should be properly stabilised and revegetated. (Corridor 06, km 17, east of Ahmedabad) At the time the SEA and environmental screening were done there were no new bridges planned. The ESR will address any design changes. 88 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts 4 £e&A5sswtes Table 7.4: Number of Water Crossings of Project Corridor Corr- Name Length' Major Minor Culverts Total No. of idol (km) Bridee Bridge . Structures 01 Sarkhej - Virarngam 46.4 - I5 49 64 0.3 1.1 1.4 02 Viramgam-Maliya 135.4 7 32 173 212 0.05 0.3 1.2 1.5 03 Mehsana - Palanpur 64.6 5 10 63 78 0.1 0.2 1 1.2 05 Sharnlaji - Lunavada S4.2 6 10 117 133 0.1 0.1 1.4 1.6 06 Lunavada- Halol 72.6 4 14 99 117 0.05 0.2 1.4 1.6 08 Ladvel- Dakor 17. . - 2 IS 17 0.1 0.8 0.9 09 Dakor- Godhra 25.7 2 8 37 47 0.1 0.3 IA 1.8 10 Vadodara - Jambusar 47.2 2 2 59 63 0.04 0.04 1.2 13 12 Bharuch-Dahej 39.0 1 2 20 23 0.02 0.04 0.4 0.5 13 Ankleshwar-lchhapur 75.6 3 13 86 102 0.04 0.2 1.1 1.3 15 Ichhapur-Palsana .31.6 4 4 58 66 0.13 0.1 1.8 2.1 17 Kadodra- Bajipura 35.4 . 6 35 42 0.03 0.2 l 1.2 18 Bajipura - Songadh 31.9 1 4 43 48 0.03 0.1 1.3 1.504 21 Dholka - Bagodara 22.2 - 4 28 32 0.2 13 .IA 22 Wataman- Dholera 40 5 3 25 33 0.1 0.1 0.6 0.8 26 Jetpur- Junagadh 26.5 2 13 39 . 54 0.07 0.5 1.5 2 27 Raikot - Morvi 67.S 4 27 83 114 0.06 0.4 1 1.7 28 Raikot - Vadinar 154.4 12 55 198 265 I I__________ I_ 0.1 0.3 1.3 1.7 Soume.. NDfl 1997. mIXalfield srvey of 5001on pool of roads Note: The second ie rn each cell is the avrae mmberper knm Lengdkwafor all lin acndor, not an* are witn the project DEPLEnON OF GROUNDWATER RECHARGE AREAS. Significant groundwater recharge areas are located in nordtern Gujarat in a nanmw strch fiom the North of Ahmedabad district into northem Palanpur district in the vicinity of Corridor 03, Mehsana-Palanpur. Information obtained from the groundwater board indicates that there will be no impact on the groundwater recharge areas as result of the highway rehabilitation (personal communication with the Director of Groundwater Board). As the proposed project corridor is designed for two lane widening with paved shoulders (except from kn 76 to km 98, Link 031 which would be four laned in year 5), the area required for this widening on either side of road is only two meters. Therefore, the recharge area impacted will be negligible. INTERRUPTlON OF ACCESS TO WATER SUPPLY. Access to water supplies can be interrupted in two ways; by a destruction or removal of wells or cutting off access to water bodies (such as ghats) as a result of earth moving and contouring. Village ponds frequently have steps leading down to water for retrieving water and washing. Gujarat PCC Final Repoft-Volume 2A: SEA Different kinds of wells (tube wells, bore wells, hand pumps and surface tanks with walls) are found along with RoW project corridors and have been enumerated on the strip maps in the field1. The indicator chosen to assess this impact was the number of wells affected along the RoW averaged per km for each project corridor. The project corridors with the highest number of wells per km (Corridors 05 and 26 and Table 7.5)and were scored as representing a medium level impact. Table 7.5: Number of Wells Corridor Name Cor. Wells Lcngth(km) (numberIlcm) 01 Sarkhej - Viamgam 47.7 0.04 02 Dhrangadhra- Halvad 38.3 0.06 03 Mehsana - Palanpur 65 0.08 05 Shamlaji - Lunavada 85.5 0.4 06 Lunavada- Halol 74 0.2 08 Ladvel - Dakor 18 0.1 09 Dakor - Godhra 47.7 0.12 1 0 Vadodara - Jambusar 47 0.05 12 Bharuch-Dahej 47.2 0.04 13 Ankleshwar-ichhapur 10.3 0.4 15 Ichhapur-Palsana IOA 0.03 17 Kadodra - Bajipura 35.6 0.3 IS Bajipura- Songadh 30.2 0.12 21 Dholka-Bagodara 22.4 0.13 22 Wataman-Dholera 23 0 26 Jetpur - Junagadh 26.5 0.4 27 Rajkot - Morvi 68.2 0.12 28 Rajkot - Vadinar 119 0.3 Source NDLL 1997 ProjedFiddSuneWy CONTAMINATION FROM FUEL AND LUBRICANTS Surface waters can be contaminated by fuel and lubricants as a result of improper disposal facilities and procedures for operation and maintenance of vehicles and machinery. Casual maintenance and oil changes along the road sides with spillage and leakage of fuel and contaminants can lead to contamination of water supplies. Improper disposal of oil filters and other materials from vehicle and machine maintenance are a problem. This can occur both during the constuction and operation phase. Given that most corridors are designed for two lanes only, this impact should be approximately equal for all corridors provided that construction camps are not located near water sources. These impacts are medium-term and reversible if they occur in running water or long- term and irreversible if they occur in standing water. CONTAMINATION FROM IMPROPER SANITATION AND WASTE DISPOsAL IN CONSTRUCrlON CAMP. Improper sanitation and waste disposal procedures in construction camps can lead to contamination of water sources. Given that all corridors are designed for two lanes only, (with the exception of Corridor 03, km 76 - 98) this impact should be approxinately equal for all corridors provided that construction camps are not located nearby water sources. These impacts are mediun-term and reversible if they occur in running water or long- tern and irreversible if they occur in standing water. T The Delphi exercise gave the various wells a similar importance value so they were aggregated into one category as was done with water bodies. 90 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Z , LmAsaodafes 7.3 Impacts Due to Operation 7.3.1 Contamination by Fuel, Lubricants andAccidental Spills. These are impacts which are caused by the operation of vehicles and casual roadside maintenance of vehicles during the operation phase of the highway. Vehicles may be leaking oil or fuel and if near water crossings this could enter into rivers or streams. Road accidents might involve accidentl spills of fuel, lubricants, chemicals or other toxic materials which could reach water resources. Casual roadside maintenance of a vehicle might involve changing the oil and discarding the spent oil and oil filter by the roadside which could affect a water resource if nearby. These impacts, except for accidental spills, are direct, short-term, reversible impacts which vvould be low in occurrence except possibly in urban areas where there are concentrations of mechanics. Accidental spills are direct; longer-term and potentially irreversible impacts (if this spill were to occur in a closed water body such as a pond rather than in a water course which could carry the contamination downstream). They are generally rare and random in occurrence but given the fiequency of road accidents in India this impact is of geater significance in the context of Gujarat Road Corridors 03, 06, 17 and 28 (Figure 43 - Interim Report GSHP Vol. 2) with heavier projected traffic volumes would be more vulnerable to this impact 7.3.2 Interference wih Stonm Water Runoff This impact is a result of alteration of drainage patterns during construction, earth moving activities and manifests itself during the operation phase especially during the monsoon season. The impact is direct; long-term and irreversible. As was noticed duunng thie 1997 monsoon season where even major roads were inundated. There are many flat low lying areas in the state that are prone to flooding. Any interruption of storm water runoff could lead to significant flooding along the roadside. All corridors could be susceptible to this impact with the exception of 17 and 18 which are oriented less perpendicularly to runoff ofthe local drainage basins. 7.3.3 Mineral Resources INDICATORS SoiL Following the Geo-climatic region designations for the vanious road corridors as in Section 62.1, we have generated the following scalar indicators, which reflect the erosion potential due to construction phase impacts (see Table 7.6). Table 7.6: Erosion Potential Corridor Location Erosion Potential Scalar values areas with <500 mm rainfall. low I areas 500 -1,000 mn rainfall mediun 2 areas > 1,000 nmt rainfall high 3 Pits and Quarrie There was no indicator chosen as such for pits and quarries, but an inventory of existing materials location was obtained from the engineering team for examination. CONSTRUCrION PHASE IMPACIS SoilErosion andLoss of TopsoiL Road construction activities such as earti moving, as well as removing trees and vegetation can have significant effects upon soils 91 Gujarat PCC final Report-Volume 2A: SE4 LSRAssOA'ates including erosion and loss of topsoiL These are direct long-tenn impacts that are irreversible. Excavation of new and existing pits and quanies can lead to soil erosion and loss of topsoil. As mentioned previously, areas with black cotton soils will experience higher erosion due to the necessity of removing the entire section ofthis soil horizon coupled with the fact that this soil is highly erodible. High rainfall further exacerbates the problem. Those corridors with low probability of erosion are scored 1, those with medium are scored 2 and those with high are scored 3. The Corridors which scored high impact for soil erosion are 10, 17and 18. Soil Compnacion Soil compaction occurs as a result ofthe movement of vehicles and heavy machinery beyond the CW. Substantial areas of soil within and beyond the RoW (If new pits and quarries are exploited) can be compacted leading to conditions of low soil productivity and difficulties. Soil compaction within the drip-line of trees often results in the death of the tree. There would be similar magnitude of impacts for all corridors in terms of soil compaction. Piis and Quames. Improperly drained pits and quarries can lead to stagnant water bodies with risk of disease or accidents for local residents. Roadside pits in Urban /Industrial areas are prone to disposal of solid, liquid and even toxic wastes. New borrow pits excavated in these areas will exacerbate the problem. Improper excavation of quarries can lead to dangerous conditions and rock slides. An inventory of all quarries indicates that they are all active and will be used in the construction phase. In genaal these quarries have a stable geology and no particular Problems are associated with them. Three quarries have environmrental problems associated with them. These are found on Corridors 09, 18 and 27 (see Appendix 7). One quany (Tmranga Hills) has outstanding aesthetic and geological qualities. Further exploitation ofthis quarry would damnage its unique charater (see Volume 2B). OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS SoiL Operation phase impacts are considered to be negligible upon the soil resource. Indirect impacts include siltation of water courses, inrigation ditches and canals, wells as well as croplands. Pfis and Quaries. Periodic mad maintenance will necessitate fiirther use of tiese quarries as required If quarries are located near villages the impact would be upon safetY of the local inhabitants in terms of stnding water and unstable rock conditions. If these facilities are not used and water is allowed to collect, the danger of it becoming a mosquito breeding area and disease source is very high. Proper drainage or decommissioning ofthe sites is essential. 7.3.4 Rora INDICATORS. Since no significant natural forests or reserved forests exist along the road corridors, the indicators chosen refer to trees planted within the RoW. Lossof TreeMass perKilomear- Tree plantations within the RoW were evaluated in the field by determining size class and density. By multiplying size class times density times the length in meters along the roadside we were able to determnine a relative mass of trees which would be impacted by the road construction. As exact engineering 92 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Lea Assoc.ates designs for the road construction for the project corridors were not available during our field work, we had to assume a the entire RoW would be affected. Number of Giant Trees Affected Some trees stand out, are substantially older and larger than most others. These are referred to as giant trees and can often be found close to villages and towns. The species involved are usually Banyan. Neem. Pipal, Mango, Gulmohar or Tamarind. Giant trees which are found within village limits often are focal points for social interaction or used communally as large shaded areas, social gathering places, bus stops, and as retail sales areas. All giant trees within the RoW that would be affected by road construction were enumerated for each corridor. Green Tunnels. Green tunnels are areas with dense tree plantations within the RoW forning a dense green 'archway' over the roadway. These can form long uninterrupted 'tunnels'. Green tunnels were recorded from only six of the corridors and was enumerated as being present or absent and given a high impact value if present (see Sect. 8.2.4). IMPACIS DUE TO CONSTRUCrION PHASL Most of the impacts on the Flora are due to the construction phase activities. These have direct and long-lasting effects upon the tree plantations, green tunnels and giant trees, since most, using convenitional engineering wisdom, must be removing. Vegetation is also removed and the ground compacted. The road strengthening for the two Lane options will involve clearing tle majority of the tree plantations within the RoW. In the case of four Lane option, engineers indicate that, in addition to any trees outside the RoW in the way of construction machinery, all of tree plantations within the RoW are planned to be removecl. The impacts from the removal of trees along the roadside include reduction in the amount of shade, shelter and wildlife habitat. Other impacts include decreased soil fertility and moisture, reduction in wind breaks and micro-climate changes with increased temperature and decreased humidity as well as decreased air pollution buffering (see Figure 7. 10). The generation of dust during construction can coat the leaves of roadside vegetation but this is a transient and short-term effect. Vegetation Communities. Since there are no native forests or other significanit natural ecosysteims, the only natural vegetation communities which could be affected by the road construction activities are the few wetland marshes, see discussion under wetlands Section 7.2.3. Values for the indicators discussed below are given later in Table 7.14. Tree Plantations. Analysis of the loss of tree mass per kilometre reveals that the following corridors have the highest impact due to construction phase activities. Corridors. 01, 03, 10. 11, 26, 27. Giant Trees. The highest impact on giant trees would occur on Corridors 07 and 19 (see Figure 7.11). Green Tunnels. Significant stretches of green tunnels are found on1 the following Corridors 05. 07. 10. 17 and 18. Corridor 17 in particular has significant stretches (up to 20 km) of green tunnels that is posted with two billboards, one near Kadodra which declares "save the trees, hence the environment, Social Forestry Department" and another one further on in Vyara which says the same in Gujarati. Corridor 17 will be more specifically addressed in the ESR. 93 D:514=SK, DGujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates Figure 7.10:Road widening involves removing trees from the RoW-a a major impact on the naturAl environment since often there are more trees in the RoW than the surrounding area. Figure 7.11: Older trees were planted closer to the CW and are proclaimed safety hazard. Giant trees like this Pipal, which contains a prayer flag, are important for worshipping, shade, habitat or as community gathering places. Keep these trees, where feasible, through innovative road design. (Link 131, km 63.8, near Anldeshwar) 94 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts LaaAsSOCIafeS IMPACTS DUE TO OPERATION PHASE Operation phase impacts on the vegetation are focused on dust and air pollution which settles on the leaves. However, abatement of air pollution by absorption by roadside plants and trees is important reason for maintaining roadside plantations. See discussion in Section 82.1 for a list of appropriate tree species for pollution absorption. 7.3.5 Fauna IlDICATORs. Proximity of the road corridor in km to protected areas and the -presence of endangered species was assessed for the corridors and is found in Table 7.10. This included national Parks, wildlife Sanctuaries and reserve forests. While seven wildlife sanctuaries and national parks fall within 10 km of project corridors, only Corridors 02 (Section 6.2.7), could have a minor conceivable effect on the Wild Ass Sanctuary who's boundary is 2km from Link 021-022. The road does not pass directly through the wildlife sanctuaries and the increased traffic and velocity would have a negligible impact to the endangered species present Since this indicator only marginally affected one corridor, it was not included in the matrix. IMPAC1s DUE TO CONSTRUCJION PHASE None of the protected areas (sanctuaries and natural parks) are transected by the roads nor will they be impacted by the road reconstructionlMPACrs DUE TO OPERATION PHASE Operation phase activities which have impacts upon wildlife includes collision with animnals and disturbance. Rehabilitation of the project corridors will necessarily increase the speed of vehicles ,that in turn lead to a greater risk of collisions with wildlife. With respect to the Wild Ass, it genemlly avoids the road since its range is fiuther north in the little Rann of Kachchh; and is swift and alert enough to avoid collisions. Based on discussions with the reserve warden, there is no record of Wild Ass-vehicle collisions over the past three years. They seldom venture towards the motorable roads. Therefore, increase in traffic would have a negligible imnpact upon this population, particularly if good signage is put in place. 7.4 Social and Cultural Environment 7.4.1 Introduction PAP and properties statistics used in this section must be viewed with caution, since, at the time every property and unit within the defined RoW was counted as being affected. This was done as engineering drawings were not yet available to provide boundaries. Additionally, land adjacent to the RoW (up to 100 m from the edge of the CW for rural areas and the first RoW of properties adjacent to the RoW for urban areas) was also considered potentially impacted. This is the worst case scenario. The data collected for the SEA has been used to assess the impacts and to help establish mitigative measures. The data that were collected and analysed in the matrix, Table 7.14, were recorded as the number of units or the amount of square metres of land per kilometre of road. This was necessary to allow for a comparison between the natural and social indicators. For further analysis for the social environment, the data from the strip maps was used to compare the total numbers of property and units of PAPs per road corridor, irresective of the length of the corridor (see Table 7.8). Based on the World Bank 95 ,£4 c, Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA rAssomates Policy for Resettlement and Rehabilitation, every project affected person is entitled to compensation or assistance for their losses. The level of impacts for each indicator (numbers of properties and numbers of PAPs) for the 18 corridors was determined as described in Sections 3.8 and 8.1 Please refer to Table 7.14, Appendix 8, and Table 7.8, for additional detailed information. According to the estimates from the strip mapping, out of a total of 2847 units, there are 600 residential, 1759 business and 448 agricultural and 40 institutional properties impacted in the corridors. The total estimated PAPs are 10,092, out of which there are approximately 3600 residential, 3804 business and 2688 agricultural PAPs. This figure is the worst case scenario and the actual impacts of the road projects, based on the verification survey are 7.4.2 Human Settlements INDICATORS. Road construction can have significant impacts on human settlements such as villages, towns and other areas where there is human habitation. The main mdicators for measuring the impact on human settlements are the numbers of properties or units affected by the road construction and associated work such as detours and by-passes. During the strip mapping, residential and business units were not distinguished between different types of construction (katcha, semi pucca and pucca). Temporary or mobile vendors were not tabulated for this evaluation. The indicators are as follows (see Table 7.7 for quantification ofthe indicators). Table 7.7: Indicators of and Likely Impacts on Human Settlements No. Name of Corridor Number of Number Number of Impacted Units Settlements of Units (Worse case Scenario) (per kmn) (per kmn) Residential Businesses Agricultural Institutional 0 1 Sarkhej -Virarngam 0.35 6.28 40 99 2 0 02 Viramngam-Maliya 0.24 1.41 3 6 0 3 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 0.31 15.54 35 150 22 10 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 0.77 13.06 77 317 9 4 06 Lunawada-Halol 0.54 10.83 70 137 61 2 OS Ladvel-Dakor. 0.28 15.15 6 39 16 3 09 Dakor-Godhra 0.40 44.65 113 212 76 3 10 Vadodara-Jamnbusar 0.09 25.56 34 224 108 3 12 Bharuch-Dahcj OA5 0.87 4 33 4 0 13 Ankleshwar-lchhapur 0.3S 9.80 95 225 15 S 15 Ichhapur-Palsana 0.82 1.10 14 15 6 0 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 0.28 936 6 3 11 0 18 Bajipura-Songadh 0.53 333 6 26 32 0 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0.36 1.68 0 15 6 0 22 Watamnan-Dholera 0.20 0.75 0 6 0 I 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 0.42 20.8 33 183 19 3 27 Rajkot-Morvi 0.24 3.00 26 48 10 0 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 0.23 1.43 38 21 51 O0 Total 0.38 10.26 600 1759 448 40 Total Number of Units per iloMmetrne Corridor 09 falls into the medium impact category, when the total number of units per kilometre is compared with the entire set of project roads. The remaining coridors fall into the low impact category. Total N'umber ofSettlemenperiilometre. Corridors 05 and 15 stand out as having a high number of human settlements per kilometre when compared with the other corridors. A significant number of corridors fall into the medium impact category. 96 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts These are Corridors 01, 03, 06, 08, 09, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21, and 26. The remaining Corridors (02, 10, 22,27, and 28) are in the low impact category. Residential Propertes Per Corridor. When we compare residential properties per corridor, there are eight with 25 or less residential units impacted (02, 08, 12, 15, 17, 18,21,22,). Seven corridors have between 26 and 75 residential units impacted. These are corridors 01, 03, 06, 10, 26, 27 and 28. Only three corridors (05, 09 and 13) had a large number of residential properties affected. These fndings indicate that, for residential properties, all but the lowest impact corridors would be medium impact category corridors and will require a RAP and community consultation to be carried out. Business Properties Per Corridor. For this indicator, many of the same Corridors as above fall into the lowest impact category (01, 02, 08, 12, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 27, and 28). Four Corridors with >105 business units impacted fall in the medium impact category. Four (05, 09, 10 and 13) have significantly large numbers (potentially over 210 properties) of business properties impacted. A closer look at the corridors falling in the low impact category reveals that Corridors 01 and 23 will have more than 50 units impacted1 by the project. programme. These findings indicate that Corridors 02, 08, 12, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 27 and 28 will require an Entitlement Plan, all other corridors will require a Resettlement Action Plan. Agricultural Properties Per Corridor. Only three Corridors have more then 50 agricultural properties impacted and falling into the medium impact category, those are 06, 09 and 10. Corridor 10 has the most significant number of agricultural properties impacted, approximately 108 properties. Instidtional Properties Per Corridor. There are few institutional properties located in any of the road corridors. Several Corridors have no institutions located adjacent to or within the RoW at all (01, 12, 15, 17, 18, 21, 27 and 28). Corridors 02, 06, 08, 09, 10, 21 and 22 have less than three institutions located within or adjacent to the road corridors. Only 03, 05 and 13 have ten, four and eight institutions impacted, respectively. Congestion and Detows Construction activities may disrupt the regular flow of traffic on the road corridors, causing delays and traffic jams. Detours and diversions will be used to alleviate some of these problems and will also be outlined in the engineering design report (see EMAP in Section 8.4). 50 units is a cutoff point, above which a full RAP and consultation programme is needed, and below which an 'entitlement plan' only is necessary. 97 Table 7.8: Total Number of Likely Project Affected Properties and Persons by Corridor (Worse Case Scenario) No. Corridor Name Residential Business Agricultural Institutional Total Total |Total Project Business Properties _________ _Affected Residential Properties Persons Properties Persons Properties Persons Properties Persons Properties 01 Sarkhej -Viramgam 40 240 99 207 2 12 0 459 139 141 02 Viramgam-Malaya 3 18 6 13 0 0 3 31 9 12 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 35 210 150 314 22 132 10 656 185 217 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 77 462 317 663 9 54 4 1179 394 407 06 Lunawada-Halol 70 420 137 286 61 366 2 1072 207 270 08 Ladvel-Dakor 6 36 39 82 16 96 3 214 45 64 09 Dakor-Godhra 113 678 212 443 76 456 3 1577 325 404 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 34 204 224 468 108 648 3 1320 258 369 12 Bharuch-Dahej . 4 24 33 198 4 24 0 246 37 41 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur 95 570 225 470 15 90 8 1130 320 343 15 Ichhapur-Palsana 14 84 15 30 6 36 0 150 29 35 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 6 36 3 6 11 66 0 108 9 20 18 Bajipura-Songadh 6 36 26 54 32 192 0 282 32 64 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0 0 15 31 6 36 0 67 15 21 22 Wataman-Dholera 0 0 6 13 0 0 1 13 6 7 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 33 198 183 382 19 114 3 694 216 238 27 Rajkot-Morvi 26 156 48 100 10 60 0 316 74 84 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 38 228 21 44 51 306 0 578 59 110 Total 600 3600 1759 3804 448 2688 40 10092 2359 2847 98 Chapter 7--Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeGAssociafes Loss of Access. As a result of construction activities, access to individual businesses, residences and other sites along the road corridors may be limited or disrupted for the time period during construction. Additionally, access at intersections with other roads may also be impacted or impaired. Mitigation to provide access to private and public thoroughfares will be part of the engineering design reports (see EMAP in Section 8.4). Road Safety and Collisions between Construction Vehicles and thze Public. During construction many heavy vehicles will be operating along the road corridors and there will be increased risk of collisions with people, animals and other vehicles using the roads. Construction vehicles often operate at high speeds and cause considerable disruption due to their size. Mitigative measures to reduce potential accidents will be outlined in the next section (see EMAP in Section 8.4). Location of Work Camps. The location of work camps can have negative impacts to local communities by introducing several social problems and placing constraints on already over-taxed infiastructure such as water sewerage and electricity. However, there are also positive benefits of increased business for local shop owners and other services supplied by the local community. In the contract documents, sufficient preventive clauses were incorporated, in order to minimise health hazards and to maintain good sanitary condition of the work camps and beyond. IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD OPERATION. In addition to impacts caused by the construction of the roads, there will be some minor impacts as a result of the operation on the road, including increased noise and pollution for residents and business units adjacent to the RoW, as well as the following impacts: Severance of Settlements and Land Severance occurs when a community experiences disruptions in traditional day-to-day communication networks or travel routes and can be particularly severe when a new road is built or an existing road is widened significantly. With the exception of potential by-passes, there are no new roads in the project corridors and a relatively small amount of four lane widening in congested urban centres. Severance also occurs when btaffic speeds increase or median barriers are erected to prevent people from crossing the road. Altemative routes are some times longer and less direct, thereby affecting businesses, pedestrians and non-motorised transport. Severance often impacts the most vulnerable groups who normally do not have access to motorised transportation. This will have to be looked at on a case-by-case basis once the preliminary design is complete, to ensure there are no severe impacts of proposed design layouts, particularly in urban areas. If the impacts are severe enough, the need for under- or over-passes may need to be considered. Encroachments. Individual encroachments are dealt with in the RAP; however, further explanation of the impacts at a more general level is required. Extensive encroaclhments are usually located in the urban or built-up areas of towns and as such lead to a higher number of PAPs. In a rural area, space constraints are generally not a problem, and an encroacher can often re-align or shift a short distance and re-start operations in a short time period, with little impact. In urban areas tt is often the encroachment onto footpaths and roadsides which causes congestion and jeopardises traffic and pedestrian safety. Conflicts arise when road improvements involve widening, reducing the space for the coexistence of encroachments and the road. Many of the business activities of these encroachers play an important part in the life 99 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea AssociCICS of a community and the local people consider them a community asset. The photograph below shows a row of semi-mobile carts located within the RoW (Figure 7.12) Figure 7.12: Temporary carts encroach onto the RoW of Corridor 01 in Sanand. Transportaion of Hazrdous Materials During the operation of the road, it is likely that the transportation of hazardous materials will take place on some of the road corridors. In the case of a traffic accident and a potential spill, mitigation measures will be established and a spill contingency plan developed (see EMAP in Section 8.4). 7.4.3 People INDICATORS. The main indicators for this section are the total numbers of PAPs, sub- divided into residential, business and agricultural categories. IMPACrS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTION. The number of people impacted by the road widening has been estimated by using the number of units for residential, business and agricultural properties (see Table 7.9). The residential and agricultural properties have been multiplied by the average household density (6.0 persons per household) and the business properties have been multiplied by the average number of employees per business unit from the Census Survey for the ESR (2.09 persons per business). Total Numnber of PAPs per Kilome&re. PAP estimates in all but three corridors fall into the low impact category. Corridor 26 falls in the moderate impact category, and Corridors 09 and 23 fall into the high impact category (Table 7.7). Total Nwmber Of Residential People Per Corridor. The nine Corridors that have less than 150 residential PAPs irnpacted are: 02, 08, 12, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23. Conidor 27 falls on the line between low and medium impact on residential PAPs (26 properties). The four Conidors that have moderate impacts on residential PAPs are 01, 03, 10 and 100 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts G K= 4aAssaoaat, 26. Corridors 05, 06, 13 and 28 are the only comidors with a significantly high impact on residential PAPs. Table 7.9: Indicators and Likely Impacts on People (Worse Case Scenario) No. Corridor Number of PAPs Total Resident- Business Agri- PAPs ial PAPs2 cultural (per km) PAPs' PAPs3 01 Sarkhej -Virarngam 3.06 240 207 12 02 Viramgam-Maliya 0.53 18 13 0 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 3.17 210 314 132 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 2.86 462 663 54 06 Lunawada-Halol 2.25 420 286 366 08 Ladvel-Dakor 3.24 36 82 96 09 Dakor-Godhra 17.27 678 443 456 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 3.79 204 468 648 12 Bharuch-Dahej 5.21 24 198 24 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur 14.94 570 470 90 15 Ichhapur-Palsana 4.74 84 30 36 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 1.86 36 6 66 18 Bajipura-Songadh 0.75 36 54 192 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0.67 0 31 36 22 Wataman-Dholera 0.28 0 13 0 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 7.74 198 382 114 27 Rajkot-Morvi 1.11 156 100 60 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 0.46 228 44 306 _ Total 4.11 3600 3804 2688 Notes: E Extrap. by multiplying No. of residentialproperties by avg. household size (6.0). 2 Extrap. by multiplying No. of business properties by avg. number of employees (2.09). 3Extrap. by mzdzplying No. ofagriculturaiproperties by avg household size (6.0). 7Ttal Nunber Of Business People Per Conidor. Twelve properties fall into the low impact category, of which only Corridors 01 had more than 50 business properties arid, hence, more affected PAPs and will require a RAP. Four Corridors, 03, 05, 06 and 26, fall in the moderate impact category. Corridors 09, 10 and 13 fall into the high impact category. Total Number Of Farmers Per Corridor. Fourteen Corridors; 01, 02, 03, 05, 08, 12, 13, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 26 and 27, will have a low impact on the agricultural PAPs, as well as impacting less than 50 agricultural properties. Corridor 27 falls on the line between low and moderate. Corridor 06 falls in the moderate impact category, while Corridors 09 and 10 fall into the high irmpact category. IMPACr DuE TO OPERATIONS Road Safety. Accidents result in injuries, death and damage to private and public property. Accident rates are a significant problem in India, and there is a full discussion on this topic [in the Report by the Engineering Team]. Accident rates are rising in many areas where the road system, travel speeds and proportion of motorised traffic are increasing. Pedestrian traffic and non-motorised vehicles, such as camel carts, ox carts and bicycles, are the groups most affected, particularly when these 101 71=Stl Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA .socataes groups mix with faster moving motorised traffic. Road safety impacts often include an equity issue, as the road projects are completed, conditions for motorised vehicle owners (a wealthier group in society) improve. At the same time accident impacts tend to affect the poorer, more vulnerable groups who do not have access to motorised transportation. The photograph in Figure 7.13 is a common site along project roads. 7.4.4 Community Assets INDICATORS AND IMPACTS Change in community assets is another indicator of impact of the project on the social environment. Assets affected by the project include wells, giant trees used for community gathering places, bus stops and utilities. The photograph below shows several giant trees which function as a community focal point (Figure 7.14: ). Community wells and trees have already been discussed (Section 7.2.3 and 7.3.4, respectively). Utilities and bus stops will be replaced (new bus stops will also be added) by the Engineering Teamn, while they are redesigning the roads and associated facilities. 7.4.5 Land Acquisition INDICATORS. The amount of land in m2 to be acquired by the project is another indicator of impact on the social environment. These estimates (Table 7.10), refer to the land to be acquired adjacent to and beyond the RoW by two meters in urban areas and 7.5 m in village areas. As there are no sections of four lanes, one by-pass and no major changes in alignment, the amount of land acquisition should be minimal. The various types of land use are: Urban, Rural, Irrigated, Non Irrigated, Other Land (barren, grazing, etc). IMPACiS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION Urban Land None ofthe project conidors appeared to require any new urban land Village Land Corridor 17 impacts a significant amount of village land and falls into the high impact category. All the remaining corridors fall in the low impact category. Non-Irigated Land Only Corridor 17 impacts a significant amount of irrigated agricultural land and falls in the high impact category. All the remaining corridors fall in the low impact category. Irrigated Land Corridors 01 and 28 have a significant impact on the amount of non- irrigated agricultural land and fall in the high impact category. Corridor 17 falls in the medium category and all other corridors have a low impact. Othler Lands Corridors 01 and 28 have a high impact on the amount of other lands irnpacted outside the RoW. All the other comdors have low impacts on other land outside the RoW. 102 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts Figure 7.13 Pedestrians such as these women carrying water walk directly on the paved road. (Corridor 01, Sarkhej - VirAmgam) C 4~~~. Figur-e 7.14: A giant tree functions as a community focal point within the RoW along many project roads. (Corridor 10, Vadodara-Jambusar) 103 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates Table 7.10: Estimates of Land1 Acquisition by Land Category (Worst Case Scenario) Corridor Amount of Land to be Acquired according to 5 land categories (m2/km) No. Name Urban Village Non Irrigated Other Land Irrigated 01 Sarkhej -Viramgam 633.98 171.75 1131.02 5266.35 6297.28 02 Viramgam-Maliya 0.00 0.00 14.36 0.00 0.00 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 323.98 1.67 1796.66 231.38 1741.35 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 0.00 0.00 58.23 0.00 0.00 06 Lunawada-Halol 136.12 20.22 229.16 914.76 1202.83 08 Ladvel-Dakor 0.00 0.00 121.30 0.00 0.00 09 Dakor-Godhra 0.00 0.00 129.66 0.00 0.00 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 111.23 198.62 721.82 433.00 790.52 12 Bharuch-Dahej 0.00 133.33 1213.84 1210.25 941.02 13 Ankleshwar- 452.31 162.12 5.45 1197.87 234.33 Ichhapur 1 lchhapur-Palsana 37.50 50.00 428.13 1084.38 1743.75 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 474.70 1093.43 6395.37 2780.85 589.88 18 Bajipura-Songadh 0.00 0.00 20.31 0.00 0.00 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0.00 0.00 7.82 0.00 0.00 22 Wataman-Dholera 0.00 0.00 3.65 0.00 0.00 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 0.00 0.00 121.89 0.00 0.00 27 Rajkot-Morvi 0.00 0.00 10.73 0.00 0.00 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 73.06 330.98 212.51 4843.35 5096.25 7.4.6 Sensitive Community Facilities INDICATORS. Community facilities inside RoW or within 100 m of ROW were noted during the strip mapping survey but were not differentiated as to health, education or recreational use. IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTION. Table 7.11 gives the total number of institutions potentially impacted by the corridors. Corridor 03, with 10 institutional properties located within the RoW or adjacent to it, has the highest impact and Corridor 13 with eight properties is a close second. With the exception of Corrridor 05 with four properties, all the other corridors have three properties or less for their total length. Corridors 02, 06, 08, 09,10, 22, 26 have three or less properties. Corridors 01, 12, 15, 17, 18,21, 27, and 28 have no institutions affected by the project. IMPACTS DUE TO OPERATIONS. Increased noise and air pollution may be experienced by community facilities located adjacent to the road corridors. However, mitigation will be carried out in the areas around education and health facilities. This is further expanded in the EMAP in Section 8.4. 1 The amount of land to be acquired was calculated using the infonnation provided on projected four lane corridors. It was the amount of land necessary to acquire outside the RoW. However. there are no four lane conidors therefore this land is unlikely to be impacted by the project at all. 104 Chapter 7-Envwronmental Indicators and Impacts LeaAssociates Table 7.11: Indicators and Impacts on Sensitive Community Features No. Corridor Number of Institutional Properties 01 Sarkhej -Viramgam 0 02 Viramgam-Maliya 3 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 10 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 4 06 Lunawada-Halol 2 08 Ladvel-Dakor 3 09 Dakor-Godhra 3 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 3 12 Bharuch-Dahej 0 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur 8 15 lchhapur-Palsana 0 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 0 18 Bajipura-Songadh 0 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0 22 Wataman-Dholera 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 3 27 Rajkot-Morvi 0 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 0 Total 40 7.4.7 Archaeological and Cultural Property INDICATORS. The indicators selected for this component are the numbers and types of cultural properties found in the corridor-of-impact of the road project. The cultural properties are characterised in Section 6.3.6. IMPACrS DUE TO CONSTRUCrION. Cultural heritage is a very important part of the social environment and requires special attention in order to understand the interaction of tie positive and negative impacts due to road construction. For example, an important positive impact is improved access for visiting cultural properties. However, this can also have the negative impact of facilitating over-use and abuse of these same properties. By understanding these interactions, the potential exists to tum problems and negative effects into opportunities to benefit, protect, and enhance areas of cultural significance. All cultural properties within the RoW are likely to be impacted as a result of the road rehabilitation. One example of such a site is shown in Figure 7.15. Cultural properties outside the RoW may also be impacted due to increased construction and activity in the vicinity. The following list summarises the impacts due to road construction: * Damage to structures through earth-moving and collision with heavy machinery; * Damage to structures from vibration and air pollution due to operation of heavy vehicles and machinery; * Contamination of site to improper disposal of wastes, fuel and lubricants; and, * Interruption of access to cultural properties due to construction activities and/or the relocation of shrines and monuments. 105 2ZD. Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates Figure 7.15: A temple and the railway constrain the widening of Corridor 01 at Sachana. IJVIACrs DUE To OPERATIONS. Immediate imnpacts on cultural property due to road operation may not be as dramatic as those resulting from road construction; however, negative imnpacts, over time, have the potential to be equally significant The impacts are as follows: Increased noise, vibration and air polution from mhreased traffic on road corridors can dmIage cultural property. . Cultural properties adjacent to the CW are at risk of damage by vehicular collision. * Areas of cultural significance located near the RoW have the potential of becoming a point-of-interest or stopover, thereby requiring the provision of improved access and parking facilities. * Increased visitation as a result of improved access could impact cultural properties due to abuse and over-use. * Villages and settlements along the project corridors could experience both physical and cultural changes because of increased traffic and the resulting outside influences. There is a possibility that the changes wrought as a result of this increased exposure could destroy the very nature and significance of their cultural assets. Examples have been noted of settlements that have been turned into garages and truck parking areas along existing highways. 7.4.8 Vulnerable Groups INDICATORS. The total number of Vulnerable Groups per kilometre IACS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION. For this level of detail the vulnerable groups were not split into the different categories selected for detailed analysis in the ESR The figures were extrapolated from statistics at the district level. The percentages of Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes were estimated as a percent of the total number of 106 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeaAssocates PAPs per corridor impacted by the road corridors. Statistical data on women headed houLselholds was not available for analysis at this level. Corridors 09 Dakor to Godhra and Corridor 26 Jetpur to Junagadh fall into the high impact category, the rest of the project corridors fall in to the low impact category (see Table 7.12). The various types of land use are: Urban, Rural, Irrigated. Non Irrigated, Other Land (barren, grazing, etc). Table 7.12: Indicators and Likely Impacts on Vulnerable Groups (Worse Case Scenario) Corridor Name Number of Affected PeopLe from Vulnerable Groups (number/ km) 01 Sarkhej -Viramgam 2.1 02 Viramgam-Maliya 0.7 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 1.6 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 1.4 06 Lunawada-Halol 1.1 08 Ladvel-Dakor 1.6 09 Dakor-Godhra 4.0 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 0.2 12 Bharuch-Dahej 0.1 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur 0.3 15 Ichhapur-Palsana 0.0 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 0.7 18 Bajipura-Songadh 0.1 1 I Dholka-Bagodra 0.3 22 Wataman-Dholera 0.1 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 3.3 27 Rajkot-Morvi 0.5 28 Rajkot-Vadinar 0.2 IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCrION ON TRIAL POPULATIONS. There are no new roads being built under this project. If there were, the impacts on tribal people would be more significant. However, as this project is concemed with rehabilitation and widening of existing roads (with the exception of by passes, but they are within an urban or suburban area) the impacts on Tribals are no more significant then they are on the other identified vulnerable groups of the population. However, further study, may be necessary on roads which pass through the tribal areas (shown on Figure 6.8) if the socio-economic survey identifies a disproportionate number of tribal people who are close to or below the poverty line, located within the RoW of the roads. The experience of the team on the ESR was that many tribal farning communities adjacent to the road corridors, (but not directly impacted) have large land holdings and are very successful farmers as the shown in Figure 7.16. 107 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeBAssociates Figure 7.16: Large farmhouses are located back from the project road in one of the areas containing significant tribal populations. (Corridor 18, near Vyara) This may not always be the case, so sensitivity to the potential iunpacts of the road projects on tribal populations should be up most in the minds of those carfying out further studies and imnplemnenting the projects, until it can be proven that there are no significant impacts. If further study is necessary because significant tribal populations are identified, the following is a list of potential imnpacts tha will need to be mitigated: * Tribal people may not have had much contact with outside people, and increased contact may cause diseases and other social problems such as alcoholism and unemploymnent; * Often there is no recognised system of land tenure and they are eligible for compensation. hinstead of standing up for themselves they may withidraw into new areas, creating new social pressures and pressures on already constrained resource systemns. * Conflict between the tribal population and new settlers into an area has been a problem in the past. * For many tribal populations the land is sacred and the reaons for this goes back many generations, it is very difficult to explain to outsiders and very difficult to compensate for. 7.5 Cumulative Impacts Due to the fact that all of the project corridors are existing r-oads, there would be a limited range of cumulative impacts involved. The following areas summarise these impacts. 108 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts 7.5.1 Air QualityandNoise The increased traffic due to road rehabilitation of the project corridors will .necessarily lead to increased air pollution load of airsheds shared between road corridors, and other source of ambient air quality which would be a cumulative impact of this project 7.5.2 Loss of Trees within the RoW Although protected forest area within the RoW is not legally available to the local population for the collection of firewood, use as grazing lands and gathering of fruit, it is a resource that is used by many people, particularly vulnerable groups. Loss of these trees may have a cumulative affect thrughout the state by forcing people who rely on this resource to move further afield and put additional pressure on land and resources that are already significantly constrained. The effects of reducing the protected forest areas along the roadsides within the RoW is an issue which needs further study to assess the potential negative impacts over time. 7.5.3 Induced Development Decreased travel time and increased accessibility will encourage socio-economic infiastucture development like industry and other businesses linked by the Gujarat State Highways Project This will lead to induced development along the project corridors with the associated cumulative impacts of urbanisation, congestion and social problems. 7.6 EA Screening Process: Categorisation of Corridors 7.6.1 Indicator Weighting/lImportance Value Matrix Indicators were scaled by applying a modified Delphi technique as described in Section 3.8. Twelve participant groups were involved and each supplied a set of figures. Four came from the project team; four from the R&BD; and four others from the Task Force. The figures were averaged in order to generate the values used in the indicator weighting table (Table 7.13). Some minor adjustments were made among to a few the indicators which reflected additional technical inputs from the team leaders. For example, the results placed an equal value on shrines and temples and only slightly more for archaeological sites (6.6, 6.1 and 8.90/o respectively). Temples were valued at twice that of shrines and archaeological sites twice that of temples (ie 3, 6 and 12%). Also the indicator for fauna was dropped since there was a negligible impact from any of the corridors so this value was redistributed (readjusted column) among the rest of the indicators. The responses from the Delphi, professional judgement technique ranked the natural environment first (411%), social environment (37%) second, and cultural enviromnent (22%) third. The values for all indicators for the 18 corridors are found in Table 7.14. 7.6.2 Assessment of Overall Impact for the Cormdors The ranking of impacts for each indicator for 18 corridors is found in Table 7.15. In order to obtain the overall level of impact for each corridor the importance values were applied to Table 7.15 as follows. A factor of one for low, two for medium and 109 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA three for high was multiplied by the importance value for that indicator and then totalled for all indicators within each corridor. In this way two things were achieved, I) the importance values were incorporated and 2) the impact values which varied among indicators by up to four orders of magnitude were normalised. The total values for overall impact would therefore fall between 100 (if all indicators were low impact) and 300 (if all indicators were high impact). The numerical total for overall impact for 30 corridors is found in Appendix 9. A graphical representation for 18 corridors is found in Figure 7.17. 150 160 140 Score 120 1001 2 27 22 6 12 8 21 15 3 28 5 18 13 17 9 26 10 1 Year Figure 7.17: Environmental Screening of 18 Corridors (Y Axis = Total Impact Value, X Axis = Coridor No.) 7.6.3 Categorisation of Comdors A threshold of 150 for overall impact value of the conridors was initially set to distinguish medium impact category from low impact category projects (<149 = low impact category, > 150 = medium impact category -se Figure 7.17). This is near an inflection point and separates two Corridors 05 and 17, which have a significantly different levels of irnpact according to the analysis. Corridor 05 has only one indicator, the number of settlements, scoring as high impact and has seven others which score as medium impact. Corridor 17, on the other hand, has four indicators which score as high irnpact and three which score as medium impact Most importantly, this corridor contains one of the most impressive sections of green tmnels of any of the corridors. However, after further analysis and the application of the sensitivity test, it was decided that Corridors 05 and 18 required a bump up to medium impact category. Corridor 05 has sigrnificantly more engineering problems with undulating terrain and many curves. It has a large productive wetland on the Vatrak river with a high fill height, many giant trees and traverses a tribal area. Corridor 18 has some green tunnels and many large tree plantations on Link 181 and also traverses a tribal area. This Corridor along with 17 will further experience impacts in the operational phase due to heavy increase in diverted traffic volumes. Therefore, it was necessary to apply a "bump up" as these two corridors merit a medium impact category classification. 110 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts LeAsocaJles Table 7.13: Importance Values of Environmental Indicators1 Results of Delphi I Professional Judgement Technique Per cent Importance ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT Main Component Sub-component Indicator Indicators % % % NATURAL ENVIRONMENT Units 41.01 AirOuality_ f_ctor : _._. _11.06 11.06 IMediuhn Ipac 2 _. IHigh Impact i3 Water _ _ . - 11.20 Surface water bodies NoJkm . 3.75 Water Crossings NoJklm 4.03 Wells affected I NoAan _ 3.42 Soil Erosion Potential ftor ._ -_._- __ 6AI 6.41 Low rainfall II . .. Mediumn rainfall 2..---. High rnmllbik cotton soil 3 . . :. - . Flora 1233 Tree mass lost Noilm 4.11 Giant trees removed NoJAcm ._-_-._-:_:._.-_-. 4.11 Green tinnel removed Nolikm -_-_-_-_ . 4.11 Fauna__ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ Protected Areas within IO km NoAcm .--_|_ .: SOCIALENVIRONMENT . 3733 : Land acquired _ _ 8.01 Urban -:- 124 Village _______ . _ 1.24 lInigLatod m2 _ _ _ ._-_-_ 2.34 Non-irrigated ii; - . .1.93 Nops iiixi; _ _ : :. . 126 Human Settlements NoAia 7.40 ITowns . - .4.50 [Villages _ ._ 3.00 Units affected NoAmn .._._-_-_.. 6.24 Residential 3.22 Commercial ___-__- .__ 3.02 People affected (PAPs) NoAam ._ ._ ._-_ . 9.48 9.48 Vulnerable groups I NoAa.n 6.21 I Landless people ._. 2.26 Tribai populations ._ _ 2.06 |Women single provides, etc 1.89 CULTURAL ENVIRONMEN- 21.66 _ Shnrins NoAcm . 3.09 Ternples RNoakn - -. 6.19 Archaeological sites NoAlm . -_; 12.38 Total =100 Total =100 Total= 100 Note: Main component score is the sum of all scores for the respective sub- components; and the sub-component score is the sum of the scores of the respective indicators. 1 Participants were asked to assign values for the importance of each main component and sub-component as well as for each indicator. These figures were recalculated so that the total for all indicators = 100. 111 RAjAsTHNA~ PAKISTAN DEE A PALAIANUR i - ( <@ , f 8 J .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~L LEGEND ( S .....- 0v,. WrERNATIlONAL BOUNDARY STAT! BOUNDARY DITWTBOUNDA*tY -( \ = U S ;n \ MUR ! .' , . _+ Ns * DIST1CT HEADQUART aAJ w ~ ANMEDABAD EvriimllCtgrut 02 ( GULFOFKACHCHH / {/ EARA-t. (- ^a' -- CdgoryBOihRocd ( R V--NZ4M \NoE ( aD r M E \- _ -AM fAt; %-LO (: AR4BIANSEA \ \ . ~~~ ~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~, JS, ; I ;UrPl MADHYA ; PRADESH JE" I I A so 1oo S ., M "1 i obh o - ~~~~~~Kilometels ' <'z''-J'' J !5^D"IEA - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0 oriomar hon ytw dg nt ( -.- -w *.-u SUchaasll.012sndOt3at,, L GULFOF s~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Unksa011, 012.*013 eftcre part of KHAMBHAT -i~,corridor l, 02 etc. IC ~~~~~~~~~~~~~Figure 7.18 PMSANA ~~~~~~SECTORAL EA ENVIRONMENTAL CATEGORISATION ANWA ~~~OF CORRIDORS U SU~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IEJNAT STATE PPAJIARASHTR mcr.m AO 50 I L0LE LASA ' Gujarat PCC Final Report- Volume 2A: SEA LUAssoc/ates Table 7.14: Corridor Impact Assessment - Indicator Values (Scale: 1=low impact, 3-high impact) Natural Environment Social Environment Ciltural Land Use Population Environs No. Conidors Air Minor Cross Wells Erosion Tree Plant Giant trees Green. Urban Vilfage Inigated Non- Other Settilc- Units PAPs Vuiln. CultIlert. Quality Water drainage Potential Tunnel in ig. ments grp Body Structure Scale NoAcm NoAkm NoAkm Scale Mass/km NoAan Presence m2/km mW/km m2lkm m'/km .m2/km NoJkm. NoA4m. NoA'm. No/klm No/km 01 Sarkhej-Viram. 2 0.027 1.38 0.044 2 3664 0.054 0 634 172 1131 5266 6297 0.35 6.28 3.06 2.1 1.05 02 Viram.-Maliya I 0.015 1.57 0.061 I 910 0.014 0 0 0 14 0 0 0.24 1.41 0.53 0.72 0.26 03 Mehsana-Palan. 2 0.084 1.21 0.077 2 4281 0.277 0 324 2 1797 231 1741 0.31 15.54 3.17 1.6 0.34 05 Shamilaji-Lunav. I 0.104 1.58 0.354 2 1990 0.664 0 0 0 58 0 0 0.77 13.06 2.86 2.04 0.28 06 Lunav.-llalol 1 0.041 1.61 0.179 2 1515 0.505 0 136 20 229 915 1203 0.54 10.83 2.25 1.14 0.24 08 Ladvel-Dakor I 0.055 0.95 0.111 2 1512 1.061 0 0 0 121 0 0 0.28 15.15 3.24 1.6 0.17 09 Dakor-Godhra I 0.026 0.99 0.118 2 2755 0.720 0 0 0 130 0 0 0.40 44.65 17.27 4.0 0.55 10 Vadodam-Jamb. 1 0.253 133 0.054 3 5001 0.282 I III 199 722 433 791 0.09 25.56 3.79 0.17 0.91 12 Bhamdt-Dahej I 0.063 0.48 0.04 3 948 0.19 0 0 133 1214 1210 941 0.45 0.87 521 0.04 0.06 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur I 0.119 1.35 0.039 3 1993 0.77 0 452 161 5 1198 243 0.38 9.8 14.94 0.25 0.27 15 lchhapur-Palsana 2 0.100 2.08 0.03 3 975 0.14 0. 37.5 50 428 1084 1743 0.82 1.1 4.74 0 0.00 17 Kadodra-Bajip. 1 0.030 1.19 0.288 3 1817 0.814 1 475 1093 6395 2781 590 0.28 9,36 1.86 0.71 0.28 18 Bajip.-Songadh I 0.000 1.50 0.117 3 2215 0.562 I 0 0 20 0 0 0.53 3.33 0.75 0.06 0.28 21 Dholka-Bagod. 1 0.045 1.43 0.135 2 2089 0.315 0 0 0 8 0 0 0.36 1.68 0.67 0.27 0.23 22 Watam.-Dliol. I 0.226 0.83 0.000 2 7.5 0.000 0 0 0 4 0 0 0.20 0.75 0.28 0.10 0.30 26 Jetpur-Junagadh I 0.000 2.04 0.377 2 2740 1.584 0 0 0 122 0 0 0.42 20.8 7.74 . 3.3 0.47 27 Rajkot-Morvi I 0.026 1.69 0.124 M 16b8 0.261 0 0 0 1 0 0 0.24 3.00 1.1| 0.46 0.53 28 Rajkot-Vadinar I ~~~~0.052 L,721 0.31 IS 676 0.670 0 73 331 23 443 5096 02 .3 04 .912 Les Associates Table 7.15: Corridor Impact Assessment-Indicator Impact and Total Impact for the Corridor Natural Environment Social Environmient Cult. Total _________________ I ______ ________ _______ ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~ ~~~~~~Larnduse _ __ __Po da alon Env. I piiux No. Conido,s Air Waterlody CDStnwict, Wells EsusionTwlm G Trees Cii.Twincl Udxu Village Iiiigdied N-lnig. ORlier Setl. Uiits 'Al's, V Ili Cul11IC ____________ ~Qualit NoAkm NoAmu No./m Potentia Mass km mmI mfkm mn2/km nm2/km m2/ m2/ m2/ NoJ NoJ NoJ NoJ NoAl 01 _a_Wfarna ___ _L __ L_ I L M I L M M M 02 VWaffgam-Mariva L L M L L L L L L L L L L L L L L 03 Mehsana-Palariu M L M L M L LI L L _ M L L L L L 05 Shamlaji-unavada L *M M M M M M L L L L L L L L M L L 06 Lunavada-1-ialoi L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L 08 Ladvel-Qakor L L M L M I M L L L L L L M L L L L L 09 Dakor-Godlra L L M L M M M L L L L L 1L M M L M 10 Vadodara-Jambusar L . L H H H L L L L L L L I MI M 15 ld-hhapW-alsana LAMI - L LL ~ L L L L L L L M 17 Kadodra-Bajpura L L M I H M L L L L L M 18 Bafipura-Sriadh L L L H H I L L L L L L L L 21 Dholka-Bagodra M, L.....4j.. L__ L_ __ L 22 Wataman-11halera LI L LA _L __L_ L_ L 23 Bhawnaar-VerteJ L M'; H M ~M.j L L HM HM W K WI H HH M 26 Jetpur-Juiagadh L L H IM I H LML_L L_L_ M_ MI 27 Raikot-MonivLl II ~ I I I I L H L L__L_L L_L L_L 28 1 Raikot-Vadinar L _L__ H 1 1!1 1 1 1 111 H H I L L I M i __ lpodancevk,u% 11 3.75 4I 416.4 1 4.______4_1 4.1 1. 1.2 23 __9_ 3_9_ *INDICATOR VALUESVvWERE RANKED AS L (LOW),M(MEDIUM) AND H(HIGIMIMPACT USING %THRESHOLDVALUE OF THE HIGHEST VALUE INITHESERIES; 0-33% =L. 34-66% =M, 67-100% M H. *FOR TOTAL IMPACT L, M AND H WERE ASSIGNED 1, 2,3 THEN MULTIPLIED BY IMPORTANCE VALUE AND TOTALLED. 115 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates Overall impact values for the corridors fall between 104 and 217. Using the bump up, about half of the corridors (eight out of 18) are low impact and fall into Low Impact Category, and eight corridors are Medium Impact Category. Note that this reflects corridor-level averages and that within a corridor or within a link there may be short stretch of higher irnpacts which are refenred to as "hotspots". As the total number of units potentially impacted was still significant for some corridors ranked as low impact, it was decided that a cut off point would be chosen to act as a "bump up" to require further socio-economic assessment to take place. It was agreed that 25 residential properties, 50 business properties or 50 agricultural properties would be the necessary cut off point for a bump-up to a full RAP. A corridor with less than those numbers will complete an Entitlement Plan, which is a smaller-scale approach to the resettlement of a small number of PAPs, yet ensuring they all receive their entitlements and are consulted. The bump up requires a verification of the number of estimated PAPs and further socio-economic surveys and assessments (including VGs such as Tribals) and community consultation.. None of the corridors scored high enough to be considered a High Impact Category project. Under Gol regulations, the proposed by-pass on Corridors 03 will require a complete EIA. Table 7.16 lists the environmental categorisation of all 18 corridors. (For graphical representation, see Figure 7.18). For Phase I there are two Medium Impact Category projects (Corridors 01 and 17) and three Low Impact Category projects (Corridors 03 and 06), which will require further socio-economic surveys. For Phase II there are six Medium Impact Category projects and five Low Impact Category projects, three of which will require updated socio-economic surveys. Under Indian law, the bypass will require a complete EA. For Medium Impact Category projects an ESR will have to be prepared which will include an EMAP. For Low Impact Category projects the environmental hotspots will have to be identified in a Hotspot Identification Matrix (see ESR, Tables 73-7.7) and specific mitigation measures in the form of the Hotspot Mitigation Matrix (see ESR, Tables 8.3-8.7). This has been done for Phase I corridors in the accompanying ESR document. 7.6.4 Summary of Environmental Screening Results The environmental screening of the 18 corridors (Corridor 03 was considered twice- thus the actual number was 19), suggested that the overall impact fiom the project, on both the natural and social environment, would be manageable and in many cases minimal if the proper mitigative measures specified in the EMAP are implemented. For Phase I corridors there were no High Impact Category roads, three (Corridors 01, 03 and 17) Medium Impact Category roads, and three (Corridors 03, 06 and 28) Low Impact Category roads. For Phase HA there is one High Impact Category road as required by the GOI (Corridor 03-Bypass); two Medium Impact Category (Corridors 05 and 09); and two Low Impact Category (Corridor 06 and 08). Phase II, the final phase of the project, has no High Impact Category; three Medium Impact Category (Corridors 10, 18 and 26); and eight Low Impact Category roads (Coridors 02, 12, 13, 15,21,22,27and28). 116 Chapter 7-Environmental Indicators and Impacts S Table 7.16: Environmental Categorisation of Project Corridors No. Corridors Phase I Phase IIA Phase II Length/km Length/km Length/km 01 Sarkhej-Viramgam MEDIUM 02 Viramgam-Maliya LOWb 03 Mehsana-Palanpur LOWb HIGH (Gol) 04 Deesa-Border LOW 05 Shamlaji-Lunavada MEDIUM 06 Lunavada-Halol * LOWb LOWb 07 Ahmedabad- Ladvel LOW 08 Ladvel-Dakor LOWb 09 Dakor-Godhra MEDIUM 10 Vadodara-Jambusar MEDIUM 11 Padra-Karjan LOW 12 Bharuch-Dahej LOW 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur LOW 14 Kim-Ank-Olpad Xing LOW 15 Ichhapur-Palsana LOW 16 Surat-Kadodra MEDIUM 17 Kadodra-Bajipura MEDIUM 18 Bajipura-Songadh MEDIUM 19 Vapi-Daman LOW 20 Vapi-Kaproli MEDIUM 21 Dholka-Bagodra LOW 22 Wataman-Dholera LOW 24 Vertej-Dhasa MEDIUM 25 Vertej-Vallabhipur LOW 26 Jetpur-Junagadh MEDIUM 27 Rajkot-Morvi LOWb 28 Rajkot-Vadinar * LOWb LOWb 29 Khamnbalia-Okhaport LOW 30 Bhuj-Nakhatrana LOW a- Contains bypasses b - hese coridors will requime verification of the estimated rnwber of PAPs and firther socioenoric swvyj once prelhmina,y designs ar completed to conflrm the needfor RAP and consultation * Portions ofCorridors 06 and28 are included in Phase I and Phase II. 117 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan 8. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN-MITIGATION AND MONITORING 8.1 Introduction This chapter begins with a description of mitigation and monitoring measures proposed for each significant irnpact identified in Chapter 7. Secondly, a generic, ie state-level EMAP, describing how one undertakes the mitigation measures and assures that they are completed, is presented. When undertaking specific EAs of projects covered by this Sectoral EA, investigators should use Sections 82 - 8.6 of this chapter in conjunction with the EMAP (Table 8.3). An Implementation Schedule for the EMAP and mitigation is outlined in Table 8.4. 8.2 Natural Environment .2.1 AirQualityandNoise Mitigation measures would be taken in areas where significant air quality problems would arise due to construction activities or due to road operation in congested or highly industrialised areas. IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTION. Impacts Mitigation Measures 1. Dust * Water will be sprayed during construction phase, in the lime and earth mixing sites, asphalt mixing site, and on temporary roads. In filling sub-grade, water spraying is needed to solidify the material. After the impacting, water spraying would be done at intervals regular to prevent dust. * Coal ash containing 30% water content or more will be used to prevent the ash from dispersing, in warehouses and piling yards especially. The coal ashes will be covered, except where they are to be used imnmediately. * Vehicles delivering materials would be covered to reduce spills. * Asphalt mixing sites would be located more than 500 m down- wind from any communities/residences (However, in consideation of the air pollution generated, such sites will be located at least I km down-wind from any communities). * Mixing equipment would be well sealed, and vibrating crusher equipment would be equipped with dust-removal device. 2. Air * Vehicles and machinery would be regularly maintained so that Pollution emissions conform to GoI (Centml Pollution Control Board of India, 1988 and 1989) * Asphalt mixing sites would be located more than one km from any communities/residences. 3. Noise * Noise standard of industrial enterprises would be strictly enforced to protect construction workers from damage. Workers 119 .d1f 031- Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA =a Associaes in vicinity of strong noise will wear earplugs and heLnets and their working time should be limited. In construction sites within 150 m of residential areas, construction would be stopped from 22:00-6:00. * Maintenance of machinery and vehicles would be improved to keep their noise at a minimum. IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD OPERATION. Mitigation Measures. The following summarises the mitigation measures. Impacts Mitigation Measure 1. Dust * Provision of adequate fill height to avoid accumulation of dust on roadway. * Provision of proper road surface runoff and drainage to prevent accumulation of sand/dust from storm water. * Replacement of roadside tree plantations lost to construction and encourage new afforestation projects. 2. Pollution * Checking of vehicular emissions of CO, HC, NO, SPM, RPM - reinforce PUC Programmes. . Monitoring air pollution and health of roadside workers. * Afforestation programmes - Tree Plantations 3. Noise * According to monitoring results, at places with noise exceeding GoI A and B-level noise standards, sound barriers, berms, or other measures will be installed. * Public will be educated about the regulations on air pollution and noise of vehicles. TreesforPollution Abatement Air pollution due to vehicular traffic can be abated by the presence of vegetation along the roadside. The following mitigation measures will be considered in areas of high air pollution load due to traffic volume: - planting trees along the roadsides and on existing medians in urban areas where none previously exist. Plantings need to be dense and multi-layered; and, * green belts - Declaring areas of vegetation as off-limits to development along highways Several species of trees, shrubs etc be used as a natural sink for air pollution. Some plants destroy or fix air pollutants. Tree species such as; Betula verrcosa; Fagus sylvestris and Carpinus betula are known to absorb sulphur dioxide from the airl. Moreover, air flowing through 1 Several bryophytes and lichens absorb and retain ions and radioactive materials from precipitation and dry deposition; and various lichens and mosses are used to accumulate substances lIke lead, arsenic, zinc, cadmium, copper, nickel, and chromium. This information is from a study done in Europe (Guderian, 1991). Studies of this tpe are unknown from India While the species and plant forms are not native and not liely to grow in the study area it serves to demonstate ihe capacity for vegetation to absorb and remove pollutants from the ambient air. 120 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan LaAssociatrs vegetation slows down considerably to allow particulate matter to settle down and deposit on the leaves and other parts which eventually get washed down during the rains or return to ground through leaf fall. Planting along roadsides entail choice of' suitable species. Criteria for selection of suitable species would be as follows: * ability to combat specific types of air pollutants; * quick establishment with a reasonable growth rate; * good survival and growth in impoverished sites; * adaptability to local climate and soil; * mininum maintenance and assistance for growth; * act as a windbreak by the height of the crown and moderate even a minimal pollution effect. The name of species resistant to particular type of pollutants are listed as follows: Pollutant Pollution resistant species1 Sulphur dioxide Thuja occidentalis, Citrus sinensis, Eucalyptus globulus, Sesbania aegyptiaca Prosopis juliflora, Tilia cordata, Plantus acerifolia, Azadirachta indica, Terminalia tomentosa, Populus balsamifera Nitrous oxide Carissa carandas Ozone Junipern communis, Quercus penduculata, Pyrus communis. The species which are air pollution resistant, have good crown and foliage and satisfy the above mentioned criteria are: Ficus bengalensis, Alstonia scholaris, Azadirachta idica Tamarindus indica, Aegle rnarmalos, Aianthus excelsa, Albizia lebeck Holoptelea integrifolia, etc. Observations from primary survey reveal that the sections which are forecasted to have concentration levels exceeding the standards in the forthcoming years (ie Links 031, 032, 033, 063, 064, 026,281, 282, 283, 284 except Links 091 and 271) generally have little vegetative cover, mostly small trees of medium and low density and shrubs. Therefore afforestation programmes will be implemented in these areas. While in some cases tree plantations exist along the road corridors, trees are fewer or absent as one approaches or passes through an urban area. The road stretch abutting the urban and rural areas would have plantations in order to avoid the harnful effects of air pollution or green belts will be developed around the settlements. Treesfor TraSffw Noise Abatenent Vegetation will be used as a cost effective means to attenuate noise2. In order to use vegetation as a way to reduce noise, certain factors need to be considered, ie the intensity of noise, scale of activity, nature of activity, and 1 Sone of the species listed are exotic and can becorne invasive or are otherwise unsuitable, such as Prosopis jul lora. The Forest Department which it is responsible for afforestation along the RoW will choose the appropriate species. 2 Other fornms of sound barriers would be too costly to undertake in the context of Gujarat. 121 CZ cz 11t,Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssoclates location of activity. Plantings will contain a mix of species, creating a multi-layered barrier, since vegetation is at best, a marginal noise attenuation measure. Its benefit is that planting have a large multiplier effect for the natural and social environment- thus are required. The land use alongside the road stretches are predominantly agriculture. On some stretches, Industries/ Industrial estates are present which are generally 25-35 meters away from the road. Many rural settlements are found to be located on or near the ROW, which are presently (and potentially more so in the future would be) impacted by the road noise. Tree plantations along the ROW and development of green belts along the roads abutting the settlements would help to attenuate the noise due to traffic. MONITORING FOR AIR QUALITY AND NOISE POLLUTION. An air quality and noise pollution monitoring programme would be undertaken for the project corridors where baseline data were collected for these environmental components and where predictions indicated future levels exceeding of GoI standards. The following is the suggested location, schedule and costs for this monitoring programme. Location: Link 033 Sidhpur Frequency: 4 times/year Parameters: SPM, HC, CO, NOx, SOx, Pb 8.2.2 Water Resources IMPACTS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCrION. The mitigation of the impact of construction on water resources along the project corridors are as follows. Impacts Due To Construction Mitigation Loss of wetlands/water * Standing water bodies which are affected bodies by 2 meters or more by the road widening, will be widened by an equivalent on the other side of water body, if, the surrounding Land Use permits, otherwise a compensatory water restoration areas will be identified within the vicinity of settlement so as to harvest the water facility for multipurpose uses. Alteration of drainage - * In sections along water courses, earth and stone will be properly disposed of so as to not block rivers and sramms, resulting in adverse impact on water quality. * In building permanent drainage systems, temporary channels and culverts will be built for the sake of irrigating drainage. * All necessary measures will be taken to prevent earthworks and stone works from impeding the rivers and water canals or existing inigation and drainage systems. Siltation * Limestone and coal ash will be stacked 122 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan L,,Assocj,tes Impacts Due To Construction Mitigation together, fenced by bricks or earth wall, and kept away from water. * See measure for soil erosion. Use of Water Supply for * In a contractor bid specification, it is Construction clearly mentioned, that water used for construction activities from the standing water bodies by contractor will pay for its use (as fixed by the proponent agency or as per the Water Cess Act 1978) to the local panchayat office. This would help the local Gram Vikas Board to develop that water body. Interrupting access to water * Washing and bathing ghats will be supply provided to facilitate the uses of water sources and separate cattle troughs would be made in the areas of water scarcity. * All wells affected by the project will be replaced or relocated. Contamination from Wastes * All practical measures, such as detention ponds and septic tanks, will be used to prevent the waste water produced in construction from entering into rivers and irrigation system. Contamination from fuel and * Vehicle maintenance and refuelling would lubricants be confined to areas in construction camps designed to trap discarded lubricants and fuel spills. Sanitation and Waste * Sufficient measures will be taken in the Disposal in Construction construction camps, ie provision of Camps garbage bins and sanitation facilities. Waste in septic tanks will be cleared periodically. * Drinking water would meet Indian National Standards. * Garbage will be collected in a tank and disposed of daily. * Special attention will be paid to the sanitary condition of camps. IMPACTS DUE TO OPERATiON. The mitigation of the impact of operation on water resources along the project corridors are as follows. 123 le=iltl Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA isiAssoawtes Impacts Due to Operation Mitigation 1. Contamination by fuel and * Accidental spills will be cleaned up lubricants according to contingency plan. * Vehicle maintenance would be confined to areas with fuel / lubricants traps. 2. Stormwater Runoff. and * Culverts would be raised to desired ground wvater recharge level to allow free flow of water during monsoon, reduce the soil erosion, and will increase the availability for inigation and viability of many species of fauna and flora, as well as recharge ground water aquifer through pervious strata or sub-surface river channels. * Embankments would be raised to desired level (or as required by engineering design) to prevent occasional flooding, over the highway. MONITORING MEASURES. The village ponds, or rivers with major bridge reconstruction which would be impacted as a result of construction phase activities will be monitored to assure potability and/or quality for other uses. As discussed in Section 6.2.4, the monitoring of water bodies is conducted by GPCB under MINARS. Proposals will be put to GPCB to monitor the standing water bodies which would be impacted by the proposed highway. Altenatively, the proponent would set up a separate cell for monitoring the air and water quality. The unit cost for monitoring of BOD, COD, DO, oil and grease is Rs 5,000 per day. Appropriate locations for monitoring water quality are specified in the ESR 8.2.3 Mineral Resources IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTucrIoN Impacts Mitigation I Soil Erosion * In slopes and other suitable places along the roadside, trees and grass will be planted. On sections with high filling and deep cutting slopes will be covered by stone pitching and planted with grass, etc If existing irrigation and drainage system ponds are damaged, they will be rebuilt or recovered by suitable methods. 2 Loss of topsoil * Arable lands will not be used as earth borrowing. If needed, the topsoil (15 cm) would be kept and refilled after excavation is over to minimise the impact on productive lands. 3 Compaction of * Construction vehicles would operate on temporary Soil accesses to avoid damaging soil. 4 Instability of * Proper excavation techniques to improve stability Quarry material and safety will be ensured. 124 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan One quarny located on Corridor 18 (Songadh, rock slides) has some envirornental problems (rock slides) associated with it hence, will be stabilised if the R&BD decided to use it for this project. Appendix 7 provides a list of the quarries licensed by the Gujarat Pollution Control Board under the Air Pollution and Prevention Act (1981). MoNIToRING . Monitoring would not be required for the rest of the quarries on the list (see Appendix 7), since these would continue to be used often by the proponent agency for the rehabilitation and maintenance of other state roads. 8.2.4 Flora IMPACTS DUE TO CONSrRUCTIoN. Impacts Due To Mitigation Construction 1. Loss of Trees * Areas of tree plantation cleared will be replaced according to Compensatory Afforestation Policy under the Forest Conservation Act - 1980. Using the Integrated Forest Development Model (Govt. of Gujarat, 1996a). 0 Tree clearing within RoW will be avoided beyond what is directly required for construction activities and or to reduce accidents. 2. Loss of Green Tunnels * Areas containing significant stretches of green tunnels recognised locally as important will be preserved and engineering designs modified to accommodate these. 3. Loss of Giant Trees * Giant neighbourhood trees recognised locally as important will be preserved and engineering designs modified to accommodate these. 4. Compaction of * Construction vehicles would operate on vegetation temporary excess roads to avoid damaging and compacting vegetation. 5. Pollution and dust * See measures for dust control Section 8.2.1 accumulation on vegetation Preservadion of Green Tunnedsi Green tunnels are found in Corridors 05, 07, 10, 17 and 18. Corridor 17 in particular has significant stretches (up to 20km long) of green tunnels that are posted with two billboards; one near Kadodra which declares "save the trees, hence the environment, Social Forestry Department" and another one further on in Vyara which says the same in Gujarati. Corridor 17 will be more specifically addressed in the ESR. An attempt will be made to preserve important stretches of green tunnels (as well as significant giant trees). For Phase I corridors, the Hot Spot Identification Matrix (ESR, Tables 8.3-8.7) and Hotspot Mitigation Matrix (ESR, Tables 9.3-9.7) have pinpointed the location of the tunnels and have advised on their conservation. This information has been given to the engineering design team in order to suggest realignments or 125 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates other safeguards to minimise impacts to these critical features. This approach will be taken with Phase n1 corridors using information from the database on existing roadside tree. One approach might be to narrow the carriageway width at the entrance to the 'green tunnels' and provide signs at a number of locations along this stretch of the road describing that one is entering a natural conservation area featuring an unusual tree canopy and roadside rest areas, etc. Additional explanations conceming the ecological and community value of the conservation areas, etc. could also be provided at these locations. Speed reduction measures should be employed and trees will have small reflective tape sections affixed, so as to avoid the danger of collision. Engineers have been advised to give serious consideration to the conservation of the Green Tunnel along, at least corridor No. 17. Conservation of Giant Trees: Some roadside trees stand out, are substantially older and larger than most others. These are referred to as giant trees and can often be found close to villages and towns. The species involved are usually Banyan, Neem, Pipal, Mango, Gulmohar or Tamarind. Giant trees which are found within village limits, are substantially older and larger than most others. These are referred to as giant trees and can often be foumd close to villages and towns. The species involved are usually Banyan, Neem, Pipal, Mango, Gulmohar or Tamarind. Giant trees which are found within village limits are often focal points for social interaction or used communally-as large shaded areas, social gathering places, bus stops, and as retail sales areas. All giant trees within the RoW that would be affected by road construction were enumerated for each corridor and as such every effort would be made to retain these trees, particularly in urban/village areas, where they serve a multipurpose function. In rural areas they are also important as the provide shade for bus stops and mobile vendors at intersections. Narrowing of the CW width and other speed reduction measures, would improve the safely on the urban roads, and help to retain at least some of the giant trees IPAcrTS DUE TO OPERATION. Impacts and Mitigation. The following are the impacts during operation. Impact Due to Operation Mitigation Pollution and dust accumulation on * In areas to be afforested plant pollution vegetation resistant species * See measures for dust control Section 8.2.1 CompensatoryAfforestattoL Trees removed as a result of construction activities will be replaced through compensatory afforestation. The target area for replacing trees should be in within the RoW rather than in some area removed from the project corridors. Some of the immediate area of strip plantations within the RoW cut for construction can be re-planted up to a safe distance of 5-7 m from the CW. In many cases this will be one row oftrees. The rest of the strip plantations which are removed would be compensated through afforestation in areas of the RoW within the same corridor which presently do not have any tree plantations. Afforestation using tihe Integrated Foresthy Development Model (IFDA1). Government of Gujarat (1996a). The Social Forestry Department developed a new 126 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan Le.Assciates programme for plantation forestry with support from OECF which includes a greater use of native species as well as a multi-species canopy concept. This creates a more natural forest with higher species diversity better habitat for wildlife as well as increased non-timber forest products which could be harvested from the RoW. At present there are two models SI and S2 for aesthetic shelter belts which would be appropriate for strip plantations within the RoW (see Appendix 10). MONITORING. The implementation and monitoring of tree planting will be done by the Social Forestry Department using the IFDM. The IFDM consists of plantation programme which includes a four year planting and maintenance schedule after which time the trees are large enough to have good survivorship. 8.2.5 Fauna IMPACrS DUE TO CONSTRUCrION. Impacts during Construction Mitigation Hunting Construction workers would be told to protect natural resources and wild animals. Hunting should be prohibited. _MPACIS DUE TO OPERATION Impacts during Operation Mitigation Collision with Wildlife * For the operation it is recommended that signs be posted for Wild Ass crossing on Link 021 km 105. MoNrroRING. Monitoring of any hunting activities near protected areas will be done by the Forest Department Contract clause would include a provision for enforcing a hunting ban in the construction area and vicinity for the workers. Monitoring of collisions with wildlife would be done by the Forest Department and if any increases are noted then actions would be taken, such as increased provision of signage and public education campaigns. 8.2.6 Estimated Cost of Implementing the EMAP Table 8.1 summarises the Cost for the Mitigation of Impacts on the Natural Environment for the EMAP. Data were derived from estimates of unit costs, obtained from GoG and other sources. Table 8.1: Estimated Cost of Implementing EMAP Requirements (Natural Environment) Phase I-II (in Rs) Project Phases Monitoring Mitigaton Other Total Cost Phase 1 122,000 15,905,000 400,000 16,427.000 Phase 11 A 225,000 14,800,000 400,000 15,425.000 Phase 11 377,000 22,210,000 800,000 23,387.000 Total 724,000 52,915,000 1,600,000 55,239.000 127 a112=s~ ,Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LewAssocxates 8.3 Social and Cultural Environment 8.3.1 Introduction The following section discusses the mitigative measures that will be necessary at a mnacro level for each component of the social environment impacted by the road corridors as documrented in Section 73. In Section 9, the RAP and the Entitlement Policy provide practical measures for compensation and assistance which will mitigate the direct impacts of the road project on individual people and their property, as well as common property resources, including the following categories: * Residential Land, Structures and Assets; * Business Land, Structures and Assets; * Agricultural Land, Structures and Assets; and, * Industrial Land, Structures and Assets. The Entitlement Policy and RAP outline the details of the compensation and assistance given to entitled persons (EPs) for the following additional losses: * Loss of income due to relocation for an employee; * Loss of income due to relocation for a business (including case by case situations of mobile vendors); * Loss of rental income for a landowner with rental property; * Loss of rental property for a tenant; and, * Loss of illegal residence or business (squatters). Only additional mitigation needed for impacts on human settlements, people and cultural heritage features that are not covered under the RAP in Section 10, will be discussed further in this section. 8.3.2 Mitigaton of Impacts on Human Settlements MMGATION OF IMPACrS DUE TO ROAD CONSTRUCTON By Passes, New Alignmnents and Four Lanes. In the case of by passes, new alignments and sections of four lane road, if any property or people are impacted the mitigation measures are discussed in the following Section in the RAP. Loss of Access& The engineering team will provide for temporary access for businesses, residences and other properties including access at intersections and interchanges. Congestion and Detows Detours or congestion and trffic jams caused during construction will require mitigation. The engineering team will establish plans for detours and diversions and the contractors will implement them. The R&BD and the Police Department will work together to alleviate the problems during the period of impact. Road Safety and Collisions between Construchton Velicles and thze Public. Road safety will be controlled during the construction period by enforcing speed lirnits for construction vehicles. Adequate room will be allowed for pedestrian and vehicular traffic flow around construction zones. Signage, barriers and flag people will be used 128 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan LuAssadates to control pedestrian and vehicular traffic. The public will be notified of the construction activity, time frame and the scale of activity through the radio and TV as well as local newspapers, govermment offices, schools and other public places. Location of Work Camps. The location of Work Camps has been specified in the contract documents. They would avoid locating directly in built up residential or business areas at all cost and be located where there is adequate infrastructure such as electricity, sewage and water. MITIGATION OF IMPACIS DUE TO ROAD OPERATION Severance of Human Settlements The impacts of severance of human settlements by the road project (affecting existing communications and social networks) will be mitigated by providing for improved crossing facilities or altemative access routes, the use of signalised junctions, pedestrian refuges, under passes, overpasses service roads or alternative arrangements for local traffic movement. In the case of a by pass and the potential drop in business in the centre of the town or village, service areas near the new route or at the junction of the by pass will be provided. Local businessmen will be encouraged to take advantage of new opportunities along the new road alignment Encroachments The impact on encroachments can be significant in these types of projects, particularly in urban areas. When road improvements require the removal of these local people, alternative space would be provided for their business operations. In some cases improved drainage (covering open sewers) can result in increased roadside space that can be used for mobile carts. Other possibilities would include allowing extra land within the RoW not needed by the road alignment to be used by encroachers Tranportation ofHazardous Materials Contingency Plans will be drawn up to deal with any spills or accidents that involve hazardous chemicals such as fuel, chemicals or other materials. 8.3.3 People MITGATION OF IMPACTS OF ROAD CONSTRUCrION. Mitigation of these impacts is dealt with in the Entitlement Policy and RAP in Chapter 9. MmITGATIoNoFIMPACmS OFROAD OPERATIONS RoadSafety. During the community consultation phase completed for the ESR, road safety was a very important concem among communities located along the road corridors. Pedestrians and non-motorised traffic are the most vulnerable group and accidents increase among this group when road users mix and traffic speeds are high. Often the benefits of increased speed and mobility for motorised traffic falls heavily on pedestrians and non motorised users, the most vulnerable group consisting of the poor, elderly, disabled, women and children (Table 8.2). 129 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssoWtes Table 82: Mitigation of Impacts on Pedestians and Non-Motorised Traffic Problem Mitigation Pavement and Shoulder Condition Widen shoulder; Provide sidewalks and footpaths off CW; Paint lines to separate shoulder from CW. Lack of Pedestrian Crossings Provide Cross Walks and pavement treatment before and after them; Provide lighting of Cross Walks in Urban Areas; Erect signage; Construct pedestrian refuges in road way. Speeding in School Zones Provide Cross Walks; Provide Crossing Guards; Provide signage. Lack of Signs and Markings Improve signage and road markings. Lack of Pavement Layout Improve pavement layout. Poor Access and 'Visibility at Improve visibility by removing obstacles; Intersections Improve intersection layout; Provide turning lanes. Lack of Bus Lanes at Bus Stops Add bus lanes. Lack of Parking Prohibit parking and enforce in certain areas. Speeding Signage for School or Village slow zones; Enforcement of traffic rules and I regulations. 8.3.4 Impacts on Communify Facilities Impacts on community facilities will be mitigated by providing improvements of common areas, in particular in towns and villages. For example, the design will incorporate inprovements to the streetscape that would be implemented during the last phases of construction. Things like roadside market areas, bus lanes, landscaping and plantations, as well benches and bus stops improve the community and opportunities for social interaction. 8.3.5 Archaeological and Cultural Property Road projects are considered as an opportunity to improve the region as a whole and not just as a process of connecting two towns or destinations. The approach to mitigating cultural impacts would be considered as an opportunity to facilitate, protect, and enhance areas of cultural significance. GHSP will contribute to the process of facilitating the continued development of archaeological and cultural property and the general understanding that development and conservation are complimentary phenomena. Mitigation measures are stated below for the protection and enhancement of areas of cultural significance in an effort to establish a cultural conservation ethic. The measures are generic in nature and address the categories established for cultural property in reference to this project The detailed procedures and guidelines of these measures are provided in the Working Paper on Archaeological Property in the Revised Interim Report (NDLI, 1997c). 130 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan 4r, LaaAasciata MIGATION MEASURES FOR IMPACTS OF ROAD CONSTRUCTION Shrines Within RoW. * Realignment of CW- The first option was to realign the CWs and incorporate shrines in their existing position into the shoulder of the road corridor in a dignified manner without losing its religious and cultural significance. * Relocation of Shrines - The relocation of shrines was considered only in cases where realignment ofthe CWs is unfeasible. Sacred Structure Within RoW (Tenples, Mosques, Memorials and other Religious Artefacts). All sacred structures are to be retained in their existing locations, while ensuring their safety and protection during construction and operation of the roads. The relocation of sacred structure can cause community grievances, and be a time consuming and expensive process. The realignment of CWs would be done here. The relocation of sacred structures would be undertaken in extreme cases where road safety and the protection of cultural property can only be maintained by moving the structure itself. This would be considered, not as an alternative, but as a last resort Sacred Centres Within and Adjoining ROW (Ashrams, Tenple and Mosque Conplexes, Memorials Conplexes, and Religious Centres, etc) Sacred centres are meant to accommodate pilgrims and highway users. The, open space between the sacred centre and CW would be designed in such a way as to create a sympathetic interface, as well as to screen the complex from noise and air pollution. In addition, it would facilitate access and accommodate pedestrians and highway users visiting the centre. A prototype design solution is suggested in the Working Paper on Archaeological Property in the Revised Interim Report (NDLI, 1997c). J>lages and Settlements of Cultural SignSifcance Within andAdjoining RoW The villages and settlements located along project corridors are sensitive cultural features that require special attention. A sympathetic interface is required between the CW and the settlement that enhances the environment for the local population and the highway users, while maintaining the cultural integrity of the area. The development of pedestrian-friendly spaces will be done. The detailed guidelines and a prototype design solution are provided in the Working Paper in the Revised Interim Report (NDLI, 1997c). Archaeological Property Within RoW All archaeological monuments and sites of national and state importance have a 300 m area around the boundary of the property as a protected development zone. The first 100 m of this protected zone is a zone prohibiting development Subsequently, the 200 m zone is a regulatory zone, where only those developments will be allowed which are not likely to affect the archaeological property. Measures adopted for conserving the archaeological properties are addressed in the Working Paper on Archaeological Property in the Revised Interim Report (NDLL 1997c). Archaeological Properties And Areas Of Cultual Significance Witlin 10 km Of Project Corridors Following measures would be undertaken for the Archaeological Properties And Areas Of Cultural Significance Within 10 km Of Project Corridors: * Provide directional signage at junctions of the project corridors with approach roads to the archaeological and culftual sites, so that they become better known. 131 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA lezAssoaates The intersection and approach road may also require improvement to facilitate access. Encourage agencies concerned with cultural heritage to protect and enhance areas of archaeological and cultural significance by instilling a conservation ethic through interpretative signage, as well as facilitating visitation. Visitation will be facilitated through the provision of parking lots and rest area facilities. OthIer Cultural Properfies Old buildings, step wells, tanks, cultural activity and festival sites require special conservation prograrnmes which would be undertaken by the appropriate local, state, or national agency. Adaptive reuse will be considered in cases where the property is unused and in disrepair. (Refer to the Working Paper in the Revised Interim Report (NDLI, 1997c) for details). Clhance Find of Archaeological Property. In the case of a chance find of archaeological property/artefacts in a road corridor, qualified and concerned agencies or professionals will be notified by R&BD. These experts will use the mitigation measures outlinecd here and in the Working Paper in the Revised Interim Report (NDLI, 1997c) to ensure that the feature is protected and, if possible, enhanced through the project. 8.3.6 Vulnerable Groups VGs will be identified by the Census and Socio-economic Survey of the PAPs that will be carried out on roads requiring a RAP. The experience of the study for the ESR pointed out some interesting issues concerning VGs, in particular Tribal Populations. As this project has no new roads and very little four lane additions there potentially are very few impacts on Tnbal populations, at least no more so than on any member of the VGs. However, if other roads identify tribal populations as being significantly impacted, the following mitigation measures are suggested: - Road agencies should act to preserve and protect traditional rights and sacred land * A consultation programme will be very important to allow the tribal people to help plan for their assimilation or protection of their culture from outside forces; * Consultation will give planner the chance to assess if the tribal population wish to remain in the same location or move elsewhere; and, * Tribal populations would be given former legal title to their land. 8.4 Environmental Management Action Plan The following EMAP (see Table 83) lists the impacts along with the appropriate mitigative measures organised according to the design, construction and operation phase. For each of the mitigative measures described, the implementing organisation and responsible entity along with a unit cost where applicable is listed. In general R&BD (with assistance from other agencies in some cases) is the responsible entity for ensuring that the mitigation measures are carried out In many cases the contractor will be implementing organisation supervised by R&BD. A detailed discussion of the organisational structure of the agencies involved in implementing the EMAP is presented in Section 103 ofthis SEA. 132 Chapter S-Environmental Management Action Plan LwAssoimtes The EMAP prepared for this SEA is a detailed guideline for completing mitigation and monitoring measures but is not location or time specific except in a few cases. The specifics of location and time are included for Phase I corridors in the'EMAP in Section 9 ofthe ESR (Volume 2B). 8.5 Resettlement Planning Guidelines It will be necessary to complete either an Entitlement Plan1 or a full RAP for all road corridors. This needs to be done to properly compensate and assist PAPs who have their property, structures, assets or livelihood impacted as a result of the road project, to meet the requirements ofthe World Bank. Chapter 9, the RAP and the Entitlement Policy, would be used as a guideline for the completion of either an Entitlement Plan, with individual interviews of PAPs or a RAP, with a full community consultation programme. There are six project corridors that may fall in the category of only having to complete an Entitlement Plan, these are: * 13 Alkeshwar to Ichhapur, * 15 Ichhapur to Palsana; * 17 Kadodrato Bajipura; * 18 Bajipurato Songadh; * 21 Dholkato Bagodra; and, * 22 Wataman to Dholera. The other 12 corridors, included in the SEA and requiring a RAP and consultation are: * Sarkhej to Viramgam; * Viramgam to Maliya; * Mehsana to Palanpur, * Shamalji to Lunawada; * Lunawada to Halol; * Ladvel to Dakor, * Dakor to Godhra, * Vadodara to Jambusar, . Bhavnagar to Vertej; * Jetpur to Junagadh; * Rajkot to Morvi; and, * Rajkot to Vadinar. The entitlement plan (EP) is a subset of the RAP, and essentially complies with all RAP requirements, but utilises the existing entidement policy , and negotates with entitled PAPs on an individual basis-In other words it applies when small numbers of PAPs are involved (it suggested that 50 properties in total or 25 residential properties be the cut off. 133 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssocwites Table 8.3: Environmental Management Action Plan for Gujarat State Highways (SEA) Componentt Mitigative Measures laken or to be taken Implementing Responsible Unit Cost of Mitigation Impact i _ _ _ 1 Organisation 1 Organisation Meas. A. DESIGN PHASE I ._ Alignment The alignmeni is selected so as to minimise the iand occupation to avoid archaeological sites and Designing Unit R&BD N/A temples and other environmentally sensitive areas. Environmental Engineering Cost In places where significant stretches of dense mature trees forming canopies over the road, Management and alignments would be considered which avoid or minimise loss of these green tunnels. Resettlement Unit (EMU) Land and * Information dissemination and public contact R&BD R&BD Refer to RAP for Property/Ass * Compensation will be given to PAPs based on the RAP which includes the Entitlement Policy.- EMU, NGOs EMU specific conidor ets acquired See RAP for details on all aspects of resettlement recommended in RAP Cultural * Cultural heritage sites along the alignment would be identified and surveyed up front. In the case of ASI R&BD N/A Heritage Ahaeological sites and Temples ad.ustrnent of alignment is sequired. In the case of shrines, they EMU may be moved with prior consultation and approval of local community. EMU Flood * Bridges and culverts have been well designed for the purpose of the flood discharge (100 year Designing Unit R&BD Engineering Cost flood frequency for big bridges and 50 year flood frequency for medium size bridges). Fill height Engineering has been designed for 50 year flood avoidance. EMU _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ C onsultants CONSTRUCTION PHASE Air Dust * Water will be sprayed during construction phase, in the crushing and aggregate processing sites, Contractor R&BD One water tank i) Rs asphalt mixing sites, and temporary roads. In filling sub-grade, water spraying is needed to solidify EMU 3,000 - one km costs Rs the material. After the compaction, water spraying would be done at regular intervals to prevent (At present no in 15,000. At the rate of 4 dust. house litres /m. * Access roads and any unpaved construction roads will be watered, based on a prescribed schedule, Environmental so as to prevent excessive dust. capacity in R&BD, * Vehicles delivering materials would be covered to reduce spills. Induct Env. Eng. Dust mask Rs 250. Ear * Asphalt mixing sites will be over one km from any communities/residences. From GPCB for plugs Rs 100 * Mixing equipment would be well sealed, and vibrating equipment would be equipped with dust- monitoring. removal device. Operators will wear dust masks and ear protection. GERI - Monitoring quality standard of 134 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan ComponentV Mitiptive Measures taken or to be taken Implementing Responsible Unit Cost of Mitigation Impact Organusation Organisation Mcas. equipment and materials used. Air Pollution * Vehicles and machinery are to be regularly maintained so that emissions conform to National and Contractor R&BD Cost provided by State Standards EMU contractor * Bitumen heaters are to use only high quality fuels, and be serviced regulary to avoid excessive 502 anO SPM emissiors Noise * Noise standard of industrial enteqpwises will be strictly enforced to pmtect construction workers Contractor R&BD Cost provided by from damage. Workers in vicinity of stmng noise will wear earplugs and belmets and their EMU contractor woddng time would be limited. * In construction sites within 150 m of residential arem, costctin would be stopped fiom 22:00- 6:00. * Maintenance of nahineny and vehicles would be enhanced to keep their noise at a minimum. __ _ Water ILM Of * Alignment and filling would avoid ponds and wells. Design Unit R&BD Rs 6,000 for excavation wdlands and * Where village ponds are affected an equivalent area would be excavated/replaced. Contaetor EMU and Rs 15,000 for ponds Forest Dept replaement Alteration of * In sections along water ourses, earth and stone will be properly disposed of so as to not block Contractor RABD Cost provided by drainage rivers and streams resulting in adverse bmpact on water quality. EMU contractor * in building pmanent drainage systems, temporary canals and culveas will be buiht for the sake of irrigating drainage. * All necessary meaues will be taklen to prevent earthworks and stone works fimm impeding the rivers and water canals or existing irrigation and drainage system. . Siltation * cernent and coal ash will be stacked together, fenced by bricks or earth wall, and kept away from Contractor R&BD Cost provided by water, to prevent leachate formation and contamination of surface and groundwaterS EMU contraetor * See measure for soil erosion. . Forest Dept Contaminatio * All justifiable measures will be taken to prevent the waste water produced in constnuction fmin Contractor R&BD Cost provided by n from entering directly into riveras and irigation system. A minimum distance of 200 m from water EMU contractor Wastes sources is required . Work camps of more than 20 people will require, as a minimum, a well constructed Pit privy at least 200m from any water source Contaminaio * Vehicle maintenance mid refuelling will be confined to areas in construction camps designed to Contractor R&BD Construction of stilt Rs n from fuel trap discarded lubricants and fud spills. EMU - GPCB 5,000 and lubricants . Sanitation * Sufficient measures will be taken h the construction camps, ie provision of garbage tanks and Contractor R&BD Cost provided by Sanitation~~~ _ Surcetm.e il ebmi h o ComponenVt Mitigative Measures taken or to be taken Implementing Responsible Unit Cost of Mitigation Impact Organisation Organisation Meas. and Waste sanitation facilities. Waste in septic tanks will be cleared periodically. EaMU - rGPCB contractor Disposal in * Drinking water will meet Indian National Standards. Construction * Garbage will bc colleted in a tank and disposed of daily. Camps * Special attention will be paid to the sanitaiy condition of camps. ____ _ * Camps should be located minimum distance of 200 mn fim water sources. Soil Soil Ersion * In slopes and other suitable places along the madside, trees and grass will be planted. On sections Contractor R&8BD Rs 45/ mZ. for turfing with high filling and deep cutting their slopes would be covered by stone walls and planted with EMU and grassing gmss, etc If existing irigation and drainage systen ponds are damaged, they would be rebuilt or recovered by suitable methodl Rs 500/sq.m for stones Loss of * Arable lands will not be used as caMr boniowing whenever possible. If needed, the topsoil (I cm) Contractor R&BD Cost provided by topsoil would be kept and reilled after excavation is over to minimise the irnpact on productive landsr EMU conmtror Compacion * Canstruction vehicles would opame on temporary accesses to avoid damaging soil. Contrctor R&BD Cost provided by of Soil EMU contractor Flora Loss oftrees * Areas of tree plantation cleared will be replaced according toCompensatory Afforestation Policy Dept of Foresty(DOF) R&BD Rs 32,539/ba for four under the Forest Conservation Act - 198Q as well as the application of the shelter belt planting EMU years plantation to be programmne defined in the Imq ta Forst DeIop i Pknfor GuJc s(996), Dept of done according to Forestry. Contractor Integrated Forestiy * Tree clearing within RoW would be avoided beyond what is directy required for construction DOF R&BD Development model. activities an or to reduce accidents.Trees to be cut will be clearly marked EMU See Appendix 10 * Conserve green tunelk by narrowing the CW, introducing various speed control measures, and PIU, Chief Engineer, Dept of Foay encouraging the construction if roadside rest areas. Contractor and DOF Comnpaction * See soil compaction. Contractor R&BD See soil compaction of egtto __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ EMU Fauna * Construction workers would be told to protect natural resources and wild animals. Hunting is Contractor R&BD, EMU and N/A prohibited. Forest Department 136. Chapter 8-Envimonmental Management Action Plan .04=ftls LemAssocl*fes SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT Loss of * Tetnporary access will be built at the interchange of the highway and other roads. Contractor R&BD Engineering cost Access EMU included in design Traffic Jams * If there are traffic jams during construction, measures would be taken to relieve the congestion with Contractor R&BD and State N/A and the co-ordination of transportation and traffic police depaftent Police congestion Road safety * Control speed of construction vehicles through road safety education and ftmes. Contractor R&BD Contractor to prepare Collisions * Allow for adequate traffic flow around construction areas. Environmental with vehicks, * Provide adequate signage, bartiers and flag persons for traffic control. Construction Guidelines people and * Communicate tD the public dhrough radio / TV/ Newspaper a nments tegarding scope an for mitigation measure livestock timefiame of prject incmease in * Allow natural drainage to occur and avoid creation of stagnant water bodies especially in Contractor R&BD Contractor to prepare disease udWmdustirial areas. Standing wates even scattered paddles, old tires etc., can become breeding Dept of Health Environmental water bome grounds for hsect- borne diseases, leading to serious illness among work crews and othem Dept, GoG Construction Guidelines insect borne * Provide adequate sanitation and waste disposal at constuction camps. for mitigation measure communicabl * Provide adequate health care for workers and locate camps away from VGs. e diseases Accidental * Effectiwve safety and warning measures will be taken to reduce accidents. Contractor R&BD Contractor to prepare Risks from * Blasting will not be carried out during rush hours so as not to cause traffic jams and injuries. State Police Environmental blasting * The management and use of blasting materials will be in strict confonnity with the safety Construction Guidelines along requirements for public security. for mitigation measure roadway in quansies Cultural * If archaeological relics or remains are discovered, the ASI vould be notifled immediately. The Contractor with ASI R&BD Contracor to prepare Remains construcion will be stopped until aulhorised depaiment assesses the remains. Environmental * Archaeologists will supervise the excavation to avoid any damage to the relics. Construction Guidelines for mitigatiori measure C. OPERATION PHASE Air Dust * Provide adequate fill height to avoid accumulation of dust Contractor R&BD Engineering Cost * Replace roadside tree plantations lost to constrction and encourage new afforestation projects. Forest Depanment EMU see Flora - costs for Tree I ~~~~~~Plantations Pollution * Check vehicular emissions of CO, HC, NO, SPM, RPM - reinforce PUC Pigrgunes. Motor Vehicle Dept. R&BD N/A 1 M onitoring air pollution EMU - GPCB see Air Pollution Motor Vehicle Dept Monitoring Programme * Afforestation progrmmfes - Tree Plantations see Flora Forest depaitment Noise * According to monitoring msults% at places with excessive noise, sound banriers or other measures Motor Vehicle Dept R&BD For measuring noise Rs will be considered. EMU 2,000/day (24 hr period) * Public will be educated about the regulations on air pollution and noise of vehicles. Motor Vehicle Dept Contaminatio * Contingency plans for lean up of spills of oil, fuel, toxic dhemicals. Flying Squad of Flying Squad of Preparation of Spill n from spills Motor vehicle Dept Motor vehicle Dept. Contingency Plan - two due to traffic and State Police and State Police person months for movement expert and accidents Maintenanee * The drainage system will be periodieally cekated so as to ensure adequate Storniwater flow. R&BD Labourers at Rs 30/day of Municipal Corps. Stonnwa1ir Systein Collisio * Postsigns for Wild Ass Crosing | ForesDept. |Rhl3D |RslOOO00for signboard with wi?ldlf EMU EMUl 138 Chapter 6-Environmental Management Action Plan LeaAs5vclafes SOCIAL Accidental * Regional or municipal transpottation bureaux (State Police) will set up respective transportation co- R&BD R&BD Preparation of Spill spill of ordination unit for hazardous substances. Contingency Plan hazardous * For delivery of hazardous substnc three cettificates isWed by transportation depattment are Flying Squad of (2 personJmonths for materials required - pernit license, driving license, and guarding license. Vehicles delivering hazardous Motor Vehicle Dept expert) substances will be printed with unified signs. * Public security, transportation and fire fighting departments will designate a special route for these vehicles. These vehicles will only be harboured at designated paz*ing lots. * This project's hazardous substances will be administered by highway management department registration system. * In case of spill of hazardous materials, report to the relevant depaments at once and deal with it in accordance widt the spill contingency plan. Safety and * Buildings are prohibited within 50 m of the edge of CW. No schools and hospitals are allowed Env. Eng. Of each R&BD N/A noise within 200 m of the edge of CW. Division of RBD and disturbance Planning Dept D. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Component Action to be Taken Implementing Agency Approximate Unit Cost Agency Responsible Atmosphere Parameters: R&BD R&BD Rs 2000/day for investigator S SPM, SO2, NOX EMU-GPCB Monitoring Frequency * Operation Phase: one time per season in a year for 24 hour period * Length of time: 5 years Monitoring Point * Operation Phase: one location on Link 033 Monitoring Standard Existing National Ambient Air Quality Standard issued by the CPCB Noise Monitoring Frequency R&BD R&BD Rs2000/day for investigator * Operation Phase: two limcslyear for 24 hour period in consultation with GPCB EMU Monitoring Points EMU R&BD * Constmction Phase: Ad hoc only if complained is lodged GPCB * Operation Phase: one cation on Link 033 Monitoring Standard GPCB R&BD Existing noise standard issued by the CPCB WaterQuality Parameters: R&BD R&BD Rs 4,000/sample * pH, BOD, COD, SS, Oil & Grease, Detergent, Pb EMU - GPCB Rs 500/day for investigator Monitoring Frequency: * Construdion phase: one time per season in a year for 24 hour period during bridge construction activity Monitoring Points: * At water crossings where bridges and culverts are to be replaced Monitoring Standard * Water quality standard issued by the CPCB. Flora Parameten R&BD, EMU R&BD Rs. 15,000/d for inspector * No. tres surviving afler 6mhnths lyr and I .5yrs, in relation to totl planted Local Communities * revegetation success, in terms of survival of plantings ___ 140 Chapter 8-Environmental Management Action Plan Lea Assocates Table 8.4: Environmental Management Action Plan: Operational Schedule 1998 _ 1999 2000 _ 2001 _ 2002 ITEM Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Qtr.1 Qtr. 2 Qtr.3 Qtr.4 Phase I Identification of Hotspots - - - Mitigation Measures * - - _ - Recommendations for Realignment of Corridors Design for Phase I Corridors _ Construction Period for Phase I Mitigation Measures Taken During Construction - - - _ Turfing and Revegetation…- Tree Plantation _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ - Operation Period for Phase I Air Pollution and Water Monitoring Programme = - - - - - = = = - - - Mitigation Measures for Operation Period - - _ - Phase Ila Identification of Hotspots __ Mitigation Measures Recommendations for Realignment of Conidors Design for Phase lla Corridors - - A - Phasellb * - - - ldentification of Hotspots - - - - Mitigation Measures I Recommendations for Realignment of Corridors _ - - - Dcsign for Phase [lb Coffidors - - - Progress A Milestone Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LiA soAates 8.6 Community Consultation Guidelines The community consultation progammne for the GSHP has been planned at two levels and is taking place in two stages. As described in Section 5, initial contact was made with NGOs working in the project areas. A second stage of contact will be necessary to establish which NGOs will be the most likely candidates to work with the R&BD to implement some components ofthe RAP and EMAP. As well, NGOs will be asked to evaluate the progress and success ofthe RAP and EMAP. In this phase the Task Force was formed and has meet twice to discuss the progress and issues about the projects. A final Task Force Meeting for this Phase of the project will be held to obtain feedback once the Final Reports are completed and Task Force Members have reviewed the SEA and ESR This meeting will take place in November. At that meeting the future role of the Task Force will be discussed for the next Phase of the project Some of the NGOs and Research nsiuktes that have been identified for consultation during the second stage of the programme are noted below. Many have previous experience on development projects, environmental management and resettlement planning. Some of these may be candidates to aid the R&BD in the implementation of the RAP and EMAP iitially, as they have prior experience and the human and technical resources to complete these Plans. The research institutions are: * Gandhi Labour istite; - * Gujarat Institute of Area Planning; * Indian Institute of Management; C Centre for Social Research; * Centre for Environment, Planming and Technology, - Institute of Rural Managenent; and, * Consumer Education Research Centre. The NGOs identified were: * SEWA; * DISHA - Aklavya Sangathan; * Aarch Vahini; * Aga Khan Health Service - Aga Khan Housing Board for India; * Family Planning Association of India; and, * WWF-lndia. All inputs stemming from the consultations with the govemment agencies (as this is the SEA) were recorded and relevant inputs incorporation in the road design and when addressing the proposed mitigative measures. During the Phase I work, PAPs were specifically consulted regarding their entidement and input to compensation options. An number ofthe suggestions have been added in Chapter 11. 142 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan ?0> LaAsnaakS 9. RESETTLEMENT ACTION PLAN 9.1 Introduction To make this a 'near-stand-alone' chaptr, some information on the project found in earlier sections is rpeated here. The Resetflement Action Plan (RAP) is a mnajor element of the EMAP. The EMAP matx table describes points in the design, construction and operation stages of the project, at which RAP actions need to be initiated. This RAP, and the incorporated Entitement Policy1, forms the basis of any subsequent project-specific RAPs needed in this project's five-year duration. This chapter presents the level of detail necessary for a project-specific RAP. It highlights the prblems faced in meeting regulatoty requiments, including World Bank Operational Directive 430. The Resettlement Action Plan is a living docwnent At this point, the written documentation has been completed as accuately as possible and the reports have been finalised. However, as the information on the Entited Persons is collected and verified, more accurate costing and planning will be completed. The following tasks are outstanding and need to be completed for Phase L such as: * the consulation with Entitled Persons on their entitlements; and, * the implementation ofthe reselement; relocation and rehabilitation. As these tasks are comnpleted for each of the project Phases, it will be necessary to prepare RAP Addenda, which will update the RAP with the latest information and the outcome of outstanding tasks. In this way the RAP will be used by the EMU as a valuable planning tool, a living document to be used at all levels as wellin the field. 9.2 Policy, Objectives and Principles At present the ndian national policy on resettlement is in draft form and past practices have been inconsistent and confusg There is no ste-level policy for resettement and rehabilitation in Gujart However, Gujarat has had considerable experience in resettlement and the issues sunmunding kt as a result of the Narmada Dam Project. RecentlY there have been High Couwt Decisions made on the issue of resetflement that have been supportive of good practice and provide some guidance. The World Bank Operational Directive (OD) 430 is based on best practice and is in compliance with other Indian legislation. 1 The terms "En_iemen FrameworK', "Entiement Policy FrameworK' and "Entitement Policy" are used interchangeably in the lireratue. English syntax and meaning suggests that a "fiamewoda" is aprelimiuay or skeletal sc=re whea a "polic is something more concrete, such as might be based on a weli-developed firmeworLk The entitlement work on this project goes far beyond a mere fSmework. For that reason "Entitlement Policy" is used in this SEA. 143 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lee Assowates The main objective of the RAP is to ensure that PAPs are resettled in accordance with OD 430 and other guidelines based on Indian experience. In particular * Wherever possible, displacernent will be reduced or avoided altogether by sensitive design of civil engineering works (eg alternative alignmnents or modifications to the design). * Where displacement is unavoidable, those displaced will have their living standards improved, or at least restored to the level prior to resettlement. They will be located as a village or family unit, as is their preference, and will be assisted to integrate into their new community. Particular attention will be given to needs of the most vulnerable groups to be resettled. * PAPs wil be compensated, at replacement cost, for assets lost. Adequate social and physical infiastructure (such as housing plots, community services and facilities) will be provided. * PAPs and host communities will be encouraged to participate in the design and the implemnentation ofthe RAP. 9.3 Project Description and Planning Preceding this project, a Strategic Options Study (Lea Associates South Asia, 1995) evaluated 3000km of Gujarat roads. In Febmaly 1997, 1500km of roads were chosen to become the base from which up to 1000km of roads would be improved under a five year programme. From the 1500km, 250km were chosen early in the project to be fast-tracked through to completion of detailed design, meeting all environmental requiremnents of the GoI and World Bank. Work on the 250kmn fell in Phase I of the project, leaving the remainder for Phasew . Sections of the 250km with significant environmental problems-and thedore classed as High Impact Category projects-would require full EAs. An Environmental Study Report (ESR) Volume 2B-as opposed to an Environmental Impact Statement; reserved only for High Impact Category projects, was completed for the 250km. Time constraints dictated that, for High Impact Category sections, only Environmental Assessment (EA) action plan guidelines could be prepared in Phase I. EAs would still need to be completed and approved before the construction could commence. The project budget is about US$530M. By comparison, the likely cost of a good resetdement package is estimated to be $US2 I less than 0.5% ofthe project budget 9.3.1 The Boundares In rehabilitation projects (where no new roads are constructed) using RoW widths of 30 to 60m, or a natural environment imnpact zone of 200m, as boundaries for enumeration of PAPs is extreme, and overestimates the numbers of PAPs. A more realistic Corridor of Impact (CoI) approach has been proposed by the GoG and the World Bank1. It is being applied on a test-basis to this and other World Bank Ihis concept can be applied to rehabilitation and improvement projects only. Comidoms of impact for new roads are much wider. They are project-specific, often extending beyond 144 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan road improvement projects in India. The Col is defined on the basis of roadway design-speed and the distance needed (the clear zone) for a vehicle leaving the road to come to safe stop or to swerve back onto the carriageway. For example, for a design- speed of 80-100km/h the clear zone should extend 4.5m beyond the standard 2.5m road shoulder, thus creating a 7m-wide cleared area, beyond the edge of the carriageway. For this design speed the Col would be 21m (4.5m clear zone plus 2.5m shoulder plus two 3.5m cariageways). This is shown in Figure 9.1. In urban areas, with lower design speeds of 50-60 knmh, the CoI is dependent on the cross section spanning the travelled lanes (2 or 4), the median and the shoulders/footpaths. The total width will vaiy from 10 to 26m. These Col boundanes, when drawn onto the stip maps, yield much lower and, hopefully, more realistic counts of entitled PAPs. In this project, the CoI concept has not been applied as an absolute measure but, rather, as a guideline. For example, when schools or hospitals border the RoW, the Col is extended to include the RoW boundary and beyond. In this project, engineering and safety1 concems dictated that adjacent obstacles located within the Col must be completely removed. All PAPs experiencing losses due to this clearing are entitled persons (EPs). Project affected persons in the strip of land between the Col and the RoW, will remain in that strip for the present If, at a laer date (no later then the year 2002), the R&BD need to relocate them for furither engineering works related to this project, they will be compensated under this Resettlement Action Plan, based on the Census of PAPs. For projects after 2002 another Census will be necessary. 30 m Typical Right-of-Way - 1_ ~~~7.0 m 3.5 m _J_ 3.5 m_L- 7.0 m _ - ckw zo r Lane ]- Larnel Clearzorie I i ~~~~~12?5m A51 m F Comdor of Impact - Figure 9.1: Design Cross Secdon for2 lane Runl Highway (80-100km/hr design speed) 9.3.2 Measures taken to Minimise Resettlement In the preliminary design phase, prior to initiation of the RAP, the team can minimise the numbers of PAPs needing to be resettled by * avoiding unnecessary displacement by modifying project alignments, reducing the width of the corridor or modifying design; * mducing the width ofthe RoW or corridor of impact; the RoW. Air and noise impact mnes often extend 10-12m beyond the edge of the caniageway, and can even affect people beyond the CoL lhus the Col must be viewed in the context of the toal environmental effect of a projeca It is difficult to prvide concmte evidence that plantion trees, located outside the 25m shoulder but within the CoL need to be removed for safety reasons. Nevertheless, the Col has benefits for the natural environment since it restricts tree cleaing beyondthe Col. 145 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LsAav.cies * building overpasses or by-passes around crowded and congested areas; * providing access to businesses and residential units that would otherwise be impacted by construction; * using land outside the RoW, taken by R&BD but not needed after construction, to relocate people quickly, * minimising losses of public property, such as tree plantations within the RoW, by minimising the width to be cleared. These avoidance actions were undertaken for the Phase I mads and will be considered for Phase I project roads. Secdon 9.1 in Volume 2B gives specific details of the co-ordinaton between the engineering design team and the environmental team. 9.3.3 Responsibility The GoG and R&BD are responsible for implementation of the RAP and other recommendations and guidelines advanced by the consultants in the EMAP, SEA and ESR To satisfy the World Bank's policy, the involved government departments need to endorse the RAP and need to technically and financially assist PAPs with rebuilding their lives, livelihoods and social and economic networks. The RAP is a development package, not sirnply a welfare solution. It encourages PAPs to help themselves, by enabling them to actively participate in the selection of appropriate compensation and assistance options. This will be accomplished by the Enviromnental Management Unit (EMU) I under the auspices of R&BD. Its function will be to implement and monitor the RAP and EMAP activities. The EMU will be staffed with a co-ordinator and at least two technical specialists as well as an NGO representative. It will intract with local community representaives to decide how to operationalise specific measures. Use will be made of established govenment SUpport progmmmes that have a successful track record of helping people r-establish themselves. Please see the following Section I, on Istitutional Capacity Building and Training for a complete description ofthe EMU and the process for implementation ofthe RAP. 9A Entitlement Compensation and Assistance Three types of entitlement are defined below and are summarised in Sections 9.4.1, 9A.2 and 9.43 (see Table 9.1) 9A.1 EntidementsforProject-afectedHouseholds(PAHs) These entitlements are to cover loss of land, structures and other assets, such as crops. Included also are a shifting allowance, rights to salvage building materials and counselling on alternative assistance. The starting point is the Land Acquisition Act under which title-holders are awarded compensation for property, structures and other assets, such as crops, surrendered to 1 The EMC withi fth R&BD depatm is, at presentf only conceptuaL he EMC will be established as a functioning environment sector inplemena¢tion cell within the GoG. The EMC may take the form of one of several models, presented in Section 10 of this SEA. 146 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan 'A-a the project The Act requires compensation to be at market value. Sometimes the legal compensation, paid by the government, is lower than the market value. For Phase I of this project, the PCC has conducted a market value assessment to determine Whether additional assistance is necessary in order to reach real market value. In Phases II (and if warranted in Phase I, also) an independent committee will assess a true market value. The proposed committee is to be headed by the Collector for the respective districts. The other members of the cormnittee include eminent engineers, and value assessors. Committees for the Phase I project are being formed now. Consultation with the Revenue Department will also take place. Additionally PAPs will be consulted on and will be informed of the method of determining market value of assets. Those not eligible for legal compensation for loss oftheir strucus and assets may be assisted by other support mechanisms, such as existing govenument housing schemes. If a household asset is to be taken, the family, as a collective unit, is "entitled". Compensation is given to the head ofthe household but, if it is new land or structwres, both the husband's and wife's names are to appear on the title. There are nine general compensation actions for the PAH category. 1. ConstAon cownsellig regarding alten7atives, and assistance in idenfying new sites and opportunities. PAPs are eligible to receive consulation and counselling witi regard to their entitlements and compensafion. Additionally they will be shown all altematives available for relocation of their business or households. They will receive assistance in identifying new sites for relocation and will be guided on what opportamuiies are available to them for vocational and training opportunities. 2. Compenstion for land at replcement cost plus allowances forfees or other chares. Only tideholders are eligible for compensation under the Land Acquisition Act Some titleholders may be members of vulnerable groups and will thus be eligible for other support mechanisms. Squatters, encroachers and tenants are not eligible for compensation for land All fees, taxes and other charges incurred in the relocation and re-establishment of EPs, will be met by the project 147 Gujarat PCC Final Repont-Volume 24: SEA Table 9.1: PAPs and Their Entitlementsl Tpesof Pmje Affectd Peoples Outside Public Rigt of Wav Iide Public Right of Wav Titde Holders Teants Squae and Enc,adirs3 |Tenamns Vubel |V Non VIm*C I Non _ __V_le v uln IMe LOSS OF LAND AND OTH ER ASSETS Unit of Eitlement: Project-affectedHozssehold (PA) 3Id YES YES YES YES YES YES FCanmmiaai it aq anl gem. rai f r rain wl*m - YES Y NO YO i NO 3A"=amy lopamv nwpan aupLr fiw mwAgapL YES YES YES YES YES YES 64f amyiam mu. YES YES YE YES YES YE ' _ -ES MNO YESV/ YES NO NO ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I NT- *" ,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~y YUI_ 0M ffWWWuffim(Nw Ma9=MCbCWMW.' eI ue.zdemuW0&WU YES YES YES YE YES YES 9 Odn If r _ " _ " . , t f rr s YE YES YES YES YES YES LOSS OF LVELJIOOD U1 of Entidement: Project-afcted Person (PAP) 10 bo mdaismfitard*Imdkvdiuod YES YES YES YES YT YES I I AQtbunal ana mtd_uui fo i,a puu x s- ze. ar _nimg YS NO YESv/ YES NO 4 NO 12 LjWmmemmnt nmmm ,mhF0)0C.It memm YES YES YES YES YES i LOSS OF COMMINrTY STRUCrUREIFACIriTES Unit of Entitlement: Projec-affected Group (PYAG) 13 ItawrimnWm mat of laiippisa.aiiahnaJhmmgtin.mdI 14 1tmmmfiurimmsaaispmmWdvremsST,okeaiofurwjnof(wwdiweea&soc imypopuswybeazsdm. 15 omit aspthnmhdxmfrbuw ,Lia q ; adpjbcu e 16 &-ahty enmfi ngut~u muA*iIdiimx.dabeduxr da 17 Lmi|ngot I/ Mhis Tibewil be teamnpl h waitmm*usofrsfeiEPswpmpKamimy linr R a*Dpstho whO be inmie Rmibe 2/ Tamn cndle Vuhicegnie NaNixVu ieul Niup(NV)e u a W.edwxai mi *fif nm iowppsm NON-Nanvbwable PAPswenoE YESv-VVbledn PAs we aldde 3/ E.5im wahOd in el oWs wi l be he e if ai xy of ade hey U kdm m wM&ids c dxy wfl fU idx tic wdealbb~~y. YESWN- YESNX- 4/ If PAPs e mmed offdn RoW wii ne 2 nai oxiclom pad _iy pim hnmo sc m milek maxny hmighi be pwI. a% 148 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan r=rt LaAssnd2~ 3. Advance notice to harvest non-perennial crops, or compensation for lost standing crops. PAPs will be informed that the land on which their crops are planted will be used by the project in the near future and that they must harvest their crops in time. If standing crops cannot be harvested, EPs will be compensated for the loss. 4. Compensation for perenimi crops and frees ill be calculated as annuad produce value times remainingproducingyears. Only titleholders are eligible for recompense for perennial crops. The compensation will paid equivalent to the capitalised value, ie, the net present value of all fiture production, at a discount rate of 12% per annum. 5. Replacement or comensationfor strctures or other non-land assets. EPs are eligible for replacement or compensation for structures and other non- land-related assets that are impacted by the project 6. Right to salvage materialsfrom existing structw. EPs are eligible to salvage material fiom their existing structures and sites, with the exception oftrees. 7. Inclusion in exsting government housing schemes. Only those EPs belonging to a vulnerable group, as defined by the project, are eligible for the existing housing schemes for the weaker sections of society. Vulnerable groups are defined as Scheduled Tribes, Scheduled Castes, Women-headed Households, Land-less Agricultural Workers and any EP with an average household income of less than Rs2,OOO/month. 8. Shjfiing assistance. (Note: Replacement housing nust be available before people are made to mave) EPs are entitled to a shifting allowance to move their belongings. If their relocation site is not ready for them, at the end of the two month notification period, the project must make temporary arangements until their permanent structures are ready. 9. Option of moving to resettlent sites, or clusters, incorporating needs for shelter and livelihood EPs will be given the option of voluntay relocation to a site they have chosen themselves wherever possible or a site chosen by the implementation team. Whichever option the EP chooses he/she will receive as much support from the EMU as is required to resettle and rehabilitate the household. 9.42 Enttements for Project-affcd People (PAPs) Every household member over the age of 14 is eligible for assistance for loss of livelihood. Thus there may be more than one person eligible i each household. The project will provide rehabilitation and assistance for lost or diminished livelihood for any individual impacted by the project Additional support mechanisms will be made available to vulnerable groups to re-establish or enhance their livelihood through 149 d2£§:, Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA existing government employment programmes. If available, employment associated with the project should be provided. Three compensation actions are possible: 10. Rehabilitation and assistacefor lost or diminished livelihood EPs are eligible for help to regain their original levels of economic well being. Vulnerable groups will receive the most-targeted support All EPs will be counselled on options to improve their economic circumstances. 11. Additional support mechanisms for vulnerable groups in re-establishing or enhancing livelihood Members of vulnerable groups who are EPs will receive targeted support from the EMU working wih the project's implementation unit MPIU). Counselling on alternatives, guidance on appropriate taining progrmmes and advice on marketing new products will be given. 12. Employmet opportwdties comected with the project, to the extentpossible. Local people whose livelihood is impacted by the project will, where possible, be offered jobs and trairnig associated with the project However these employment opportumities are not necessarily limited to the entitlements necessary to restore EPs livelihood but are additional opportunities. These people are not necessarily limited to vulnerable groups, although they should be tgeted. Also the project will require some labour for construction, operation and maintenance. Thesejobs, at least in the semi-skilled and unskilled category will be offered to EPs and PAPs before other local people. A clause has been ncorporated in the cotract documents requiring conftactors to give emnployrnent opportuities to local people, as much as possible. 9.4.3 Entitlements for Project-affected Groups (PAGs) Community-based entitlements will be pwvided where possible, and targetd especially at vulnerable and weaker groups. Six compensation actions are listed under ftis category. 13. Restoration and buprovemet of common propery resources, such as public waterpunps, sanitation and drainagefacilities. 14. Provision for women's needs, partic7uarly related to location of sources of water andfirewood Socialforesty prograns may be considered 15. Provision ofsafe space and accessfor business pwposes, local transport, and public use. 16. Safety measures for pedestrians, partiuarly children, and other non- motorised transport. 17. Landscaping ofcommunity common areas in urban environments. I& Provision of roadside rest areas. 9.5 Gujarat's Compensation Package Compensation for land acquisition is govemed in dia by the Land Acquisition Act (1894), which was amended in 1984. According to past court decisions, each state can modify the Act and set its own compensation package. The Act allows the 150 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan govemment to expropriate any private land for a public purpose, providing the owners having legal title to occupy the land and structures are compensatedL Gujarat's current compensation package determines the value of land (Rs/m2) as follows. * Compensation is initially calculated as the average value of land sales recorded by the Office of the Registrar for the past three years. This does not necessarily reflect market value as the seller often understates the sale price to reduce the tax levied on the transaction. * A Solatium1 of 30% is added to the amount decided for compensation. * On top of the previous two figures, an "Incentive Award" of another 35% of the initially calculated land value is added if the owner voluntarily sunrenders the land, in writing, stating that he will not raise an objection and contest the acquisition procedures in court * Replacement costs of all assets, structures, trees and standing crops are added to the total compensation. This compensation is deternined by the Revenue Collector's Office. * If payment of compensation is delayed, interest is added at the rate of 9%/O for the first year and 15% each year thereafter. It is paid on the sum of the above four components fromn the date of award or date of possession, which ever is earlier. According to the Act, land-for-land can be awarded in special circumstances. Disputes over compensation are settled in court If, as a result of acquisition, a land holding is no longer viable2, the entire holding is acquired and the appropriate compensation awarded. 9.6 The Entitlement Policy The strip mrappig survey, completed in May 1997, and the census of the PAPs confirmed that people living and working along the project roads will experience a wide range of losses (and benefits). These losses may be temporary, during the construction, or permanent, during the operation of the inproved highway. Some of these losses are concerned with individual or household property. Others involve collective or community resources. EPs eligible for an existing government programme will be advised accordingly, by R&BD's Enviromnenl Management Unit (EMU). EPs who are not eligible for existing government programmes will be resettled by R&BD in an area of their choice. The EMU, which will include NGO representaion, will be responsible for relocating and rehabilitating EPs who are not eligible for government and other programmes. Existng government assistance includes pravision of a plot of T The Land Acquisition Act defines the solatium as: "An added value at the rate of 30/ on the calculated average market value to neutralise the market value and to compensate the constiuonal fidamental right of livmg ofthe person affece" 2 Neither dhe Land Acquisition Act nor associated regulains clearly define the term "viabDiy. The World Bank's exince sugstat for agriclaul lands anydtig more than a 25%/o loss may trigger the option of compensating land-for-land. (See the definition of viability in Section 9.8.1 and Box 9.1). 151 45et, Gujarat PCC Final Report Volume 2A: SEA governent land, assistance in building a replacement unit, or assistance with establishing a new income-generation scheme. If a household asset is taken, the family as a collective unit is entitled. Compensation is given to the head of the household- but, if it is new land or structures, both the husband's and wife's names should be on the title documents. If loss of livelihood is the issue, every household member over the age of 14 is eligible for assistance. 9.7 Definflions This section defines the categories of project-affected people-who are entitled, and the units used for calculating an assistance/compensation package. Compensation refers to restitution made to property owners under the Land Acquisition AcL The Govemment of India and the State of Gujarat are msponsible for paying compensation. In this contex compensation refers to payment made by the government when "eminent domain" is exercised and title of a property is transferred from a private aitity to the government The project loan does not finance this payment Assi#ance refers to all other support mechanisms such as moneys, grants, assets, services, etc, given to eligible persons or groups (such as squatters and encroachers). Assistance is financed by the project Project Affected People (PAPs) are individuals living, cultivating land or active in business, trade or any other occupation within a project corridor1 and who may be impacted directly or indhetly by the project The date of the census of PAPs is the cut-off date establishing whedher a person, located in the RoW, qualifies as a PAP or EP. People who can demonstrate they were living or working in the CoI/RoW at the cut-off date, but 'were not enumerated by the cenms, will be considered to be PAPs. In the firs istance only PAPs located in the Coj will be Entied. However in the future if R&BD need access to the strip of land between the Col and the RoW, those PAPs will be entitled to the same compensation and assistance, under the project which would be based on the Census. After the lifetime of this project (2002), if R&BD need additional land witin the RoW, a new Census will be necessary. Project Affected Howeholds (PAHs) are households that may be entided to benefits as a household unit Project Affeted Groups (PAGs) are groups or communities tiat may be affected by the project with a focus on the more vulnerable and weaker groups in society. Entdled pesons (E?s) are PAPs who qualify for, or are entitled to, assistance/compensation since they will be resettled or otherwise negatively impacted by the project. "EPs" is deemed to include PAHs and PAGs. Private propey ,owners are persons who have legal title to structures, land or other assets and are accordingly entitled to compensation under the Land Acquisition Act In the case of a joint-title deed, the replacement land or cash will be given to the joint holders who will be tated as a unit 1 The physical bounday of the project conidor, in relation to assessing impacts on PAPs, is defined as the RoW or, where possible, a lesser and more elevant "corridor of impac Col. 152 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan Squatters are landless people occupying stnucus (atchas and semi-puccas) within the public RoW for residential and business purposes. Squatters may qualify as a vulnerable group but it is dependent on the vulnerability criteria established'by the project Enackers are persons who extend their buildings and/or agriculural holdings inmt the RoW or use the RoW as spill-over space. As a nle they are not eligible for compensation or assistance and will be dealt with on a case by case basis. People losg their lwehod are entdled people if they are at least 18 years old at the time they are affected by the project and they are impacted and will loose their prnmary occupation or source of income as recorded in the ensu survey. More tman one person in a household may fall into this category. Domestic help, casual ernployees and persons not usually residing with, or dependent upon, this household, will be eligible for entitlement benefits if their income or employment is impacted. Landless labourers may also fall into this category but are classified also as a vulnerable group. Income-generating assistance is provided to persons affected by loss of wage-earning opportuides or loss of access to the land they work. Vulerabk growqs are PAPs who are more vulnerable than average PAPs and who may suffer more, economically or socially, fiom relocation to a new community. For this project, PAPs falling into one of the foLbkwing groups are automatically considered members of a vulnerable group: * Wooman-headed Households. * Landless Agriculural Workers (includin in some cases, squatters and encroachers). * Scheduled Tnbes or ndigenous Ppulations. * Scheduled Castes. Additionally, PAPs from households with aveag monthly income Rs2000 or less a month are entited to the special suppot mechanisms for vulnerable groups1. The socio-economic suvey of PAPs will provide the data necessary to idenify members of vulnerable groups in the project conridors. Children and the elderly, who could also be considered as membems of the vulnerable groups, will be eligible for entitlement and support mechanisms under the collective groups category. Indian best practice, High Court Decisions as well as the World Bank Guidelines all note that the absence of legal tide to land should not exclude vulneable groups and the poor from some type of assistance. There has been debate in India on this topic. Encroachers and squattes are considered to be breakig the law. To rward them encourages illegal behaviour. The nub of the concern is the prospect of migration to public lands by people hoping t ake advantage ofthe siion. The census of PAPs located within the RoW, will act as a cut off date for the inclusion of PAPs in this As set by the Gol Planning Comisin, he povety line for goveniniet economic progmmes is an annu household income of Rs2O,OOO. For this poject PAPs with an micomne of approxnmtely 25%/ above this povty line are entitled, brigig the cut-off for inclusion in the vulnefable group catgory to an avewage monthly household income of RsZOOO or less. 153 ,IT-,1x wujdidL ria nau pon-vLuume ,.L Q=m LeSASSWAts:u RAP. The Census will also establish the extent and type of compensation the PAP is entitled to PAPs. PAPs located outside the RoW will be governed by the date of notification given under the Land Acuisition Act The Howsekiold Unit is defined, for the pupose of this project, as all pesons living and eating together-sharing the same kitchen and eating food together as a single family unit. (The fact that a household is entitled does not preclude members of the household firtn qualfi for assistance as individuals.): Unit See: If a taditional Indian extended family (including grandparents, uncles, married sons,...) loses a house, all members will are in the compensation and assistance. The entitlement may be a new housing unit for the family, but a "one size fits all" policy will not be adopted since some families consist of a maried couple and two young children, while others may have ten members living under one roof Unit size wil be based on a minimum 12m2 per unit and additional 6m2 for each additional person beyond two. * Lost income oppopwifes will be assed and compensated on the basis of individual earning capacity and the losse caused by the project If a household or family has seveal adult members who will lose their incomes, all will be compe_sated. This is important since gFnder analysis has shown men and women to have difrnt needLs. - Lost asset will be valued at replacement cost An entided household is treated as one uni It is up to them to distfiute assistance amongst themselves. - Ct-off dat is the end ofthe socio.economic survey or census of PAPs. It establishes, who among the PAPs v1 within the RoW, a entiled to compensation or assistance. Persons moving onto the RoW after the cut-off date am not PAPs under this project and will be evicted without assistance (and possibly fined, to discourage such actions). It is recognised that there will be a margin of error in the census and any peson whO was not surveyed durimg the census but can show documentation or evidence that they am rightflly an EP will also be considered (power for such recognition rests with the EMU). Pivate land acquisiton under the Land Acquisition Act (Section 4, Notification) provides the fist notification under the law and is the cut off date for land covered under private land acquisition. For all other land and assets the Census of PAPs is the cut off dat People who move in after the CenSus, or PAPs who do not move from the RoW after the two months' notification is completed, may be evicted by the government Disputes or grievanmces aising out of the definition of household or entided persons will be resolved through the Verification Process and the Grievance Procedure administered by the EMU (see Section 9.14). 9.8 Entitements 9.8.1 Loss of Pdvate Propert The compensaion options for most EPs impacted by tis project will be cash-based, with the exceptionof EPs falling int a vulnerable group category. For land owners, the World Bank proposes there be a land-for-land option available. Ihis option will be available for an EP if- the EP lost more than 250/o of the land: the land holding becomes non-viable: or if there were a chance the EP could slip into poverty. 154 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan 1eAssociafts Since, in Gujarat, there is a shortage of large plots of productive land, a combination of measures needs to be agreed. Most likely, the majority of EPs will not want to relocate to new land. Such persons will not make use of land (allocated to them by GoGj that is far from their present holdings, but will accept a cash payment The land-for-land option will be considered case-by-case. For PAPs, such as vulnerable groups, who cannot influence the economic and social forces shaping their lives, a straight cash settlement is not the best option. In these cases a better option may indeed be land-for- land-or a combination of land-for-land, cash compensation and participation in an existing government scheme to assist vulnerable groups. Although GoG controls the entire RoW (usually 30rn, but ranging from 24m to 60m), there are areas where private land will have to be acquired to complete the project, eg for bypasses, m-aligned junctions or where the geometry of a curve needs to be re- engineered. As the acquisition requirements will not be finalised before submission of these reports (final designs and this RAP are being submitted simultaneously), the census did not cover such PAPs whose private land will be acquired. Census for these PAPs will start conciding with the notification under section 4 of the Land Acquisition Act, or with the start of negotiated settlement There are several categories of losses that are recognised under this entitlement policy. Eight loss categories (LCs) and the compensation options to be applied by this project are presented below. LC1 AGRICULTURAL LAND AND ASSETS All EPs affected by the loss of agricultural land are entitled to cash compensation, allowing them to acquire replacement land of equal productive value, as well as to replace any structures (residential unit or farm buildings) or other assets such as trees, crops or water sources. In this RAP, a grant will also be awarded to make up the difference between the compensation paid by the government and the replacement cost determined by a market value survey caried out by an independent committee (see Section 9A.1). There will be situations where the land taken will jeopardise the viability of the entire agricultural operation in which case the GoG will be required to offer to purchase the entire plot For the purpose of this project, the definition of a viable plot of land is deduced as follows. The Land Acquisition Act pays compensation for irrigated agricultural land 2.5-fold the amount for non-irrigated land. In this project, the minimum size of a viable plot for irrigated land is taken as 0.4ha and the minimum size of a viable plot of non-irrigated land is I.Oha. The rule for this RAP will therefore be the following. Plots reduced to less than 0.4ha for irrigated and 1.Oha for non-irrigated land, require an offer to be made to purchase the entire plot and will be subject to the Non-viable Land Purchase Protocol (see Box 9.1). 155 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LesAssocites Landowners left with viable plots will be compensated by Box9.1. NON-VIABLELANDPURCHASE purchase of the land needed PROTOCOL for the project) as per the This protocol is recommended for compensation and Land Acquisition Act assistance of landownets left with plots that would be no Additionally, they will longer viable. The R&BD will pay the purchase price for the entire plot but take ownership of only the land required for receive assistance according this project at the time of sale. Any land owned by the R&BD to the entitlement EP but not used for the road work becomes Surplus Land and category into which they fall under law is rendered legally inaccessible for productive use. and the sizes of their By buying the land but not taking full ownership, R&BD can household unit. permit productive use to continue under special agreenents with former land owners and others. Former owners will be LC2 SEVERANCE OF penmitted usifuct rights and the use of the land in an agment with R&BD for a penod ending when R&BD AGRICULTURAL LAND. needs the land for other project work. Owners will be There may be cases where a encouraged to do this since it will be difficult to find willing landowner's agricultural plot buyers for small divided propeltes. When they want to use is severed, such as by the land, R&BD must give the holders of these agreements construction of a new bypass. notice of at least 6 motnhs, prior to takiing it over. If a landownees plot is no longer viable (ie the owner is left The landowner will likely with less than 0.4ha for irtigated land or 1.0ha for non- suffer less efficient use of his inigated land) the landowner may choose from three options. land due to having a road pass ffirough the property. An i Ifthe EP wishe to remain on the plot compesation for additional grant will be made, the amount of lad acquired as per the Land Acquisiton equal to 10% of the amoumt Act and receipt of assistance according to the entitlement paid for the land acquired for policy wil be given. A teiporary agreement for the use the project of the land wil also be reuired the agreement wiHl be worked out throgh the NGO and Grievance Comrnmittee. One or both plots created by ii. Comption is paid for the total plot (as explained in severance may be no longer the tet) as per the Land Acquisition Act but title to the viable. Non-viable plots will land not needed by R&BD is not transfeffed to R&BD. be dealt with as spelt out Assistance is given according to the entitlement policy. above. ii. If the EP is fiom a vulnerable group, compensation for the total plot is by means of land-for-land, of equal LC3 NON- productive value (if such land is available). Assistance is AGRICULTURAL LAND AND given according to the enitlement policy. (rhe ASSETS. EPs who lose no ovenment may need top pase land by parvate sale if govrnment laLnd is not availale in the area in which the agricultural land and assets, EP wishes to sete.) to which they have legal title are compensated for land and structures under the Land Acquisition Act. The Act requires compensation rt be sufficient to purchase an equivalent replacement property and rebuild structures, if need be. For reasons stated earlier, compensation often falls short of this goal. In this project, EPs will therefore receive assistance to make up the difference between the government compensation and a price derived from the independent committee's property value appraisal. If the Land Acquisition Act (LAA) is found to be fair, those EPs will receive the relevant cash compensation and will not be eligible for additional assistance. EPs must relocate within the notification time specified in the LAA. EPs not covered under the LAA will have two months to relocate. Temporary arrangements or a grant of Rs 1800 to cover nine months' rentals will be provided until permanent structures are ready for occupancy, for a maximum of nine months. t 156 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan ZORAssoama Tenants also suffer losses when property is taken. They are defined as EPs who have some legal proof demonstrafing that a tLansaction of money takes place between them and a landlord/owner. The general provisions for title holders of and tenants using non-agricultural lands and assets are as follows. i. TENANTS will receive assistance as lump-sum payments, paid in advance of the expropriation of the property, made up ofthe following: * the amount ofthe deposit or advance payment paid by the tenant to the landlord pro rated on the basis of months remaining at the time of expropriation;1 * a sum equal to six months rental in consideration of disruption caused; and, * recompense for any structures the tenant has erected on the property. ii. ABSENTEE LANDOWNEPS will receive compensation and assistance for property, assets and structures. Any un-refunded deposit paid by the tenant to the landowner will be deducted from the assistance. (There will be no other payments. Even if there is a gap between relinquishing one property and purchasing a replacement, the cash can be placed in interest-bearing investnent in the interim.) iii. OWNER-occuPIERS will receive 5% more than landlord owners. This parallels the six months rent a tenant receives as assistance. (Whether a tenant or an owner- occupier, the impact of forced relocation is the same. By not renting the property to someone else, an owner-occupier forgoes rental income of approximately 10% of the property value annually. The equivalent rental for six months is, thus, 5% of the property value.) EPs may salvage materials from structures demolished. They will also receive Rs500 to meet removal expenses (see Section 9.8.4). If land acquisition leaves a title holder with less than the recommended plot and unit size for his income group, that EP is entitled to compel acquisition of the whole property. A title holder in a vulnerable group, whose existing plot is smaller by a quarter of the size recommended by govenmment agencies2 may use his entitlement money to purchase a plot of adequate size in one of the existing options suggested in LC6. Such a person will be offered a loan, at favourable interest rates, to cover the cost difference or to help pay for new constuction. Squatters, by definition, do not have legal title. Squatters who are EPs will be given a plot either (i) through purchase of private lands or (ii) on a resettlement site under an existing Government Programme. A cash grant will be made only if the EP use it to purchases a replacement plot of land. Vulnerable groups who are tenants will be offered income-generting assistance or training, and access to government housing programmes. I Often tenants pay for a year or two in advance, with no option of a refund. 2 The Housing and Urban Development Coporan (HUDCO) and the National Housing Bank (NHB) have recommended siaes for plots and units for various socio-economic brackets. For vulnerable groups the residential plot size is 30m2 in a rural area and 24m2 in an urban area For an urban business unit the plot size is 24m2. 157 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A.: SEA LesAssoiates 9.8.2 Loss of Livelihood, Crops and Shelter LC4 EMPLOYMENT OR INCOME EPs in this category will receive a lump-sum grant to aid in the re-establishment of their livelihood and make up for the loss, due to relocation, of established markets and clients. Vulnerable Groups are covered in Section LC6. Specifically, EPs receive the following. * A grant equal to six months lost income will be paid.1 This provision applies to persons indiectly affected, due to his or her employer being displaced. However it will be implemented on a case by case basis, as some employment categories are very mobile (such as a carpenter) and will not be negatively impacted. Other EPs may need further assistance and if demonstrated, may be eligible for government schemes, or receive further help from the EMU, in the form of vocational training or income generating schemes. * An EP will be given notice to harvest his existing crops before civil works begin, if possible. * An EP will be paid a grant for lost crops due to forced relocation before harvest The grant will equate the market value of what would have been harvested, based on records obtained during the census survey, and will include the cost of replacement seeds for next season's harvest D EPs who lose perennial crops, such as fruit trees, will be paid a sum equal to the capitalised value calculated as the net present value of all future production at a discount rate of 12%. LCS ACCESS TO LAND AND IUVELHOOD-LLEGAL USE OF THE ROW. Squatters illegally occupy land in the RoW and erect structures (often of katcha or semi-pucca construction) for residential or business purposes. Based on existing government schemes, squatters will be given a plot of land free of charge or for a low cost and assisted with the construction of a replacement residential or business unit Vulnerable Groups EPs will be supported to the extent that their livelihood (if threatened by the project) is maintained. Support mechanisms such as vocational training or income generating assistance may be explored. If the EP is not eligible for a government programme, the EMU is responsible for adequate assistance such as providing access to training or land. The project will finance the cost of these entitlements by paying the responsible government agency or initiating the assistance themselves. Ideally the squatter wiLl, in time, and with help of innovative loan and financing, become the title holder of the new property. For the purpose of this project the entitled person is the head of the household as recorded in the census of PAPs. ENCROACHERS onto thie RoW will generally receive no assistance. They will be notified and will be given a set time in which to remove their assets, except trees, and harvest their crops. The encroacher will be considered for assistance if the census of PAPs shows the encroacher (i) does not own the land adjacent to land upon which he is encroaching and (ii) is a member of one of the vulnerable groups. In such cases, the EMU will consider assistance, case-by-case, according to household income and existing assets--and particularly whether the person already owns a viable plot of land. 1 The census of PAPs found the average monthly household income to be Rsl850 for a tenant and Rs2200 for a properry owner. 158 D Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan A LaAssdW LC6 HOUSING OR INCOME-VULNERABLE GROUPS. PAPs in a vulnerable group, as defined earlier, are entitled to extra assistance. This assistance-in the form of income generating schemes, vocational training and access to existing government housing programmes-will improve their standard of living and, hopefully, end the cycle of displacement and poverty. For vulnerable PAPs who lose property there are government schemes to help them build their own units and eventually own the plot of land they have been given. PAPs in this group will, in addition to some cash compensation, have the choice of participating in one of a number of resettlement options. HousiNG REPLACEMENr. Based on status or eligibility, one or more of the following option may be offered as assistance to different categories of EPs:1: * land-for-land-either govermment land or land purchased, on behalf of the project, from private owner-and a grant for building materials to construct a unit (the amount based on the project census survey and market prices of building materials at the time the expropriation takes place); * a plot of 15-20m2 and a house construction loan of a maximum of Rs30,000 under the Economically Weaker Section Housing Scheme; * a plot of 25-35m2 and a house construction loan of a maximum of RslOO,OOO under the Low Income Group Housing Scheme; To assist these PAPs make the best choice, the EMU will be assigned the task of implementing the RAP and in so doing will provide a free advisory service to all EPs. INCOME GENERATING SCHEMES. Vulnerable EPs who lose their primaty source of income-due to loss of access to their rented or share-cropped farms, wage labour or employment-are eligible for assistance in the form of the following income- generating schemes or vocational training programs (which are available to other entitled persons also). * A hlmp-sum grant of Rs2000/annum for three years will be contributed on behalf of the EP to an income generating or vocational training option of the EP's choice. The interests of the EP and a skills assessment will be completed to identify the best match to ensuige value added to the project. After the initial training they will be helped to find employment or obtain insfitutional credit. They will be offered advice on financial planning and how to set up a co- operative facility2 to start a suitable production or service activity. The money not used in the initial training programme will be used to pay for the costs of time, labour and materials to set up their new enterprise. * PAPs in a community unit will be entitled to community-level assistance. The assistance will be provided on a case by case basis after consultation with the village people to ascertain what the specific needs ofthat village maybe such as a new well, bus stop or other enhancement project related to the project Cost sharing between the community, other agencies and the project will be considered in order to achieve sustainability. The assistance will be possibly in Examples from the Gujarat Rural Housing Board, other programmes may be applicable also. 2 In India, Gujarat is a leader in establishment of co-operative banking facilities for vulnerable groups. 159 zrcsll, ~ Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates the fonn of a grant and will be given to village local governments to employ the PA]Ps.1 VOCAnONAL TRAINING OPnIONS. The project will provide assistance and offer the following options for income generation and vocational training. Linkages with these "line agencies" are being explored to allow R&BD to fund the costs these programmes incur retraining entitled people. Gujarat Women Economic Development Corporation Ltd (Gujarat Mahila Arthik Vikas Nigam Ltd) was established in 1975 aimed at improving the income-generating capacities of women in various social and economic development programmes in the state. Various training and loan schemes, as well as seminars and exhibitions for the sale of goods produced by women's co-operatives, are offered to disadvantaged women. Additionally, the Sericulture Scheme (silk worms) provides "seed funds" to women wishing to start sericulture ventures. National Scheduded Caste and Scheduled Tribes Finance and Development Corporation is a National agency channelling funds through state agencies and recognised institutions for economic development activities of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. Two such agencies are the Gujarat Scheduled Castes Economic Development Corporation Ltd and the Gujarat Tribal Development Corporation. Many other income-generating programmes aim to promote self employment, wage employment, vocational tuaining and infrastructure development. The Integrated Rural Development Programme (IRDP) is a national scheme aimed at families whose income is below the poverty line. The programme spends approximately Rs. 9000 per family to aid them in training and starting their own business. They also run Training for Rural Youth for Self Employment (T775EM). The programme spends approximately Rs 1800 per person trained. The Jawahar Rojgar Yojna (JRI9 is a joint state national scheme also aimed at generating employment and income as well as strengthening umral social and economic infrastructure. The target group comprises those below the poverty line, with Scheduled Tribes and Scheduled Castes given preference. As well, 30% of employment opportunities are reserved for women. Underthe JRY Scheme, in Gujarat, is the IndiraAwas Yojna (IA19. This scheme helps the poor to conlstruct their housing with a 100% subsidised scheme. Also, HUDCO has produced a scheme for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS) to gain shelter or construct their own. The state-level programme Gokld Grama Yojana contributes up to Rs200,000 per village involving training and other activities. LC7 BUSINESS LocAnoN-KIosKs AND MoBILE VENDORS. During construction every effort will be made to provide temporary access to frontage premises so that business activity is not significantly affected. There are two types of businesses that cannot always escape being affected by construction work. These are the shacks or kiosks, generally on stilts, and ambulatory vendors generally with wheeled push carts2. Some push carts circulate during the day. Others remain in one place, the position being specified in a vendor's business license. 1 The govermment is not well placed to provide this facility. If a person is employed by the govemment for 90 days, the job becomes pennmanent 2 Vendors without carts, who sit on the foot path to sell their goods fall into this category. They also may be licensed. 160 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan LemAssocdares Kiosks, likewise, are fixed, although they can be relocated. Construction work in urbanised areas is likely to disrupt these businesses for six months, on and off. Fully mobile vendors are not eligible for assistance since they can continue to circulate to carTy out their business. Ambulatory vendors licensed for fixed locations may be able to relocate and carry on business as before. Rather than have to make these judgements case-by-case, ambulatory vendors licensed for fixed positions will be considered to be kiosks. Assuming the disruption lasts three months, after which the business resumes operating, assistance of Rs7,500 will be paid to a kiosk owner. (This is based on Rs2,500/month which is comfortably above the average monthly net income of Rs2, 100 for a business occupying less than 3m2 floor area.) Now assume that, once construction is complete, the business cannot resume in the same place as before. To offer assistance greater than six months lost income would exceed the LC4 provisions without good reason. Where numerous vendors are displaced, R&BD will purchase a site in the shopping area, if suitable property is available, and convert it into a mobile vendors' market. Structures of a more permanent nature will be built which displaced vendors can use rent-free for six months. They will be encouraged, collectively, to purchase their market site.1 9.8.3 Effecs on Communffies and Groups LC8 COMMUNiTY INFRAsmUcruRE, COHESION AND AMENITIES Community losses can be difficult to translate into compensation payments to individuals, egto make up for loss of a community water supply it is necessary to replace it (with a better system, if possible). Some community losses are, in essence, irreplaceable, egthe social networks people build whilst living a long time in the same place. Another is the giant tree under which the community congregates to discuss, negotiate and socialise. In cases of community losses, the community will be involved in choosing a useful substitute benefit Classes of community losses and compensations, are the following. i. REsToRATIoN AND IMPRovENEr OF COMMON PROPERTY RESOURCES. Community land uses that may be lost to the project include the following. * Common resources-tr and scrub in the right-of-way (fuel wood, food and fodder). * Utilities and services-substations, bus stops, wells. * Community facilities and institutions-clinics, schools, recreational areas. * Cultural, religious and archaeological heritage resources-shrines, temples, heritage sites. 1 Surveys in Phase I have identified areas where clusters of vendors will be impacted. If agreed to by a majority of mobile vendors, new communal market areas will be developed as part of the redesign/construction of a community centre and or bus depot complex. 161 `1=aazl Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA 4ce Associates Easily-replaced community assets will be re-established at new locations chosen by the conimunity. For shrines and temples, a concerted effort will be made to address all sensitive issues, in consultation with the community.1 Replacement of trees in the RoW is more difficult to resolve. The project will mitigate impacts of tree removal by recommending new plantation sites for certain species. Even so, it could be decades before the replacement trees reach the maturity of the trees lost Communities in the vicinity of the trees lost should be included in a social forestry project, such as a community wood lot. PAPs in vulnerable groups are especially affected as they usually rely on these trees for fodder, fuel wood and food for their families. Removing these trees will make supplying these daily necessities a more difficult chore, requiring people (usually women, children and the elderly) to forage further from home. By removing dependence on wood for fuel, biogas stoves using readily available grasses and plant materials could be a low-cost solution to at least one of these problems.2 Assistance in the form of a social forestry project could be implemented in areas where new plantations will be required. In some of these schemes, the local village government would be paid to implement the project. To better co-ordinate and fund such compensation programmes, the Department of Forestry and R&BDs EMU should consult during implementation ofthe RAP. ii. SAFETY MEASURES FOR PEDESTRIANS AND NON MOTORISED TRAFFIc. Many PAPs have raised concerns about road safety and pedestrian traffic. In some project conidors footpaths wind through trees flanking the road. These footpaths could be upgraded when the RoW is reinstated, especially between villages that are close and which generate much pedestrian taffic. Specific measures have been addressed by the engineering design team and documented in Section 9.1 of Volume 2B. iii. LANDSCAPiNG OF COMMUNIY COMMON-AREAS IN URBAN ENvIRONMENTS. Some enhancement opportunities, such as landscaping and improving community common areas, are elaborated in Section 11. In towns and villages this project will improve drdinage and areas surrounding bus depots. iv. ROADSIDE REST AREAS. Another enhancement opportunity is provision of roadside rest areas, especially near sites of cultural or archaeological significance. v. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNMES. All the above suggestions for community-level compensation offer potential for job creation. It may be possible to provide jobs for local people, especially vulnerable groups, during the construction of the roads by requiring that contractors hire a percentage of their construction workforce from areas alongside the project roads. The EMU will pursue this with the contractors Prelinmary consultation with PAPs revealed that in many cases shrines and temples will be able to be relocated provided the decision to relocate involves the whole community, or at least those who use the facility. 2 According to the Forestry Department, people are allowed to collect one head-load of fallen plant material each day and harvest any fruit from the trees. Additionally, animals, with the exception of camels, are permitted (unofficially) to graze and consume leaves, shrubs and grasses in the protected roadside plantations. 162 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan L" a4ss.,cafs though the PIU. Other funding for these purposes may be available from the Social Development Fund of the World Bank. 9.8.4 Relocation Assistance and TemporatyAccommodation EPs are eligible for relocation assistance, to move household fumishings and belongings or business goods and equipment to their new location. The following compensation measures are offered. * A flat sum of RsS00 will be paid to cover the costs of moving to a new residential unit or a business unit1 * A grant of Rsl800 will be paid to cover nine months' temporary rental accommodation for EPs who have not found new accommodation by the time they must vacate their residential or business properties.2 EPs located in the Col must relocate two months after their official notification is given or they will be ineligible for this assistance and will be evicted. EPs should not be told of this provision in advance, as that would act as an incentive to linger, in order to get the money. 9.9 Host Communities Host communities will be entitled to assistance if the total number of resettled people exceeds 200 or 10%b of the host community's population (see Section 9.15.3 and 9.15.A for further details). Assistance will take the form of amenities such as community facilities (schools and clinics), recreational facilities (playgrounds, sports fields), utilities (water, sewerage, wells), and will help to organise community co- operatives for income generating schemes (crafts, small-business loans). The decision on which measure to apply will be based on a consultation between the EMU and local community representatives. 9.10 Taxes and Government Fees The project will be responsible for all fees and taxes EPs must pay resulting from any iransaction associated with their relocation or compensation. 9.11 Temporary Construction-Related Impacts EPs will be entitled to no compensation or assistance for routine temporary disruption during construction, such as when contractors prepare sites, construct roads or carTy out mitigative measures. Only when there is sufficient evidence that the level of disruption was particularly high, and may have been inflicted consciously, or in contravention of the provisions of the contract (adequate clauses have been incorporated in the contract documents to minimise construction phase disruption and impacts on public), then assistance will be considered in a case-to-case basis. Cost of such assistance will be covered from the contractor under the contract agreements. 1 Rental of a camel cart for a short haul is approximately Rs250 and the rental of a small van is approximately Rs750 for a longer haul. 2 The average monthly rent of the PAPs surveyed in the census for the ESR was Rs 1 63a month-so, Rs200 a month is adopted here. 163 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssocdates i. Assistance will be paid for business losses, based on the duration of the impact and the level disruption. ii. For crops lost or damaged by the project, EPs will be paid the market value of the crops, that year, plus the value of replacement seeds for next season's harvest. 9.12 Guidelines for Socio-Economic Surveys and Census of EPs The SEA is intended to provide a comprehensive guideline to assessing the socio- economic impact of all road work in this projects. Its immediate use will be to assist with the completion of the socio-economic requirements of the Phase I and II Project Roads by defining the steps involved in conducting a Socio-economic Survey and helping to plan the census of the project affected persons. It has been recommended by the World Bank that a 100% census of the potential PAPs be undeitaken along the Phase II project roads. This census would be limited in collecting enough information to establish household size and the types of entitlements that may be expected in each household (loss of structures, land and other assets). As soon as adequate engineering details are known, the census of PAPs should take place to establish the cut off dates for the entitlement policy. There is a risk of having a very long gap between this census and the actual implementation and this must be a consideration for the timing ofthe census. The socio-economic survey will allow a profile of the EPs to be documented and provide a benchmark for indicators chosen to monitor and evaluate the success of the RAP. Such a survey will provide estimates of PAPs, and information on the entitlements for households, individuals and communities for each road to be documented. 9.12.1 Objectives and Boundaies of the Census of PAPs and the Socio-Economic Survey The objectives of the PAPs census are to provide a basis defining the costs of the Resettlement Action Plan by: * identifying in a comprehensive manner the physical location ofthe PAPs; and, * enumerating the PAPs' assets and land holdings. The objectives ofthe Socio-economic Survey are: * to attach actual values to key indicators of the PAPs social and economic status and their vulnerability to social and economic change as a result of the project; * to provide a benchmark for any firther infornation needed to monitor and evaluate EPs in the fiture; and, * to permit the creation of a tailor made RAP for the PAPs. 164 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan , Le&AsS="S People who were not surveyed during the census will not be considered1 as a PAP in the case of the project roads. However any people, not surveyed during the census, but able to show documentation or other evidence that they are rightfully a PAP. will be considered for entitlements. 9.12.2 UndertakingtheSuiveys The surveys on the Phase II roads will be managed by the PCC and will use the Questionnaire created for the Phase II projects. A single questionnaire will deal with the PAP census and the socio-economic profile. This has been modified from the questionnaire that was used for the Phase I ESR. A single and combined census is preferred in GSHP, in consideration of the relatively small number of potential PAPs, and the limitation of a sttified random sample survey in the field situation. The census (inclusive of socio-economic surveys) has been completed for the Phase I and the Phase HA road corridors. The Census and Socio-Economic Questionnaires used for the Phase HA roads were more concise than those used in the Phase I survey. They will be available in the Appendices in Volume 2B. Copies of the Questionnaire Survey, covering socio-economic factors, used for the Phase I project roads is in Appendix 4 of Volume 2B. A great deal of information was collected on the PAPs surveyed and can be found in the Environental Database Users' Guide. The surveyors were be managed by field supervisors, who in turn were supervised by discipline managers. All of them were familiar with the survey methodology, and to that end should participated in week of training, in survey techniques, basic quality control and data management A precise field schedule and data collection protocol were prepared (see the Environmental Database Users' Guide). 9.123 The ProjectAffected People (PAPs) ESTIMATE OF NUMBER OF PAPS. Table 92 shows the estimated number of PAPs and properties for the sixteen road corridors of Phase II. CATEGORIES OF PROJECI AFFECTED PEOPLE In Section 9.4 the categories of Project Affected People are discussed in detail. The following is a list of those categories: * Private property owners (land, structures and other assets); * Squatters; * Encroachers; * Wage Earners and Landless Labourers; * Indirectly affected persons; . Vulnerable Groups consisting of Women Headed Households, Landless Agricultural Labourers, Scheduled Tribes, Scheduled Castes; and, * Others. T The end of the census survey will act as the cut-off date, and will be used to establish whether a person located in the coridor qualifies as a PAP during the implementation of the various Phases of the project 165 G-D11=T1z1 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates 9.12.4 Further Census andSurveyResponsibility The environmental management unit (EMU) will be responsible for many of the outstanding tasks outlined in the following Sections. The EMU will carry out the verification of the Entitled Persons and their entitlements. The costs for the Resettlement Action Plan will be updated by the EMU as more detailed and more specific information becomes available over the life of the project. 9.12.5 Descnrption of Consulttfion Programme Generally, the first round of consultation, that of informing the community of the project and some of the potential positive and negative impacts expected, has been completed for the Phase I (250km) project roads. However, at the SEA level (a total of 818km) no community consultation programme will take place. The communities that will have potential impacts as a result of the Phase II roads, have been identified. But until the preliminary design is completed for the remaining Phase II roads, it is impossible to know accurately the number of PAPs and EPs that will be impacted. For the communities identified as sensitive areas and requiring a RAP a detailed consultation programme will be necessary in the future, when Phase IHA and Phase IIB projects are taken up. When the engineering design is completed and the PAPs are identified, a second round of community meetings must take place, involving all the identified PAPs and EPs on each road corridor. This would be taken up mainly by the EMU, with support from the PCC. The methodology followed for the community consultation is detailed in Section 3.7. For details of the consultation that has taken place for the Phase I, 250km of project roads, please see the ESR, Section 5. There, many issues were raised by communities that were ultimately addressed by the engineering design to minimise and mitigate irnpacts. See Section 8.2 of Volume 2B, the Environmental Study Report for more details. 9.12.6 Explaining the RAP, Defining Entitlement and Verification The second round of the community consultation programme is concerned primarily with the implementation of the RAP. The consultation programme will begin by explaining the entitlement policy and resettlement options to the PAPs and soliciting their support and co-operation. In order to meet the requirements for community consultation, the Environmental Management Unit (EMU) will complete the following actions: * prepare an information brochure in the local language, explaining the RAP and what is required of EPs in order to claim their entitlement. It should be displayed in public places on the project corridors; * help of village leaders to encourage the participation of the EPs in the RAP; * complete a verification process to ensure the correct information has been collected and each household has received an ID card. Each EP in the household unit will be given a separate Identification Card. This card will contain specific details oftheir specific entitlements, and option, if any; 166 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan c, : Lea Associates Table 9.2: Total Number of Project Affected Properties and Persons by Corridor No. Corridor Name Residential Business (Private) Land Other Properties Total Households Persons Households Persons Households Persons Households Persons Households Persons 01 Sarkhej -Viramgam 1 5 10 65 2 12 10 5 23 133 02 Viramgam-Malaya l 6 2 12 5 30 8 48 16 96 03 Mehsana-Palanpur 5 29 30 180 13 78 20 127 68 414 05 Shamalji-Lunawada 10 60 19 112 9 54 14 84 52 310 06 Lunawada-Halol 2 12 45 270 14 84 29 131 90 497 08 LadveJ-Dakor 2 12 11 66 11 66 9 54 33 198 09 Dakor-Godhra 13 78 23 138 13 78 14 84 63 378 10 Vadodara-Jambusar 5 30 22 132 18 108 13 78 58 348 12 Bharuch-Dahej I 6 5 30 4 24 4 24 14 84 13 Ankleshwar-Ichhapur 10 60 24 144 7 42 16 96 57 342 15 lchhapur-Palsana l 6 2 12 6 36 3 18 12 72 17 Kadodra-Bajipura 0 0 I 6 l 66 4 16 16 88 18 Bajipura-Songadh 2 12 3 18 13 78 3 18 21 126 21 Dholka-Bagodra 0 0 3 18 6 36 4 24 13 78 22 Wataman-Dholera 0 0 l 6 5 30 7 42 13 78 26 Jetpur-Junagadh 2 12 19 114 19 114 10 60 50 300 27 Rajkot-Morvi I 6 7 42 10 60 3 18 21 126 28 Rajkot-Vadinar I 10 lI 66 9 54 37 152 58 _ 282 Total 57 344 238 1431 175 1050 208 1125 678 3950 cl41-DIst~' Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates * hold meetings in the villages with the PAPs who live in the village and who live along the corridors, about 3-5km from the villages. The purpose of the village meeting will be to explain the RAP and answer questions conceming the entitlements. Some individual interviews will take place if PAPs cannot attend the village meetings; and, * attempt to ensure that VGs and Squatter EPs understand the process and that their needs are being taken into consideration explicitly. 9.13 The Grievance Procedure The following is the proposed Grievance Procedure. It was developed after the first round of community consultation on the ESR roads and it reflects some of the issues raised by the community and the NGOs consulted. There are some additional procedural points that are based on experience from several other developmental projects but were riot readily perceived by the communities consulted. The Grievance Procedure will be reviewed azain as the implementation of RAP for Phase I roads progresses. If changes to the process are recommended, the grievance procedure will be revised and then used during later Phases ofthe project The main objective of the Grievance Procedure is to provide a mechanism to mediate conflict and cut down on lengthy litigation which often delays infrastructure projects. It also provides people who have objections or concerns about their assistance, a public forum to raise their objections and through conflict resolution, address these issues adequately. The Grievance Committee will be headed by the respective District Collector, and will consist of members from an NGO, the R&BD, the Revenue Department, Department of Tribal Welfare (only in the tribal sub-plan areas), and selected local leaders. An Executive Engineer of the concerned district should be the member secretary of the committee and shall act as the Grievance Officer. The process for constitution of the grievance committees has been initiated. The functions ofthe Grievance Committee should be: * To provide support for the EPs on problems arising out of their adjustment to their new environment; * To record the grievance of the EPs, categorise and prioritise those grievances that need to be resolved by the Committee and if necessary the PIU; * To inform the EPs ofthe decisions of Grievance Committee, or in serious cases the PIU. The Grievance Committee will have the power to resolve all but the grievances, which it forwards to the PIU; * To refer any serious Grievances to the PIU within an appropriate time-frame; and, * To report to the aggrieved parties developments regarding the hearing of their Grievances and the findings of the PIU. The decision of the PIU will be fmnal and will not be contested in any other forum except the regular arbitration forum or, if required, in the courts of law. 168 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan zr=z LS.Assodates The Grievance Committee should hear grievances of the EPs once1 a month. The representatives of the NGO working with the R&BD on this project should work closely with the EPs to help them solve problems and should record and register the grievances to the Committee with the EP. The NGOs and the representatives of Grievances Committee should discuss the issues in closed meetings with the EPs concerned and attempt to resolve all grievances, only referring them to the PIU if it is not possible to reach a settlement The Grievance Committee should place only the most serious and controversial grievances before the PIU. The Grievance Committee should inform the EP of a decision within one month, if the case is deferred to the PIU, the Grievance Procedure will take up to six weeks. The importance of the community consultation Programme must be stressed as it is the forum where the EPs will have the Grievance Procedure explained to them as well as what they need to do to file a grievances. The R&BD have initiated processes to have the institutional arrangements in place to allow those responsible in each district to participate in the consultation phase so that the EPs can begin to establish a dialogue with the local representatives who will be involved in the implementation of the RAP. 9.14 Guidelines for Resetlement of PAPs As Table 9.2 demonstates, there are approximately 10,000 PAP for the total project; Phase I and Phase H project roads. The estimated numbers of PAPs will be updated when possible. Details of the PAPs for Phase I are provided in the ESR This project involves linear resettlement and is unlikely to require the resettlement of an entire village or large commnunity in any one location. During consultation most PAPs have expressed a desire to make their own anrangements with regards to new housing as long as they receive fair compensation and assistance. 9.14.1 Land Market Value Assessment It will be necessary to carry out a true market value assessment; in several locations at the time the government and its representatives are valuing land for compensation. This will establish whether the compensation paid under the Land Acquisition Act is fair and close to the market value, allowing the PAP to replace their lost property, units and assets. If the market value assessment establishes that the compensation is not the true market value, then a level of assistance is necessary to allow PAPs to replace their property, units and assets fairly. The market value assessment will be completed by an committee (section 9.4.1). The problem arises on where the market value surveys should take place, as this is a linear project and covers a great deal of area. It is recommended that once the EPs have been 1 Grievances for the Phase I prjects wil have to be heard in a timely manner and fast tracked, as the entire resettlement pmcess, must be completed before construction which is proposed to begin in the late fall of 1998. If necessary the Grievance Committee will meet more often. 169 Gujarat PCC Final Report- Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates verified and the locations where there are clusters of affected properties are identified, market value assessment should take place in those areas. Market value of assets, so determined, will be compared with the compensation and its various components. A decision will be made on how much assistance is needed to increase the compensation to provide a fair entidement package that will allow the EP to replace his land, structures and other assets. In the process of market value assessment the committee will consult with the EPs, and explain to them the basis of arriving the market value. 9.14.2 Availability of Land There is a shortage of quality land, in particular agricultural land, in the state of Gujarat. The EMU in consultation with the Revenue Department and the Urban Development Agencies in urban areas, will work together to identify and locate suitable land to be used for the purpose of resettlement if necessary. In all possible cases the EMU/R&BD will establish linkages with Govermment Departments, for example the Rural Housing Board, who have existing Programmes in place as it is inconceivable that it will be necessary for this project to complete a full scale Resettlement Plan, complete with infiastructure, utilities and community facilities. Opportunities for Land Swaps with other Govenunent Departments or agencies will be discussed. Additionally, the project will consider, facilitate and purchase private land to use for resettlement, either for individual sites or cluster resettlement locations. Many PAPs who are identified as belonging to a VG, as defined by the project, will be eligible for the housing assistance under the Weaker Section Housing Scheme. Other PAPs who are not covered under these existing govemment housing schemes will be aided by the implementing agency (possiblly an NGO or other institution attached to the EMU) to receive a housing loan from HUDCO or other financial institutions in the State of Gujarat The EMU will organise the EPs to assist them in getting the loans needed to finance their new units and facilitate training to impart requisite skills and tools for construction of new units. The training may take place under one of the existing government schemes mentioned in LC6, Section 9.8.2. 9.14.3 Identificaton of Potential Resettlement Sites PAPs were/will be asked -during the community consultation phase to identify where they would like to resettle. If at all possible, voluntary resettlement will be encouraged and replacement land and units will be sought in the chosen local areas. PAPs will be encouraged to identify the land of their choice and to enter into discussions with a willing landowner. The EPs will discuss with the R&BD and the EMU the land they have identified and the EMU will aid the EPs in the negotiating process with the private land owners. The EMU representatives will, along with community leaders, visit all potential host neighbourhoods to encourage land owners to sell their land to PAPs at reasonable prices and to accept them as neighbours. Once the EPs are identified, the EMU will go to the Housing Board and ascertain if there are any programmes underway or sites available in particular areas, where 170 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan people are willing to relocate. Another option available to the R&BD if they purchase the land necessary for relocation is that an Agency like the Rural Housing Board will administer the programme. 9.14.4 Profile of Host Communffies Although in this project, it is not anticipated, the other major group in a large resettlement plan are the host population. However, considering the eventuality of such a happening, it is important to include them in the planning stage, otherwise serious problems could arise during implementation. It is very rare that an implementing agency will find green field sites to relocate PAPs. In locating them in an existing settlement there is a risk that an increase in the population density will increase demands above the carrying capacity of the land and resources available to the hosts and the newcomers. If EPs need to be resettled in a new community, there are a number of issues that will need to be addressed. Firstly, a socio-economic and demographic profile of the host community will need to be completed. This will allow planners to have a better idea of the ability of the host community to assimilate the new comers. The carrying capacity for existing resources and the potential for intensification of the settlement will be assessed. The host communities will need to be included in any community consultation exercises to allow them to air any concems they may have of the incoming population. 9.14.5 Physical Development Plan Physical plans will need to be produced of the new sites selected for resettlement, if any. Altemative development options will be developed from which EPs may chose the option that best fits their household and needs. Engineering of the new sites including site design and layout for infrastructure, and community facilities will be completed if necessary. 9.14.6 Demolition/Construction of Structure All EPs may salvage any materials or other items from their land before the demolition of the structures takes place, excluding trees. EPs will be encouraged to replant small trees and plants on their new property. Every effort will be made to make the new plots available before notification to move is given, so that EPs can move the salvaged materials directly to their new site. Also during the demolition of structures by the contractors or R&BD, the PAPs can remove any building material they want, after which the site is handed over to the authorities. EPs will be given at least 2 months notice to move, and ideally this will be four months before the scheduled start of civil works. 9.14.7 Moving Arrangements PAPs will be made aware of all the options available to them during the community consultation. PAPs will receive notice that they must relocate at least 2 months prior to the date they must move. They will have received their photo ID cards, explained in Section 9.16.1, with details of their entitlements, and the implementation process for 171 ..a09z= Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Le Associates receiving compensation and assistance will be explained. It is recommended that a major effort be made to avoid any moves during the months of mid-June to early September as the monsoon can cause many difficulties. Assistance in the form of shifting allowance and temporary rental accommodations, if required, is available for all EPs needing relocation. Payment of compensation and assistance will take place during a public meeting with all the other EPs of the area included, and will be witnessed by the EMU, in particular the NGO working on the projecL Members of the Grievance Committee will also be present 9.14.8 Provision of Basic Ameniffes As this is a linear project and it is not expected that there will be a need for any major resettlement sites, there should be no need for the provision of basic infiastructure and amenities. However during implementation if there are clusters of residentiaL business and agricultural properties in one area which need to be relocated, an assessment will be made on a case by case basis. The PCC will be responsible for advising the EMU if such a case should arise. 9.14.9 Income Generaton and Training One of the potential impacts of the resettlement of PAPs is the affect the relocation may have on their employment or income opportunities. Of particular concem is the irnpact on Vulnerable Groups as they are less mobile and may have greater difficulty finding new employment opportunities. As a result one of the tasks of the resettlement plan is to provide opportunities for Vulnerable Groups and other PAPs in income generating activities or vocational training. In Section 9.8.2, LC6, several options of existing government sponsored programmes for income generation and vocational training were identified and discussed. Some of these existing Govenmment Departments and line agencies are members of the Task Force providing guidance to the project and are proposed to interact with the EMU that will implement the RAP. Discussion are being held with these agencies to identify the programmes that EPs will be eligible to take part in and how the R&BD will co-ordinate with the agencies offering the programmes. It will be the responsibility of the EMU to implement or assign the responsibility ta a capable NGO or agency to initialise the programmes and to deal with the financial aspects of these programmes. Cost towards this will be bome by the project 9.15 Guidelines for Implementation and Schedule The following section gives some details on the proposed implementation of the RAP. The EMU will firther detail out the implementation schedule, with support from the PCC. The timeline for the remaining major tasks of the Resettlement Action Plan are shown in Figure 9.2. This timeline will be up dated as the project progresses. An Implementation Plan and timeline such as this will be required for each RAP completed during the project. A simplified summary of the operational aspects of the 172 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan LaAssociales Implementation Plan will be prepared by the EMU when data becomes available, that will be given to the District level R&BD officers, who will have to put the plan into action in theirjurisdictions. 9.15.1 Implementaton Procedure The implementation ofthe RAP will consist of four major stages: * Identification ofthe cut-off date and notification; * Verification of properties of EPs and estimation of their type and level of losses; * Preparation of EPs for relocation; and, * Relocation and resettlement ofthe EPs. IDENTIFICATION OF THE CUT OFF DATE AND NOTIFCATION. With the help of the Strip Mapping Exercise and the Census of potential PAPs along some of the project corridors, an estimate of the number of potential PAPs has been prepared. Once the verification of the EPs (co-ordinated by the EMU) has taken place, the finst step in the implementation process ofthe RAP will be to notify a Cut Off date through displaying a list of eligible EPs in public places on the project corridors. The cut off point in most cases will be the date of the Census carried out for the different road corridors. The EMU will complete these exercises. VERICATION OF PROPERTIES OF EPS AND LOSSES. The second stage of the RAP irnplementation is to clearly identify all the EPs. This verification will include the EPs whose land is being acquired. The verification procedure will include recording their exact address, type of property with their survey numbers, and estimation of type and level of losses. This stage also involves explaining the entidtlement framework to the EPs, as well as the process for payment of compensation and assistance, the grievance procedures, and so forth. An Entitlement Photo Identity Card (see Appendix 11) will also be prepared giving details of their type of losses and type of eitlements and each EP will be given an identification code. This card will be verified by the three parties present and signed by each of them. Each EP should be given a copy. These tasks will be undertaken by the EMU, at the district level, with the help of the Executive Engineer of the R&BD. In the case of household entitlements, the head of the household along with his/her spouse will both sign the documentation. For individual entitlements concerning the loss of livelihood, every person in the project affected household over the age of 14 will be identified and given documentation oftheir entitlements. PREPARATION OF EPS FOR RELOCATION. The next step will be to prepare the PAPs for relocation and resettlement through various methods including community based meetings, dissemination of information in witten form, and individual interviews. The role of NGOs in this respect will be very important The period between the first Notification and the actual relocation of EPs will not be more than 2 years. Efforts will be made to restrict all development activities with the exception of capital resource spending during the land acquisition and resettlement period, for the EPs. No physical relocation from agricultural land, residential units, business units or other 173 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssaciates properties will begin unless the altemate land and units (or temporary accommodation) are ready for the EPs. This includes cultivable land, completed residential and business units, housing plots with temporary shelter available and minimum community facilities and infirstructure ready at the proposed resettlement site. RELOCATION AND REsETTLEMENT. During the period of transition, the EPs will be allowed to have access to their original property and any assets located there until they become unusable or access is denied. The EPs will be given a relocation allowance, as finalised in the entitlement policy. Provisions for the transfer of facilities including building access roads to new neighbourhoods if needed, will be the responsibility of the EMU at the District Level. All the necessary steps, for example, the fbrnation of a joint committee of representatives of the host and newly resettled communities and regular visits by the officials will be undertaken to facilitate resettlement and resolve any issues that arise, in the case of a substantial resettlenent neighbourhood. 9.15.2 riming of Legal Possession of LandandEvictfon Notice Table 93 gives the timing of the steps of the land acquisition process under the Land Acquisition Act It is extremely difficult for this procedure to take place any faster then a ten month time period, from the start of notification under Section 4 to the payment of compensation. Table 93: Steps of Land Acquisition Process Step Steps of Land Acquisition Process Length of Time I Preparation of Plans and Scheduled by R&BD and Submissions to LAO 2 Publication of Preliminary Notification Under 2 to 4 months including Section 4 in Gazette and Newspapers. Hearing of Objections 3 Preliminary surveys to determine exact 15 to 30 days after the portion of land required and Filing of preliminary notification Objections under 5a. under Section (3) 4 Hearing of Objections. 15 days after notification. 5 Declaration of Precise Boundaries in 2 to 6 months, including Newspapers under Section 5: Duration of time Hearing of Objections, between notification of Sections 3 and 5. beyond which the procedure lapses. 5 Order from State Governnent to Possess Land under Section 6 Step I to Step 5- 6 to 12 months 6 Individual Notices sent to Affected People under Section 7, land is marked and plans prepared. 7 Valuation and Compensation set under 2 to 4 months Section 8 and 9. Landowners submit claims for compensation. 8 Payment of Compensation and Possession of 2 to 12 months the Land Under Section 11 9 Total Maximum Amount of Time Allowed 2 years 174 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan Lea Associates Figure 9.2: Implementation Schedule for the SEA Resettlement Plan . .,t.i~t tSbh Q .* .. tOO. . . | A UC. .. . I.. o ,,Z,, s...... 40{UC Qe...A..It . by 01- 1*.0. Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA SeaAssociates 9.15.3 riming of Resettement All EPs must be relocated before the contractor can begin construction, in respective sections of the project roads. There is only marginal land to be acquired for Phase I, but the process of land acquisition has already been initiated. As well, the Corridor of Impact will be defined for the later project road corridors, in suitable time, so the EPs can be identified and consulted about their entitlements. Figure 9.2 shows the schedule for implementation of the Resettlement Action Plans for each of the three phases of the project TIMING OF CONSTRUCnON. The tenders will be awarded after the approval of the loan from the World Bank in the September, 1998. The contractors will begin construction after the monsoon as early as October of 1998, on the 5 contract packages of GSHP. The design for Phase IHA will be completed in July 1998 and construction will begin on that phase in January, 1999. The final phase 11 design will be completed by the middle of 1999. However construction will not begin until January 2001. All contracts will last for a duration of 30 months. The requirements of the RAP, that of relocating the EPs must be completed before the conitactor breaks ground on each of the project road sections. See Figure 9.2. 9.16 Organisational Framework 9.16.1 The Environmental Management Unit(EML) The organisational structure for the Environmentla Management Unit (EMU) within the R&BD is discussed in Section 10 of this Volume. The EMU will function at the State, District, and Local level. The creation of this unit and the institutional capacity building through training is imperative for the successful and timely implementation of the above resettlement progammme. 9.16.2 Implementation Responsibility It is the responsibility of the EMU/R&BD to ensure that the RAP is successfully implemented in a timely manner. The EMU, will be empowered by the R&BD, to act on its behalf on all matters addressed in the RAP and its Entitlement Policy. The Implementation Plan1 or RAP for a specific road corridor will be prepared as the information from the engineering design team becomes available and the timetable for design and construction is more concrete (see Figure 9.2). This timetable will be updated as more information becomes available. Co-ordination between the PCC and the EMU in this project is crucial for the success and timing of the remaining Phases. 9.16.3 Development Plan and Training Concurrent with this project, an Insfitutional Strengthening Review was undertaken. The PCC workied closely with the institutional strengthening consultants to establish 1 Tbe IP is a form of RAP applied in sitations were, for a road corndor, the total number of PAPs is less than 50. 176 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan L,aAfssciates the best organisational structure and the staffing and training needs of an EMU. Recommendations are made in Section 10 for training at the state and district level in the disciplines required to implement the EMAP and the RAP1. Co-ordination with the New Delhi Office of the World Bank will also take place to identify any opportunities that may arise as a result of the other Highway Projects being completed and contemplated. 9.16.4 Involvement of NGO NGOs are useful in many stages of the implementation of the RAP. They often have an established rapport with an affected community or if not, they provide an objective sounding board for PAPs to relate their concems to the R&BD. In the proposed EMU institutional framework (see Section 10) NGOs will be a part of the project in several different areas. NGOs have been involved in the Task Force and the early consultation Programme. To that end, an NGO should be hired to provide a link between PAPs and the R&BDs EMU. The NGOs will complete the following tasks: * Develop a rapport between the R&BD and PAPs; * Complete the consultation at the community level and provide support by describing the entitlernents to the EPs and assisting them in their choices; * Assist the EPs to obtain the compensation though fomnal organised group meetings; * Assist the EPs and the EMU identify and negotiate for the new land for resettlement; * Assist the R&BD in the transition of the EPs to their new residential and business properties; * Accompany and represent the EPs at the Grievance Committee meetings; * Ensure the EPs obtain the entitlements and compensation that is allocated to them; * Assist the EPs to take advantage of the existing govemment housing schemes and employment and training schemes that are selected for use during the project; and, * Cany out other responsibilities as required and identified. The PCC, in concert with the EMU, will identify the risks and benefits associated with each option of the entitlement policy. Contingency plans and a flexible programme of implementation will ensure that EPs are not disadvantaged by the project by unforeseen circumstances. 1 The World Bank Headqurs often will provide short training seminars on EMAP and RAP implementation and monitoring. It is anticipated that such programmes would be available with the New Delhi Office shortly. 177 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssociates SELECriON OF AN NGO. The NGO should have adequate experience, resources and skills to complete the ToR assigned to it by the project Qualifications of the NGO should include: * A staff of trained and capable people; * The ability to incorporate the PAPs into existing Programmes or set up new Programmes for the PAPs with a limited amount of new effort; * A comprehensive network at the district level, to enable them cany out the consultation and other tasks, either with their own resources and Programmes or an associated NGO; * Competency, transparency and accountability, with a good reputation as shown by past projects, audited, monitored and evaluated by peers and govemment agencies; and, * Experience in working with and representing VGs and protecting them from abuse and exploitation. A sample Terms of Reference for contracting an NGO are provided in Appendix 12. A formal contract and Work Plan will be necessary to outline the required tasks to be completed as well as a timeline for completion. The NGOs will be required to submit monthly reports on their progress and will be monitored by the R&BD as well as the extemal evaluation agency. 9.17 Resettlement Budget 9.17.1 Estimate of Unit Costs Many of the costs that were used to estimate the budget for the RAP were used in the economic model. Other costs are based on information collected by the Socio- economic Survey and Census of the PAPs, and extapolated for use in the SEA. These costs will be updated as the project continues and more specific information, such as the exact number of EPs during each Phase, becomes available. Unit costs will be updated, if the findings of the committee on market value assessment justifies such updation. THE VALUE OF LA4ND. Table 9.4 shows the different land values that were estimated based on discussion with local sources on property values and professional judgement Table 9.4: Estimated land Values Item Value Of Land in 000 Rs/ha Irrigated Non Other Village Urban Irrigated Land Land Land Market Value 350 150 50 350 7,000 Compensation 175 75 25 175 3,500 Other Payments 87 37.5 12.5 87.5 1,750 Assistance 87 37.5 12.5 87.5 1,750 The compensation paid by the revenue department is sometimes lower than the market value, and in the case of this project, was assumed to be half the market value. However, the Solatium at 30% and the Incentive Payment at 35% are added to that 178 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan ac figure. The project should be responsible for paying the difference between the compensation and the market value and this is referred to as "assistance". Not all the PAPs will accept the incentive payment as part of their compensation paymnent. As a result, to simplify things, it has been assumed that, of the estimated market value of a property, the government should pay three quarters of the cost as compensation and the project should bear one quarter of the cost as "assistance". As there are no figures differentiating the amnount of agricultural land from irrigated and non-inigated for the SEA, a fifty-fifty split was assumed. THE VALUE OF BUILDINGS. From field surveys it was noted that on average residential unit was one and a half stories and commercial buildings were on average one story. Residential and commercial buildings are assumed to be of similar construction and estimated to cost Rs3000/m2 of building floor area, which was how the survey team estimated the size of building units (see Table 9.5). Table 9.5: Estimated Value of Buildings Item Value of Building Unit 000 Rs/m2 Residential Commercial Number of Stories 1.5 1.0 Market Value 4.50 3.0 Compensation 2.25 1.5 Other Payments 1.125 0.75 Assistance 1.125 0.75 The same assumptions are made as above with regards to the amount of compensation paid of 75% by the governnent and 25% for assistance by the project. SHRIuuS. Small shrines located along the roadside within the RoW will have to be moved (after consultation with local people). The cost of replacing a shrine has been estimated at Rs5,000 per shrine. Temples and other cultural properties will be conserved at suitable costs, as per design. WELLS. There are three types of wells found during the surveys. Bore wells cost approximately RslO0,000 to replace. Tube wells that have hand pumps and go to a depth of only 50m cost approximately Rs50,000 to replace. Tube wells that require electric pumps and go to a depth of 200m cost approximately 300,000. The field team did not survey any wells falling into the later category. There is a rough estimate of the number of wells that will need to be replaced for the road corridors in the SEA. TREES. Trees are covered extensively in the Natural Environmental Analysis and the cost of reforestation and plantations are estimated in the EMAP. However, some individual trees are potentially lost on private property and their owners estimate the value at an average of Rs940 per tree. This will be rounded up to RsI000 per trees. This value will be used to cost the number of trees lost In the ESR a total of 164 individual trees are considered impacted in four corridors, an average of 40 trees per corridor will be used to estimate the number of trees lost and their cost for the SEA. INCOME AND RENT. Based on the census of PAPs, the monthly average household income for residential tenants is approximately Rs1850 and the average monthly rent 179 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates paid by them is Rs I 63. (This has been rounded up to Rs200.) Of the total number of residential PAPs there are approximately 13% that are tenants and 86% that are owners. Lost rent for a tenant for 6 months will be Rs 1,3201. The amount of lost income for a 6 month period for a tenant will be Rsl 1,100 and for a two month duration will be Rs3,700. The monthly average household income for property owning PAPs is approximately Rs2,200. The amount of lost income for a property owner for a 6 month period will be 13,200 rupees. The amount of lost rental income for an owner will be the total vaiue of his land and property multiplied by a factor of 5%. These figures will be used as the basis for calculating lost income and lost rent. SQUATTERS AND COSTS OF GOVERNMENT HOUSING SCHEMES. In the census of the ESR, there are 27 residential squatter properties, approximately 20% of the total number of residential properties. Additionally, approximately 60% of the total PAPs are classified as falling into the VG category. These figures will be used to calculate the costs for Government Housing and Training Programmes for the SEA and the ESR. Based on the Existing Government Programme for the Economically Weaker Section of Society, an average cost to the project of Rs22,000 will be used. This is based on the cost of Rs1,250 per m2 per household and an average plot of 18m2, of which the State or HUDCO pays Rsl9,000 and the beneficiary pays Rs2,500 for a total of Rs22,000 per unit These figures are higher for those eligible for the Low Income Group Housing Scheme, which varies from Rs1250 to Rs2650 per metre per household and a plot size of lOOm2 in the rural areas and 25 to 30m2 in urban areas. In these cases the State of HUDCO loan is Rs70,000 and the beneficiary contributes Rs3O,000 for a total of Rsl 00,000 per unit MOVING CoSTs. It is estimated that moving costs will be Rs500 for each EP household or business unit needing relocation. INCOME GENERATION AND VOCATIONAL TRANNG. The amount used to estimate the budget for training will be calculated using the sum of Rs2,0002, based on the Training for Rural Youth for Self Employment Programme and will be contributed for three years toward a scheme of the EP's choice. Primarily people in Vulnerable Groups will be eligible for this support. 1 This is 6 months mulfiplied by Rs200 by 5%. 2 The actal cost of training, of course, is much more than Rs 2,000. These government programmes are highly subsidised. R&BD will need to pay for the non-subsidised component only. 180 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan a D Lea Associates CONTINGENCY. A 25% contingency provision of the total cost of the RAP has been made to cover any additional compensation or assistance for PAPs or land acquisition that may be necessary. 9.17.2 Total Costs of Resettement Table 9.6 gives the estimated cost for the RAP for the SEA, which includes all 16 project corridors. The total estimated costs for compensation, extension of other government programmes, and resettlement assistance paid by the project plus a 25% contingency is Rs.71.4 million. The total cost to be bome by the GoG is Rs.15.3 million, whereas the total assistance from the project will be Rs.56. I million. 9.18 Monitoring, Evaluation and Reporting 9.18.1 Introduction The objective of monitoring resettlement should be to provide management with an effective tool for assessing resettlement progress, identifying potential difficulties and problem areas, and providing an early warning system for areas which need corrections. Some of the risks associated with resettlement include impoverishment, malnutrition, increased morbidity, dependency, break down of community norms and mutual support systems. Monitoring should be carried out by a specialised group and should report to the unit managing the resettlement operations. Ongoing evaluation should address complex social, cultural and economic issues. The evaluation should be carried out by a specialised unit not under the direct administrative authority of the unit responsible for the RAP. That way management can obtain an in depth and independent evaluation. Monitoring should assess in particular the Vulnerable Groups such as small and marginal land holders, unskilled labourers, mobile vendors, tribal populations, ethnic minorities, women, children, elderly and disabled. One idea would be to use local residents as field assessors enlisting them to collect data, assess and observe the host and new residents in their community. Baseline survey data is necessary to provide the benchmark for measuring and evaluating the success of the RAP. This is one reason for the completion of the Socio- economic Surveys completed for each Phase ofthe project. Monitoring should include: * Communications and reactions from PAPs; * Information from PAPs on entitlements, options, alternative developments and relocation timetables; * Visits by PAPs to potential sites; * Valuation of property, * Use of the Grievance Procedures; * Disbursement of compensation; and, 181 Table 9.6A: Estimated Costs of the SEA - RAP (Resettlement and Rehabilitation) PHASE I PHASEII TOTAL Compone_t GOG WNE Tital WsG NB Total tBoG WB Total AoqiidA rPva(etand 1,138,5t0 929.775 2,068.275 5.250,000 4,622,500 9.872,500 6,388,500 5,552,275 11,940,775 Acqstkd Pfivate Resklences^ __ . __ 1.687,500 562,500 2250,000 1,687,500 562,500 2,250,000 Ac1 nsfm d Pvvate Buskesses 1, 3,375,tX0 1,125,000 4,500,000 3.375,000 1,125,000 4,500,000 A Uondp"v\WW ees .Tr 1,10D0000 1,100.000f 0 1,100,000 1,100,000 Asslstanetlo E so_ac_ 50.000 5t,000 200,000 200,000 0t 250,000 250,000 Assinoe b 9 S'at. 1,290. 1,2St0,0 5,160,000 5,1t,00t 0 6.450.000 6A50,00 Addfl AW 2A04000D 204tl0 2024,tXX 800,000t 80000 0 1,004,00 1,004,000 9ShiftAssmi . 48000 403,tXX 160,000 160,000 0 20t,000 206,00 Resbh5g Ivegwodhr, _ 100000 100,0 tot 4000t0 40000t 0 500,000 500,000 Restxabwn of C eu Resoa _Rwum 1,000000 1,000,000 4000,000 4,00000 0 5,000,000 5,000,000 Asss bceb Tat. 0cier 1 ,35000 1,350000 0 1,350,000 1.350,000 cmutyna ua 8,000,000 8 000000 8,000,000 8,000,000 Cone ondTenVles 4,36000 4,35,000 0 4,365,00 4,365,000 ExJensI0d tGv%gT1tpvvalW 200,000 200,000 80,0 _600,00 800.00 0 80,000 Sub-Total .1386 3,6197751 4,958,275 10,912,00 31,814,W0 475 ,8 12,215,00 3,465,775 ,771ss,n StaffTtahhg ZOOO2. 200,00x 200,000 200,aOx 0 40,000 400.0oo N GOR.Eluabon000 500,000 1,000,0w 1,000 0 1,500.000 1_500,000 517e9 EMU (EquomfS, So , e') 2o, 0 2,0o00000 tolo,x 20200,000000 04 4,000,0 4,000,000 pulF C aorOtO,n 50000 500,000 1,000,00 1.000,000 0 1,50,000 1,500,000 Misc./Ohes 1,000.000 1,W0,0_X 1,000,000 1,000,000 0 2,000.000 2,000,000 Total 1,33,50 7,819,775 9,156275 10,912,60 37,045,000 47,95,500 12.251,000 44,864,77 7,116,77 CtrWncy (a25% 334,625 1,954W94 2,289,569 2,728,125 9,261,250 11,989,375 3.062,750 11,216,19 14,27,9 Grand Towal 1,673,125 94,719 11,447,844 13,640,625 46,306,250 59,946,875 15,313,7 56,080,969 71,34,719 1 Assstce over aid above Voe insrpaWt atuldr te rLad A Ad, h toder bopay atplaeentvakewil be met mb teV Uban 182 Chapter 9-Resettlement Action Plan E!t LS,ASSacwte * Trends in the retail and residential land markets in PAPs old and new communities. Monitoring should also cover the physical progress of the resettlement site including preparation of the land, construction of community facilities, provision of infrastructure, construction of houses, plantation of wood lots and other necessities. The monitoring should also cover the relocation of people and their goods to the new sites as well as the allocation of replacement assets. Quarterly reports will be made to the EMU by the NGO/the monitoring agency, as well as the EMU Co-ordinator on the progress of the RAP. 918.2 IndicatorsforMonitoring Developing an early warning system to alert managers of the RAP to any potential problems of the PAPs is essential. This can be accomplished by selecting some sensitive indicators and monitoring them over time. Two such indicators are the number of productive assets owned and the educational status of children. For example PAPs may be having difficulty if they are selling assets such as livestock, farm equipment and vehicles to satisfy basic needs. Progress can be measured when PAPs purchase such things. A baseline database required for future monitoring has been developed by the PCC. This will be handed over to the EMU. 9.18.3 Reporting Anangements The R&BD will be responsible for monitoring the project A performance data sheet will be developed to monitor the project at the district and project level. Quarterly reports will be received from those in the districts and fed to the EMU who will be responsible for the project level monitoring. Monitoring and evaluation will continue for several years after the relocation, but at less frequent intervals, for example annually. Case studies should be done to compare statistics taken as a benchmark during the Census of the PAPs and compared to evaluate changes in the socio-economic conditions of the PAPs. An external agency, ideally an NGO, will be engaged to cany out the evaluation of the implementation of the reselement and rehabilitation of the PAP. This agency will be independent of the project and ideally will have previous experience in evaluating resettlement or other social development projects. The first evaluation will take place after the Phase I project roads have completed their msettlement activities. Any problems encountered will be assessed and changes made to the necessary procedures to ensure the same problems do not occur during the Phase II projects resettlement activity. A final evaluation will take place at the end of the project A report will be prepared by the evaluating agency after each of these evaluations and recommendations will be made conceming the implementation of RAPs on GSHP in particular, and other road projects in Gujarat, in general. The evaluation of the project by an external agency such as an NGO has been accounted for in the budget 183 I I k Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training LeaAssociates 10. INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY BUILDING AND TRAINING 10.1 Introduction The R&BD was formed in 1979 as an independent department of GoG to undertake construction and maintenance of the road network and buildings exclusively. The department functions under various legal rules and regulations1. The R&BD Department, heade by the Secretary, consists of eight Units each headed by a Chief Engineer (see Figure 10.1). The Special Secretary is responsible for externally funded Projects such as the GSHP. 10.2 The Road and Building Departments Organisation The Secretary functions as the head of the R&BD, and is assisted by a Special Secretary (Special Projects and Capital Projects), as well as an array of Chief Engineers (Figure 10.1), who carry out the technical and administrative functions of the Department Eight Chief Engineers assist the Secretaries on all matters related to finance, human resources, planning, co-ordination, maintenance and management of the roads, buildings and bridges throughout the state. The Special Secretary (Special Project) is the chief decision-maker for the implementation of various components of the GSHP. The R&BD Circles and Divisions at more local levels (within a project area) operate as the implementing Icells'. At present a counterpart 'circle' has been created by the Department, under the control of the Special Secretary and headed by a Superintending Engineer and three Executive Engineers (located in Gandhinagar, Rajkot and Vadodara), to deal with the GSHP. 10.3 Gaps and Deficiencies The Department, as currently constituted, does not have adequate capacity to deal with magnitude of the EMAP, including the mitigation of impacts relating to deforestation, environmental pollution, and water resources degradation. The R&BD is essentially a highway engineering agency, and will require procurement of the expertise necessary to complete the implementation, monitoring or evaluation of the EMAP or RAP. The execution of an EMAPIRAP depends on co-ordination and'links with several line agencies; these links need to be strengthened and formalised. The Quality Control Unit, in collaboration with Gujarat Engineering Research Institute (GERI), monitors the activities of R&BD to ensure the quality of work, economical utilisation of materials, etc. This Unit supervises and checks construction These are the Gujarat Public Works Manual Gujarat Financial Rules (1971), Bombay Contingent Expenditure Rules, Bombay Civil Services Rules. 185 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LgaAssowrates projects and follows up complaints regarding the quality of work performed by R&BD across the state. The Unit consists of only one Chief Engineer, one Supervising Engineer and six Executive Engineers. On matters of land acquisition the R&BD Departrnent is entirely dependent on the Revenue Department. In summary, gaps and deficiencies within the R&BD are: * limited experience in environmental management; * lack of specific technical skills in environmental mitigation/management or EMAP/RAP implementation; * insufficient interagency linkages-needed to implement and carry out cross- agency mitigative measures; * limited staffing of monitoring unit(s); and, * reliance on revenue departments to address grievances associated with land and assets expropriation. 10.4 Strengthening the Organisation There is a need to build up the istitutional and organisational capacity to manage and/or co-ordinate ELAs, implement EMAP and RAP or to monitor and evaluate such activities. 10.4.1 A Framework for The Environmental Management Unit The R&BD needs to establish, or have access to an Environmental Management Unit (EMU) that would ultimately be responsible for the implementation of the EMAP and RAP as well as handling all other enviromnental matters for the R&BD such as hazardous materials btnsport, emergency response and environmental health and safety. Such an EMU would be under the direction of PIU and staffed with a Co-ordinator and two technical specialists. The EMU would act as an implementing cell, triggering and monitoring activities undertaken to meet EMAPIRAP commitments made by the R&BD. The EMU would also be charged with confirming that actions needed to implement the mitigative measures defined in the EMAP, have been taken at the appropriate level (ie state, district or taluka) in order to physically put measures in place. Details are presented below. To properly execute an EMAP (which includes the RAP), the EMU should have clear lines of communication with the following 'line' agencies: * Department of Revenue (DoR); * Department of Social Welfare and Rural Development (DSWRD); 186 Chapter 10-institutional Capacity Building and Training Lea Assoclates, QW ° Chief Secretary, Goo Secreta Ry S 5 Special Secretary & Chief Erineer Chb EqFefrrghlt hDeer l Ch btf Er0hee & Chief EhDheet & C Nfel EnDhteer * Chief Boghieer & Chiet Errgieer & Chief Sogieer 6 C|e ngorr S~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~he " er Ab .lohtt Secetary JokeSecrelery hafer Jok Secretary JitSceay Jk ertr oeSceay Jk ertr _a,e 00 _w= I aElCrl Ettwet | . eS('e) sEE En>EtAn) aE cole)E EE Dhkr EE(DMela Ettealeon) SE (cide) EE (rOea) a| (ckr) Er ( rMa . V ad l AhediW AMe| |E| |V edndhw A |I VGaathiegar Ahomedbied A hN Ahmeobdl t _| ||wiln0Vdd ngC^tt^ l ||Divn. . r1 | III,,,,_, | U.- cr|a.Vdoebd n |e Vdaddara CA |A V.. n | Ahmoed2be11 f l SOPS aLlWAYS CAPTA GM| ad | aR*w aRSa. Veec dodeair * Rekot I J . Vedoadrs s.. OUAUTY VRe I t a a...' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ONRO a.eoI J..M *. NUIAeCHAW.AL StITUCAL Raihktli1 A-A. ItATIONAL ISOIWAYS Rejkct It a o. Surnt v SE. SupetrtlndhD Engheer | Sunr _ ft r0c E.E ExecutilvenEa w My_r JAeO.We GERI: Gujarat gErghenerhp Research If Suate v.e. | Vedodere Sa - | Cil hI made up of sewiral distrs (dcMson) and Is skfar lo a regionl level wVadodra e lTATe ROAS$ A atearaeoa PANCrIAVAT Figure 10.1: Organisational Chart of Gujarat Roads and Building Department Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 24: SEA * Department of Enviromnent and Forests(DoEF); * Department of Agriculture and Soils (DAS); and, To provide advice and to help implement the RAP, an expert with NGO background will be included as a permanent member of the EMU team. At the district and taluka level, local NGOs, such as those presently being utilised by the Council for Advancement of People Actions and Rural Technology (CAPART)1, should be identified and used for grass-roots level assistance. Providing overall advice and direction would desirably be done by a taskforce or inter- agency advisory group. The existing task force established by R&BD for the GSHP could be reorganised and given such a role. In summary, the EMU must, from the time it is activated, demonstrate the four key qualifications needed to manage Environmental Assessments, namely: * to demonstrate technical competence in natural and social environment impact management; * to implement and manage mitigative measures such as those defned in an EMAPtRAP; * to be able to undertake compliance monitoring of contractors and evaluation of mitigative measures; and, * to undertake community consultation, grievance management and reporting. With time, the EMU's function should broaden to include the completion of EAs and associated plans such as EMAPs and RAPs. To meet these needs the EMU should be structured. * to provide, via staff complement, through secondmnents, or staff training programs, the needed specialised skills in EMAP/RAP implementation and monitoring; * to have direct links to key line agencies who have specific responsibility for administering the mitigative measures being proposed; * to have at its disposal staff and/or a collaborating agency to handle grievances; and, * to have in place the 'triggers'2 necessary to activate compensation actions at all levels of govemment, ie state, district, taluka or village. FUNCrlONS OF THE SECRETARY. The Secretary, R&BD will function as the highest authority of the EMU and for the implementation of the RAP and will be responsible for formulation of a State Level Task Force Committee (or expansion of the existing Task Force), comprised of the responsible heads of the concemed agencies that need to be co-ordinated with on the above tasks. Briefly the functions proposed are: to create the EMU, within the R&BD organisational structure and assist with preparation of an EMU operating plan; 1 CAPART is operated under the State Instraue of Rural Development 2 By triggers we mean the necesary administrtive approvals and agency linkages. 188 Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training a t LaiAssoaste * to interact with and report to the Task Force on the implementation of the RAP and EMAP; * to define the role ofthe EMU on the basis of required functions; * to monitor the functions of the EMU, any Sub-Units and the PIU; and, * to complete the tasks ofthe RAP and the EMAP in an expedient manner. FUJNCIONS OF AND TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR THE CO-ORDINATOR OF THE EMU. The Co-ordinator can be a mid-level engineer, interested in and willing to expand his or her knowledge base. The co-ordinator must also be skilled in dealing with people and a range of public issues, and be prepared to speak before groups of people who sometimes have opposing views. The proposed main functions of the co-ordinator should be specified in a ToR, and should include the following elements: * the co-ordinator will be assigned to his position for a minimum of three years; * the co-ordinator's key functions will be to organise and implement a EMU within RMBD; and in the short term, * to implement the RAP and EMAP as presented in the environmental assessment reports for the GSHP. Preceding such activities the co-ordinator will lead a needs assessment activity, establishing the training and environmental awareness raising requirements within the R&BD. The co-ordinator's immediate tasks will be: * to prepare the EMU's operating plan for the next 2 years, with details for the next 6 months; * to be responsible for overll implementation of the Phase I and II RAP and the EMAP, and to co-ordinate frequent progress meetings and to report on this progress to the Secrety as the chief authority ofthe Unit and the project; to co-ordinate with the Secretary , the line agencies and to facilitate a smooth and constant information flow and sign off on compliance reports; and, * to implement a training program in environmental management targeted to administrative and technical levels of the Departmnent 10.4.2 Targets and Tasks of the EMU Targets Without established fairly clear short and long term targets the EMU's success will be difficult The short term tarnet should be to implement the RAP and EMAP for the existing project, while quickly building technical competence. The long term taraet should be to building environmental awareness and support, both within and outside of the Department Secondly the Unit should become a valued step in the career path for engineers, in that, time within the Unit would be viewed as a advantage for promotions. This could be achieved through a career path cycling program. 189 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Le A saoc*es Tasks Functioning as the primary implementers of environmental measures defined in the SEA, ESR and ETA documents, the EMU's tasks should be as follows: Short Term * preparation of a Unit operations plan (one time with annual updates); * interpretation of the requirements of the EA documentation (including the RAP) into an Environmental Execution Plan; * assist Engineering team with the incorporation of EMAP and RAP (few) requirements in contract specifications and conract terms and conditions; * undertake and/or co-ordinate all internal compliance monitoring and evaluation and secure necessary external monitoring (two times during life of each project) through suitable state level NGO or any other agency, * monitor all construction activities as specified in the EMAP and as interpreted in the Environmental Execution Plan; * prepare all monitoring reports; * advise R&BD Secretary and PIU Project Director on all matters related to enviromnental requirements of project; * confirm, at all times, that mitigative measures (both natural and social ) are being implemented at the local levels-on titne and as defined in the EA documentation and the execution plan; and, * provide all necessary specialised environmental expertise as needed during the project's life. Long Term Long terTn tasks should be: * to develop environmental training programs the target a range of people within the R&BD, from managers to field engineers; * to have the EMU assist with the environmental awareness raising within the contractor community, through imtenships of contractor employees at the EMU and training workshops; if required, and, * to have the EMU lead the improvement and standardisation of environmental clauses used in project contracts within the R&BD. 10.5 EMU Models Three EMU models, designed to meet the needs described above, have been proposed to R&BD. In the following section the models are defined, and their principal differences identified. 10.5.1 Model I: An EMU within the R&BD Model I (Figure 10.2) is based on having a fully functioning EMU within the R&BD. This EMU would be staffed by R&BD people as well as by technical specialists seconded for long term duty, from key line agencies and other organisations such as DoEF, GEC, DoR, DGSW and DAS. The staffing arrangement would be founded on a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) between the key agencies and the R&BD. The core of the EMU, its implementation cell, would consist of a co-ordinator and key 190 Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training LnsAssocjatas technical specialists from the natural and social environment fields. A state-level NGO would also become a part of the implementation cell. A contractors' representative would also be attached to the EMU on a part time basis for each specific project TaSecretarya: RD& Secretary: DoEF, DoR, DoSW, DHSi l Task:Corw TAdas shon & T: Gdance and Adnhn,strairm Support l v ~ ~~~~~~~~~ManonLn of|_ Task Force + ~ r Implementation Cell (Located within R&BD) outside special - Co.okdiator (R&BD) dOutid Spoil Contractor's Repesentatve AdEvoEMAPRP Techical Spe(aats (at last two)- seconded (mm EAEMAPJRAP ~~omm agentaes - NGO Repeseaave TAsks. rnwrtnftron of EMAPARAP, CompnAnce Mo*on. Evaeubon Reporting DoEF D_uenl of Ensem md Fo ProJect Imphntitwton Cell/ DoR Depal oef RCReie Pra F Engiee r DOSW :1DOPerad.lSeeW E DNS: Dperto of ledlh Ger*e. Contractor -.. Figure 10.2: Environmental Management Unit Model No. I The major benefit of this model is that technical capacity would be developed within the R&BD and with technical specialists forming the bulk of the expert group providing the inputs, the effectiveness of the technology transfer would be enhanced. Model I does have a long learning curve and start up will be slow, not meeting the need for rapid implementation and management of the EMAP. External technical expertise will be required to help prepare the operating plan for an EMU as well as to assist with the operation of the Unit during the first 4-6 months of operation and three times per year for the following two years. 10.5.2 Model I.: The EMU External to R&BD Model n would function through a co-ordinator appointed from and operating within R&BD. The implementation cell of the EMU would be staffed by technical specialists from the DoEF and the GEC as well as a state-level NGO (see Figure 10.3). The cell would be housed within the DoEF, taking advantage of the variety of environment-related expertise within that agency. 191 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA tesAssociates Secretary: R&BD Secretary: DoEF and GEC T,.k:G wAd.m £ T.k: GQd.. r_ d 19.~m A4fivn* Stpo _ Task Force Iv Co-ordinatorL from R&BD Implementation Cell 4 v~~~~~~~~LW 'M bhRAEiD) O..hId.Spl.~ -C_ (R6FD) EA.EMAPIRAP T_Id*.i SP-am (at bS kw) . cm DoEF, GFC .NGO_ I.P9 tr jTukxi.o£asIdB#AP*AP CaW.c ,as Apmw r.ap" cww * Pha knph_no CR ChW Pnj Eng DoEF D , E - l Wd Fa_. GEC G..G" E C_n I Figure 103: Environmental Management Unit Model No. I As with all three models, the EMU and its co-ordinator would, for each project, have to operate through a Project Implementation Unit (PIU) and its Chief Engineer. In effect the EMU would be attached to the PIU and as the environmental advisory sub- unit, undertaking the compliance monitoring ofthe contractor through the PIU. This EMU would also require outside EA and environmental management expertise to help prepare the Unit's operations plan and assist with the start up of the unit and it operations. Operational period assistance would be for a 4-week period two times per year for the first two years of the EMU's operation. 10.5.3 EMUModel ll: EMUStaffed ByAn Outside Consultant Immediately after being activated the EMU must be fully functional, in order to implement the many EMAP measures requiring completion, prior to the commencement of construction. Model I and II can only partially achieve this since experience in such areas is not fully available in Gujarat The structure proposed in Model III (Figure 10.4) is that an experienced outside environmental management consultant be contracted by R&BD to operate the EMUs implementation cell for a period of years. During that time specific functions of the consultant, in addition to EMU operations, would be to train a critical mass of R&BD people who would, after a period of time, be handed the EMU for management and operation. In this way, the EMU would be totally functional from "Day 1" and a long term capacity would be built while the necessary woTk is being done, without project delays. A combination of Models II and m may also work well. 192 Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training a t, LeaAssociates 1 2 1z Secretary: R&BD --- Contract Document Task: AMoniton & EvaWuatnl EMU Co-ordinator hwnRlaBD Implementation Cell: Outside Consultants (Located within R&DD) l J , - ~~~~~~~~~~Co-rktr (R&JD) - Contractoe Reprsenta.. -NGO roprrsonove Tasks: Implementa onIEMA PAtAP, Compliance Monitong, Evaluation; Repo#ing, tlGOs SeAection Mogn|on.g >| Pfow impementobfon COIU Chief P>rojec Enginr | DoEC: r_ st Eo ansmond Contractor Figure 10.4: Environmental Management Unit Model No. m The EMU co-ordinator would still be an R&BD employee but would work as a counterpart with the consultant, on the day-to-day operation of the EMU. The R&BD and the Task Force, as described earlier, would also be in place and operating as usual. Reporting and any punitive actions against the contractor would have to pass through the PIU and its Chief Engineer (as described for Model I and II). A state level NGO would also be included in the implementation cell. The major benefit of this model would be that its structure permits immediate optimal EMU operation, while assuring capacity building within R&BD over the long temr. 10.5.4 Comparson of Three EMU Model Options The three models will place significant pressure on R&BD to provide financial commitment, administrative/political support and technical capability to manage the environmental aspects of R&BD development projects. Five key indicators underscoring the differences among the three models are presented in Table 10.1, in order to point out of the level of commitment R&BD should expect in order to establish an EMU. These key measures are: * immediate staff needs; * outside technical assistance needed; * time required to achieve effective operation ofthe EMU; * Cost of Implementation; * Cost of Operation; and, * Assurance that capacity building will be maximised. 193 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Leo Asciates A rough comparison of these five indicators suggests that Model III would provide the smoothest operation in the short term and permit ininediate operation of the EMU. Model I would involve a slow start up and gradual capacity building with a long learning curve. Table 10.1: Relative Advantages of Proposed EMU Models Model Immediate Outside Time to Cost to Cost to Effective No. Staffing Technical Effective Implement Operate Optimal Requirement Assistance Operation Capacity From R&BD Needed After EMU Building Formation I HIGH HIGH > I Year MOD. LOW HIGH 11 MOD. MOD. > 6Months MOD. MOD. MOD. III LOW HIGH Immediate HIGH HIGH HIGH 10.6 Needed Human Resources and Training Plan The R&BD has limited capacity to implement and manage the technical requirements stemming from the environmental studies, yet must implement, at least the RAP before civil works can begin. In other words the EMU's operation is on the CRITICAL PATH. To achieve this objective, immediate action is needed as well as some vision for the future. To that end a small complement of staff is proposed, with a view toward a gradual build up over time, as needed, relying primarily on one or two permanent staff and a six-month (or more) career cycling progran through the EMU for R&BD staff. Environmental capacity building within the R&BD will become even more relevant as India's environmental regulations are tightened and enforcement improved. There are clear signs that such changes are tacing place now. Moreover, the number of projects in R&BD's 'project pipeline' is sufficient to keep such a Unit operating for at least the next 5-7years. 10.6.1 Additional Human Resources At the present time, there are no professional or technical people with any experience in Resettlement and Rehabilitation or EA in the R&BD. Which ever model is selected, there will be a need to hire, in addition to a co-ordinator at least two new key professionals who have expertise in these areas. The EA Specialist should hiave the following skills: * experience in EIA of infrastructure projects, primarily roads or at least linear corridors; * background in enviromnental planning, Integrated Resource Management; and, * understand the workings ofthe state and central government The Resettlement and Rehabilitation Specialist should have the following skills: * past involvement in Resetflement Planning; * background in Sociology, Anthropology, or Planning; * understanding of engineering projects and experience with linear projects; 194 Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training * experience in community consultation and conflict resolution; * understand the workings ofthe state and central govemrment; and, * be able to assess gender and other VGs needs as related to RAPs and general project impacts. These two new professional members of the R&BD Department's EMU should be responsible, under the co-ordinator for the day-to-day technical activities of the Unit. This Unit must have some "teeth" in that if there is a problem with the contractors, they must be taken seriously and acted on by the PIU Chief Engineer. 10.6.2 TheSelectedEMUModel(alreadyestablished) The EMU has been established in the R&BD by mid-March. The model endorsed by the R&BD absorbed advantages of all the three models. The EMU will have an officer in the rank of SE as its co-ordinator, who will be in the PIU also. The co-ordinator of EMU will be assisted by an EE (Environment). While the EMU has been created as internal to the R&BD, it absorbs existing expertise in other line departments of the GoG. It also has provided for outside technical support; in order to overcome initial lack of adequate expertise from withi.l Financial sanction for outside technical advisor has been provided to the magnitude of 2 man-months, twice a year, for initial 2 years. Positions for technical specialists from GEC/DoEF/DoR have been created, who will look after implementation and management of the EMAP and the RAP, as proposed. Additional incentive for the technical experts to be taken from the line departments on permanent deputation has been provided by awarding promotion of one grade. A post for an expert with NGO background has been created, and financial sanction from the DoF has been availed for this new post A task force also has been constuted, as proposed. The task force comprises ofthe following offices: i) Secretay, R&BD ii) Secretary, DoR ii) Secretary, DoEF iv) Director, Environment v) Chairman, GEC vi) Project Director, GSHP A representative of the contractors will also be a member of the EMU. Although the process has been initiated, identification and appointment of the pernanent technical experts will take some time. Till such time when technical experts are recruited/permanently deputed, tree technical experts (one each from DoR, GPCB and DoEF) are working with the R&BD, and will look after immediate issues.. The process for recruiting the expert with NGO background has also been initiated. It is anticipated that the EMU will become fully operational within a short time. The EMU co-ordinator, working with the PIU Chief, will oversee implementation of the EMAP and the RAP. Before the commencement of construction the project co- ordinator and his assistants will undergo training on environmental monitoring and evaluation. The training will be affanged by PIU. 10.6.3 Training of Existing R&BD Staff To strengthen the EMU, a series of training activities need to be planned for the duration of this project Preceding any training a short needs assessment within the R&BD should be conducted. At the same time a technical resource inventory should 195 CazzcO, Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LaA5socates be completed, where local technical specialists and training opportunities are identified. The EMU co-ordinator will lead this exercise. The training activity must not be limited to technical upgrading, but must also target mid-level management through environmental awareness raising seminars (l/2 day sessions). Only by building awareness at the decision making level will commitnent be obtained and the Unit remain fimctioning. The following training will be provided through training courses, workshops, seminars as well as one-on-one counterpart learning-by doing. The topics to be covered should include: * environmental management prncipals and EA, * environmental information systems and data analysis; * social assessment, resettlement and rehabilitation; * compliance monitoring, evaluation and environmental reporting; and, * inter-agency networicng/communication. 10.7 Estimated Budget The EMU will have to function for at least two years after the completion of all work on GSHP has been completed. For the time being an iniial 4-year estimate has been prepared (see Table 102). It is to be considered as a rough estimate to be worled out in detail during the preparation of a EMU operating plan. Table 10.2: Estimated Budget for EMU 1998-2002 Cm Rs millions) Staff Capital Operating PCC/ IBRD GoG Costs Costs Training I to pay to pay 2.8 0.665 6.8 5.6 6.265 9.6 10.8 Implementation at the Local Level The people most affected by the impacts of the road rehabilitation are villagers and private citizens. Working at the State level, the EMU must have a clear understanding of the chain of command and the commumication network for organising and implementing EMAP and RAP actions, at the local level. Table 103 has been prepared to show the best possible route one takes to implement any of the 19 compensation options presented in the RAP. The table defines the steps at three levels of government ,therefore giving the EMU a starting point for planning and executing mitigative measures, particularly those related to resettlement 196 Chapter 10-Institutional Capacity Building and Training Lea Associates Table 103: Co-ordinating Agencies for Implementing EMAP and RAP R-BD DoSW DoR DoEF DoH Dev't. DoET LS Rura DDA Hsing/ SC Dev ST Dev GSWD GSWSS Do Arch NGOs Commr - Govt. Dev RHB Corp. Comr. Board State . STATE LEVEL Co-od. Dir. DS CCF Dir. Commr Dir. Pres. Commr. Dni. M.D. GM Manager MD/GM Member EMU, (LA) (SF) Commr. Admn. Secretary Co-od. DBCW Coll. CF CDHOs DDOs Princi- Town Prog. Dy. Project Project Asn. Projec! DISTRICT/ DIVISION LEVEL EMU Os Dy. POs SWOs pals Dev't. Officer Dir. Officer Officer Manager Officer Coil. CDPOs ITls Officers Projects I Consultation, counselling. etc. I _ . , I I I 2. Compensation for land I - - 3. Advance e to harvest non- v I I nerennial_crops._____ ________ _______ 4. Compensation for perennial _ . crops and trees 5. Compensation for non- land _ / Iassets. _ _ _ _ _ 6. Right to salvage materials . . = 7. Inclusion in existing I _ government housing schemes S. Shifting assistance I = = . 9. Option of resettlement sites, I I / / needs for shetter & livelihood 10. Rehabilitation & assistance for I/ _ _ _ loss of diminished livelihood _ _ I. Additional support for VGs I I I I _ _ _ 12. Employment opportunities V I / I . 13. Common property resources . I I / - / 14. P sin for women needs _ / 15. Provision amenities I _ _ _ _ 16. Safety measures - 17. Community common ares I . . . 18. Rroadside rest areas I - - Dev'ti, cunr.: Devewient Comnissior DoSW: Depamnent ofSocial Welfae DoET: DirectorateofEmploymentand Trminng Cup.:Coparation DoR: Depamient ofRevcnrre GWSSB: Gujar State Water Supply and Sewage Board DoEF. Depatment of Envimnment aid Forests DoA: Depatment ofAgiculturm DoArch.: Department ofAhiaeology DoH: Diecorae ofHealthSewices RHB: Rid HousingBoard DDO Distic Devetopment Officer SWO Social welfare Officers ICDS: lntegiated ChildDevelopnentSdseme Admn.: Acminisirstion CDPO: Child Development Project Officer MS: Mernber Secretary DS: Depty Secretry CCF: ChiefConesster ofForests GSWEDC: Guiarat State Wonen Ecnorsic Devlopment Corpation DBCWOs: District Badckard Class Welfare Officer 197 I I Chapter 11-Enhancement Opportunities and Roadside Rehabilitation Plan a z: LwAssomtes 11. ENHANCEMENT OPPORTUNITIES AND ROADSIDE REHABILITATION PLAN 11.1 ENHANCEMENT OPPORTUNITIES 11.1.1 Natural Environment Aside from replacing tree plantations (through compensatory afforestation) that are lost through construction activities there is the opportunity to provide supplementary afforestation in areas without trees; particularly in urban or village areas, or future roadside rest areas where trees are lacking at the present time. 11.1.2 Social Environment FOOTPATHS LINKING VILLAGES IN RURAL AREAS. In some instances, where villages are located fairly close together, such as Unava and Unjha on the Mehsana to Palanpur Corridor, existing footpaths through the roadside plantations should be reinstated after construction. These paths help to remove some of the pedestrian traffic from the shoulder of the road and offer a pleasant shady environment for people walking from one town to another. Where possible, in new locations linking towns within close proximity of each other, footpaths should be added. LANDSCAPING AND COMMUNMT COMMON AREAS IN URBAN ENVIRONMENTS. In village or town centres, in particular in areas such as markets or bus station, landscaping designs should be incorporated into the final engineering designs. These should include some form of plantations such as trees and shrubs, as well as some benches. These could be located between the service roads and the main road on small medians as well as around the bus statiQn. SIDEWALKS IN URBAN AREAS. Urban road sides are typically pedestrian unfriendly in India. Traffic, noise, congestion, dust and the ever present risk of collisions of vehicles with pedestrians provides a hostile environment for those on foot. The provision of sidewalks along the road corridors in urban areas would go a long way in enhancing the roadside environment ROADSIDE REST AREAS. In areas of cultural, natural, recreational or tourist points of interest or of long stretches of uninterrupted highway, the provision of roadside rest areas would enhance the traveller's experience as well as the roadside environment The rest areas would be provided with areas of shade, tables and benches as well as sanitary facilities. Where appropriate, interpretative signage, in Gujarati, Hindi and English, could deliver information about the local culural or natural feature. 11.2 Roadside Rehabilitation Plan In general the corridors exhibit significant existing environmental problems along the roadside and within the RoW. Most of the problems have to do with the improper disposal of liquid and solid waste compounded by inadequate drainage. In other cases where there are areas of high fill, especially near bridges, there is improper stabilisation of slopes which has led to erosion problems and siltation. 199 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LaAosr# 11.2.1 Borrow Pits/Drainage Ditches Within Row Improperly drained ditches along the RoW can lead to stagnant water bodies with risk of disease or accidents for local residents. Roadside ditches in urban /industrial areas are prone to disposal of solid, liquid and even toxic wastes. New borrow pits excavated in these areas will exacerbate the problem. Existing roadside ditches which were the result of borrowing fill for the road become large receptacles for waste in urban/industrial areas. These should be cleaned up by removal of waste, filled in and replaced with properly designed drainage ditches. Residents and businesses within the area should be educated not to use the RoW as a dumping ground but to use and/or develop sanitary waste facilities in other areas. A system of incentives against dumping within the RoW such as sanctions or fnes should be instituted. 11.22 ErosioncausedbySlopeInstability Existing erosion problems caused by slope instability in high fill spots will correspond to areas where the road construction will occur. If the mitigation measures for slope stabilisation that are prescribed in Section 8.23 are implemented the should solve existing erosion problems as well as future ones caused by the road construction. 200 Chapter 12-References z 12. REFERENCES Ajmera Hem (1997). Characterisaion of Factors Modulating Social Forestry Initiatives-A Case Study, Gujarat, (unpublished thesis), School of Planning, Centre for Environmental Planning and Technology, Ahmedabad. Annual Plan for the Development of Schedule Caste - 1997-98, Special Component Plan, Social Welfare and Tribal Development Department, Govermment of Gujarat Annual Report - 1996-97, Gujarat State Housing Board. Archaeological Survey of India (1958). Ancient and Archaeological Sites and RemainsAct. Asian Development Bank (1994). Design Manualfor Roads and Bridges, August Asian Development Bank (1994). Handbookfor Incorporation of Social Diversions in Projects, May. Bennet Lynn (1991). Wonen Poverty and Productivity in India An EDI Seminar Paper, No. 43, Economic Development Institute, World Bank. Canter Larry, Environmental Inpact Assessment Central Pollution Control Board-GoI (1988)Ambient Air Quality Standards. Govermment of India Publication Central Pollution Control Board-GoI (1989). Ambient Noise Standards for India- Ministry of Environment and Forest Gazete Notification December 1989. Centre for Social Studies (1996). Report No.23 Monitoring and Evaluation of Resettlement and Rehabilitation Programme for Sardar Sarovar (Narrnad) Project. Gandhinagar, April-September. Cemea M. Michael (1988). Involuntary Resettlement in Development Projects, World Bank Technical Paper No. 80. Cemea M. Michael (1993). The Urban Environment and Population Relocation World Bank Discussion Papers. Chowdhary R Suijit (1990). Enironmental ImpactAssessmentfor Light Rail Transit System, Case Study-Hydrabad (unpublished thesis), School of Planning and Architecture, New Delhi, January. Cunniff F.Patrick, Environmental Noise Pollution, John Wiley and Sons. Directorate of Census operations (1981). Cemr of Atlas of India-Gjarat, Ahmedabad. Dixit K L. (1960). Geography of Gujarat Eighth Five Year Plan - Gujarat State, Govemnment of Gujarat Envirotech Centre for Research and Development Envirotech Instruments (P) Ltd. (1996). Background Material for Short Courses on Air Quality Monitoring and Management (Compiled), New Delhi. 201 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Fielden Bernard (1989). Guidelinesfor Conservation, A Technical Mamnual, INTACI, New Delhi. George Michell, Monuments in India Volume I&II, Penguin Books Inc. Middlesex, England. Goodland Robert IBRD (1989). Tribal People and Economic Development - Human Ecological Considerations, World Bank, May. Government of Gujarat (1965). Ancient andArchaeological Sites and Remains Act. Governnent of Gujarat (1976). The Gz#arat Town Plnning and Urban Development Act, Gandhinagar. Government of Gujarat (1979). Planning Resource Atlas-1981 Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Gandhinagr. Government of Gujarat (1982). Compendium of Administrative, Financial and .Statutory Powers of the Officers of Building Communication and Irrigation Department, 2nd Edition. Government of Gujarat (1982). Compendium of Administrative, Financial and Statutory Powers of the Officers of Buildings and Communication and Irrigation Departments, Gujar Co-operative Printing Press Ltd. Ahmedabad. Govemment of Gujarat (1994). State Programme ofActionfor the Child in G4warat, Gandhitnga. Government of Gujarat, Commissionorate of Woman and Child. Mahila Ane Bal Vikas Sanstha - Nirdeshika Government of Gujarat, Directorate of Economic and Statistics (1996). Socio- economic Review-Gv*arat State, Gandhinagr. Govemment of Gujarat, Directorate of Economics and Statistics (1996). Guarat Economic Development, Gardhinagar. Govenunent of Gujarat, Directorate of Economics and Statistics (1996). Statistical Outline of Guarat, Gandhinagar. Govemrnment of Gujarat, Directorate of Economics and Statistics (1996). Social Statistics Gujarat, Gandhinar. Government of Gujarat, Directorate of Economics and Statistics (1986). Statistical Abstract of G#arat State - Vol. I and II, Gandhinagar. Government of Gujarat, Forest Department (1996). Environmental and Wildlife Conservation in Gujarat State, A Status Paper. Govermment of Gujarat, Forest Department (1996). Gujarat Forests Government of Gujarat (1996a). Integrated Forestry Development Project-Final ReporL Gandhinagar Govemment of Gujarat, Gujarat Planning Division, General Administration Department (1992). Eighth Five Year Plan, 1992-1997, Gandhinagar. Government of Gujarat, Gujarat State Road Transport Corporation (1996). Administrative Report. 202 Chapter 12--References 0Z LeAssocawtes Govermment of Gujarat, Gujarat Water Resource Board (1995). Water Resources Potential, Gandhinagar. Govermment of Gujarat, Industries Commissionerate (1997). Industries in Gujarat (some Statistics). Gandhinagar. Govermment of Gujarat, Industries Commissionerate (1997). Investment in Large Projects in Gujarat Udyog Bhawan, Gandhinagar. Government of Gujarat, Inigation Department (1997). Rainfall Recording (1901 - 199 7) for 8 Districts, Gandhinagar, February. Government of Gujarat, Motor Vehicles Departnent (1994). Annual Admmistration Report, Ahmedabad. Government of Gujarat, Nannada and Water Resources Departnent (1992). Report of the Committee on Estimation of Ground Water Resource and Irrigation Potential in Gujarat State, Gandhinagar, September. Government of Gujarat R&BD Department (1987). Gujarat Public Works Manual Volume I (Orders), Gandhinagar. Government of Gujarat, Road and Building Department (1997) Kamgiri Aayojan - Part I(Gujarati) Plan and Non Plan Schemes, Government of Gujarat, Roads and Buildings Department (1985). Gujarat Public Works Manual Vol.-4 Appendices, First Edition, Government of Gujarat, Roads and Buildings Department (1987). Gujarat Public Works Mawual Vol.-I Orders, 3rd Edition, March Government of Gujarat, Roads and Buildings Department (1995). Annual Administration Report (Gujarati) Govermment of Gujarat, Roads and Buildings Departnent (1997). Budget Estimates of R&BD for Vol.-I, Government of Gujarat4 Roads and Buildings Department (1997). Kangiri Andapatra (Gujarati). Govemrnment of India (1979). Report of the Narmada Water Dispute Tribunal Under Section 5 (3) of the Inter-State Water Dispute Act -1956 Vol.- 1, Govemment of India (1980). The Indian Forest (Conservation) Act Govemment of India (1981). The Idian Forest (Conservation) Rdes GovemmentofIndia(1988). TheMotor VehideAct GovernmentofIndia(1996). 7he IndianForestAct1927 Government of India 1894 (Amended - 1984). T77e LIdAcquisition Act Govemrnment of India, ? Draft National Rehabilitation Policy Government of India, Directorate of Census Operations (1991). District Census Hand Books-Gujarat. Government of India, Ministy of Surface Transport (Road Wing). Specification for Roads and Bridge Works (3rd Revision) 203 0Z~ Pzh Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Iasi Government of India, The Ministy of Environment and Forest (1989). Environmental Guidelines for Rail / Road / Highway Projects, Departinent of Environment, Forests and Wildlife, New Delhi. Government of Madhya Pradesh, Narmada Valley Development Department (1992). Madhya Pradesh Rehabiitation Policyfor Oustees ofNarmada Project Government of Maharashtra (1986). MaharashtraPAPs Rehabilitation Act Guidelines and Principles for Social Impact Assessment, Inter-organisational Committee on Guidelines and Principles of Social Impact Assessment, May (1994) US Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and National Marine Fisheries Unit Guidelines for Economic Development Schemes for SC and ST People, National Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tnbes Finance and Development Corporation, Govermment of India. Guidelines for Incorporation of Social Dimensions in Bank Operations, Asian Development Bank, Social Division Unit, October (1993). Gujarat Pollution Control Board (1991-1996). AnnualReports, Gandhinagar. Gujarat Ecological Commission (1996). Current Knowledge Biological Diversity of Gujarat (unpublished report), Vadodara, Februaiy. Gujarat Ecological Commission (1997). A Benchnmark Survey Coastal Marine Environment of Guarat, Gulf of Kachchh Vol-I, Vadodara. Gujarat Ecological Commission (1997). A Status Report: Ecological Degradation Around Gulf of Khabha4t Gtqarat, Vadodara, February. Gujarat Institute of Desert Ecology (1996). Process of Desertification in Kachchh and BanoskanthaDiitricts of Guarat, India (1961 - 1991), Kachchh-Bhuj. Highway Rehabilitation Programme Transport Engineering Design Istitute, Hanoi Resettlement and Rehabilitation Action Plan of Project Affected Persons, Vietnam. Horwitz L. Joel (1982). Air QualilyAnalysisfor Urban Transportation Planning, MIT Press. IBRD (1994). Third National Highway Project, Initial Environmental Evaluation Report (lEER) for Mediwn Term Construction Priorities for Expressways in India INTACH and Institute of Asian Cultures (1996). Process for Historic Site Development, Tokyo, INTACH, New Delhi. IRC (1979). Environmental Considerations in Planning and Design of Highway in India, New Delhi. IRC (1979). Landscaping of Roads, Publication, New Delhi. IRC (1996). Ribbon Development along Highways and its prevention, New Delhi. IRC (1997). Specificationsfor Road and Bridge Worls (third revision), (Roads Wing -MOST), New Delhi. 204 Chapter 12-References L&aAssoci"s Jain Akalank Kumar (1997). Descriptive Law on Pollution and Environment, 7th edition Akalank Publishers, New Delhi. Joshi Vidyut, Rehabilitation a Premise to Keep - A Case of Sardar Sarovar Project, Gandhi Labour Institute, Ahmedabad. Krawetz Natalia M. (1991). Social Impact Assessment: An Introductory Handbook; Environmental Management Development in Indonesia Project (EMDJ), Jakarta and Halifax Kuumar L. Ajith (1991). Economic Cost of Vehicular Pollution (unpublished thesis), School of Planning and Architecture, New Delhi. NDLI (1998a). Environmental Database Usees Guide. Final Report for Gujarat Highway Project NDLI (1998b). Compendium of Working Papers for Sectoral EA Study. Final Report for Gujarat State Highway Project NDLI (1998c). Natural and Social Environmental Source Information. Final Report for Gujarat State Highway Project Louis Berger International, Inc. (1994). Bangladesh-Second Road Rehabilitation and Maintenance Project, Environmental Analysis and RAP. Menon AGK (1989) A+D, Conservation in India, Media Transasia (I) Pvt Ltd., November-December. Motor Vehicle Department, Gujarat State (1994). AnnualAdministrative Report Nambiar Prithi ? Centre for Environmental Education. The Report on The Marine National Park and Sanctuwy- Jannagar, Ahmedabad. Operational Consideration for Integrating Women's Concems in the Transport Sector E. Rankin and D. Hines, Asia Technical Infrastructure Division, October (1991). Operations Research Group (1993). Preparation of Taluka Level Ecological Profile, (Report submitted to Gujarat Ecological Commission), Vadodara, August. Parikh S. Kirit (1997). India Development Report (edited) Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Peters Charles M. (1996). The Ecology and Management of Non-Timber Forest Resozrces, World Bank, Technical PaperNumber 322. Picholia K. R (1983). Urbanisation in Gujarat, Nagarlok, Vol. XV, Centre for Urban Societies, IIPA, New Delhi, July-September. Pieni Christian, Dumanski, Jualian, Hamblin, Ann, Young, Anthony (1995). Land Quality Indicators. Primary Survey Results of PAP's Lea Associates for South Asia, 1997. Randhawa M.S. (1983). Flowering trees, India - the land and the People National Book Trust, New Delhi. Rohatgi Rajesh (1994). Traffic Noise Characteristics in a Metropolitan City Case Study-Delhi (unpublished thesis), School of Planning and Architecture, New Delhi, January. 205 Gujarat PCC Final Report- Volume 2A: SEA Lea Associates Santapan H. Dr. (1996). Comnon Trees, India - The Land the People, published by National Book Trust, New Delhi SMEC and AIIMS (1997) Environmental Management Plan, Andhra Pradesh State Highways Project, April. Smith D. B., Wansem Mieke Vander, World Resources Institute (1995). Strengthening EIA Copacity m Asia Environmental Impact Assessment in Philippines, Indonesia and Sri Lanka June. Socio-economic Review Gujarat State - 1996-97, Government of Gujarat. State Programme of Women and Child in Gujarat - 1994, Government of Gujart The Action Plan for Land Requisition and Resettlement for Quanzhou - Xiamen Expressway Section of Fuzhou - Xiamen Highway, Fujian Provincial Directorate Office of Fuzhou-Xiamen Zhangzlou Expressway Construction, September, (1993). The Indian Road Congress (1989). Guidelines for Environmental Assessment of Highway Project The World Bank (1991). Operational Directive: O.D. 4.20, (Indigenous People), Washington D.C. The World Bank (1991). Operational Directive: O.D. 4.01, Annex (Environmental Assessment), Washington D.C. The World Bank (1991). Operational Directive: O.D. 4.30 (Involuntary Resettlement), Washington D.C. The World Bank (1993). Environmental Assessment Souce book An update No.: 2.5, 8 and 14. The World Bank (1994). Ro and Environment: A Handbook New York The World Bank (1994). Environment Assessment Source Book Update, Cultural Heritage in EnvironmentalAssessment, September, No. 8. The World Bank (1994). People and Trees - The Role of Social Forestry in Sustainable Development, Economic Development Institte of the World Bank, Washington, D.C. The World Bank (1995). MonitoringEnvironmental Progress, Washington DC. The World Bank (1996) Sustainable Transport :Priorities for Policy Reform, Washington DC. The World Bank (1996). Air Pollution from Motor Vehicles Standards and Technologiesfor ControllingEmissions, Washington D.C, November. The World Bank Environment Department (1994). Resettlement and Development - The Bank-wide Review of Projects involvingResettlement The World Bank, EnvironmentAssessment Source Book The World Bank, Environment Departnent (1993). Environment Assessment Source Book - Update No. 4, October. The World Bank, Operational Directives: 4.01 EnvironmentAssessment 206 Chapter 12-References 02 Transportation and Roads Research Laboratory Research Report (1990). A Model to Calculate Traffic Nozse Levels from Complex Highway Costs Sections Tribal Five Year and Annual Sub-Plan, (1996-97). Tribal Development Division and Tribal Developmnent Department, Govermnent of Gujarat. World Bank (1990). Operational Directive- 4.20 - Involuntwy Resettlement WWF (1992). ProtectedAreas of the World India pp 2147. WWF (1997). National Parks and Sanctuaries of GQ#arat, Ahrnedabad. WWF, ENVIS Centre (1994). Environmental NGOs in India, 6th edition, Lodhi Estate, New Delhi November. Zazoeta Aaron, World Resources Intitute (1995). Policy Hits the Ground Participation andEquity in Environmental PolicyMaking, September. 207 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA Les Assoates APPENDIX 1: PARAMETERS USED FOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATION ALONG THE PROJECT CORRIDORS APPENDIX 2: LIST OF INTER-AGENCY CONTACTS APPENDIX 3: ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATOR WEIGHTING MATRIX APPENDIX 4: NGO MATRIX APPENDIX 5: EXAMPLE OF DATA SHEET ON NGO/GOVERNMENT AGENCY INTERVIEWS APPENDIX 6: EXAMPLE OF A CORRIDOR PROFILE APPENDIX 7: INVENTORY OF QUARRIES USED FOR ROAD CONSTRUCTION ALONG THE CORRIDORS APPENDIX 8: CORRIDOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATION- INDICATOR VALUES APPENDIX 9: CORRIDOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATION- IMPORTANCE VALUES APPENDIX 10: INTEGRATED FORESTRY DEVELOPMENT PROJECT-PLANTATION MODELS S1 AND S2 APPENDIX 11: ENTITLEMENT PHOTO ID CARD APPENDIX 12: NGO TERMS OF REFERENCE 208 Appendix 1-Impact Identification Parameters 01zm LAeaAssofs APPENDIX 1: PARAMETERS USED FOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATION ALONG THE PROJECT CORRIDORS Urban Land Use Definiions The major or predominant land use was recorded inside the RoW, as well as adjacent to the RoW but outside. The land uses were recorded as follows: R Residential B Business and Commercial MIX Mixed Use (eg Business on Ground Floor and Residential on Upper Stories) IN Indusrial C Community/ristitutional (eg Police, Fire, Town Square, Culural Centre, Educational, Health Care) T/S Temple/Shrine (includes all religious) OS Paik Land/Recreational/Open Space/Sports Facilities A Archaeological/Heritage V Vacant Land U Utilifies (eg Railwy Lands and Buildings, Power and Sub Stions) Size of Unit The Survey Tearn recorded the height of the unit by the number of existing stories (basement, ground floor, + 1, + 2, + 3, etc.). Also they recorded the footprint of the unit by estimating the size, in m2 ofthe unit, for the following categories: VS VerySmall(2mx3m=6mm) S Small(3mx4m=12 m) M Medium(4mx5m=20 m) L Large(5mx6m=30m) XL ExtraLarge(5mx lOm=50m) 0 Very large building such as an industial plaMt, hotel, or apartment (estimated in m) Type of Constniction The Survey Teamn also recorded the type of construction in the following categories: * Katcha (K): Temporary structures such as tents, wheeled carts, mud huts, structures on stilts. If the foundation it not permanent, or if the foundation is pennanent but the walls and roof are not permanent it falls in this category. * Semi-Pucca (SP): Semi-permanent structur such as brick, tin and asbestos roofs. If one out of the three (ie the roof, wall or foundation) is not pernanent, the structure falls in this category. 209 ,3,r'=~ Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2o4: SEA * Pucca (P): Permanent Structures such as concrete blocks, wood frame, tile/concrete roof. If the roof, wall and foundation are permanent it falls in this category. Notes and Assumptions The Team identified and estimated where possible the following items: * footpath, cart tracks and approach roads; * important public buildings, such as those listed under community and institutional; * land uses of land adjacent to the RoW; * distances of units form pavement within the RoW; * push carts on wheels (temporary) in nrual areas are able to move easily and may relocate after the road widening because there are few land use constraints as compared with, for example, an urban area. These were not recorded. However, in urban areas, or where there are intersections along the road corridor, where space is a constraint; the same type of mobile carts may have trouble fnding room on the roadside where they were located before the road widening. As a result, these needed to be recorded as they may need to be relocated and/or compensated in some way and therefore should have been counted in the survey, * small units on stilts were treated as permanent buildings as they may have been located on that site foryears; and, * The significant land uses outside the RoW such as tourism sites or large scale industries that may have an impact on traffic movement in the area, were noted along with their location and size. Rural Land Use and Environmentally Sensitive Areas The following is a list of categories dhat were recorded in the field along the roadside both within and outside the RoW. Land Use/Land Cover outside the RoW I hIrigated crops If Inigated fuits trees N Non-irrigated crops Nf Non-irrigated fruits u L Fallow G Grassland, pastre: grazing, absence oftrees Shr Scrubland. shrubs and scrubs, dnerareas, maybe grazed Wd Woodland: open forestwith grazig F Forest closed cover, litle grazng P Tree plantation: regular, same size, RoWs oftrees B Barren sandy desertScnibland W Wetland - standing water body (size in hectares and exact location on strip map) WO Unvegetated dry pond or tank WI Unvegetated pond or tank W2 Semi-vegetated W3 Fully vegetated: tall nuhes, emegents R River - major rivers, where parallel to road 210 Appendix 1-Impact Identfication Parameters &rEL fraAssociate S Stam - where parallel to road C Canal E Erosion - severe erosion areas, sheet or gully Withiin RoW D Density of plantation Dl Low density: I - 3 RoWs D2 Meditun density: 4-6 RoWs D3 High density: greater han 6 RoWs 211 I Appendix 2-List of Inter-Agency Contacts APPENDIX 2: LIST OF INTER-AGENCY CONTACTS Name Agency and Address Field of Purpose of Expertise Visit Mr. A. B. Aggarwal E.E. N.H.Division, Highways Institutional G'Nagar Capacity Prof. A. R. Shah Director, Academic Staff Sociologist Demographic Training College, Scenario of University of Gujarat, Gujarat Ahmedabad. Mr. A. A.Vaidya, Chief Conservator of Forestry Wildlife IFS Forests, Wild Life Gujarat Sanctuaries State Mr. Aggarwal Commissioner-MV Pollution Policies and Commisionerate, Acts Regarding Ahmedabad Pollution Ms. Amita Shah Gujarat Institute of Dev. R&R R&R Research, Ahmedabad. Programmes Mr. Aniket Bhagwat M/s Bhagwat Consultants, Landscape Re-vegetation Ahmedabad Design Plant Species Mr. Anil Jowhari Conservator of Forests, Forestry OCEFU, Integrated Forestry Models for Strip Project, GoG. Plantation Prof. Anil K. Gupta Centre for Agri.. R&R R&R Policies Management, IIM, NGOs Ahmedabad Mr. Atul Pandya Centre for Enviromnental Environment Environmental Education, Ahmedabad Problems & Issues Mr. B. R. Joshi Conservator of Forests, Law Forest acts and Sachivalay, Gandhinagar rules Mr. B. T. Mistry Dep. Director(Transport), Air Pollution Motor Vehicle Ahmedabad acts & Institutional Capacity Mr. B. V. Patel Dep. Conservator of Forestry Institutional Forest, Gandhinagar Capacity Mr. B. H. Patel GEER Foundation Forestry Thematic Mapping Mr. B. K. Mandal, O/o Conservator of Forestry Forest data and IFS Forests, Gandhinagar. about Clearance Mr. Bharat Pathak, Planning & Legal Cell, Law Legal Divisions IFS Forest Department, & Provisions Gandhinagar Mr. Bharat Trivedi Section Officer, R&B Training and Training and Dept. Gandhinagar HRD R& B Programmes Dr. Bhatt AITRA, Ahmedabad. Air and Noise Environmental Surveys Surveys Mr. D. P. Tripe Publicity and Liaison Forestry Wild Life Office, Gandhinagar 213 zl=zD Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeSAsSOcIWOS Name Agency and Address Field of Purpose of Expertise Visit Mr. D. M. Naik Chief Conservator of Forestry/Ecolo Wildlife Forests, Wild Life Gujarat gy Sanctuaries State Mr. Dave GPCB, Paryavaran Enviromnent Institutional Bhavan, Gandhinagar Capacity Dr. Darshini Centre for Environmental Architecture & Social Forestry Mahadevia Planning & Technology, Planning A'bad Mr. Givraj Mehta O/o Principal Chief Forestry Strip Plantation Conservator of Forests, along roads G'Nagar Dr. Gopi Chandra Centre for Environment Ecologist Social Forestry and Education, and Pollution Ahmedabad. Control Prof. H. M. CEPT, Navrangpura, Traffic Traffic Pollution Shivananda Swamy Ahmedabad. Environment Modelling Economics. Mr. H. S. Singh GEER Foundation Wild Life Thematic Mapping Mr. Harish Asst.Commissioner, R&R R&R R&R Policies Mangalam Commissionerate, and G'Nagar Progranmes Ms. Hem Ajmera Dalal Consultants Ltd., Environmental Social Forestry Sakar II Ahmedabad Planning Ms. Indira Hirway Professor, Gandhi Labour R&R NGO's and Institute, Ahmedabad. Rehabilitation Mr. J. Jadeja Comet Enviro-Consultants Chemical Environmental Engineering Pollution Data Mr. J. V. R. Moorty Senior Planner, MACT, Architecture, Social NGO's 10, New Marine Lines, Planning & Bombay. Social Work Ms. Jonica Joshi Dalal Consultants, Sakar - Air and Noise Environmental II, Ellis Bridge, Surveys Surveys Ahmedabad. Mr. H. Joshi Hydrologist, Gujarat Geology Ground Water Water Resources Levels Development CoTporation, Gandhinagar. Mr. K. M. Shah Sr.Town Planner, Highway Institutional Ahmedabad Planning Capacity Mr. Kiran Desai CEE, Ahmedabad Community Rural Development Development Programmes Mr. Lavelekar Director, GEC, Vadodara. Ecology Ecological Profile, Environment Status Report Mr. M. M. Kalyani Dep. Collector & LAO, Land Land Sec: 1, Gandhinagar Acquisition Acquisition Procedure & Rules 214 Appendix 2-List of Inter-Agency Contacts 16tr eaAzssecaf Name Agency and Address Field of Purpose of Expertise Visit Mr. M. M. Padalia Director of Agriculture, Agricultural 'Soil Paldi, Ahmedabad. Science Classification and Data Mr. M.M. Shah Vaibhar Enviromnental Env. Survey Environmental Consultants and Monitoring Surveys Mr. Mehta Inspector of Motor Air Pollution Motor Vehicle Vehicles, RTO office acts & Gandhinagar Institutional Capacity Prof. 0. P. Saxena Departmnent of Botany, Ecologist Plant Species University of Gujarat, Ahmedabad. Mr. P.G. Trivedi Under Secretary, Revenue Land Land Dept. Sachivalay, G'Nagar Acquisition Acquisition Procedure & Rules Mr. Prabhakar M/s Bhagwat Consultants, Landscape Re-vegetation, Bhagwat Ahmedabad Design Plant Species Mr. Pranav Trivedi Educational Officer, Wild Life Wild life and WWF, Ahmedabad. Sanctuaries Ms. Preeti Rarnesh Research Officer, CEE, Environmental Ecological Atlas Ahmedabad Sciences Mr. R B. Pandit Dep. Secretary, R&B Highways Institutional Dept. Gandhinagar Capacity Mr. R K. Kankane Director, Indian Meteorology Windrose / Meteorological Climatilogical Department, Ahmedabad. Data Mr. R. K. Sama Member Convenor, Social Science Social NGO's CAPART, Ahmedabad. & Social Work Mr. R. V. Asari CFHQ, Block No. 14, Old Forestry Institutional |_____________ |Sachilvalay, Gandhinagar Capacity Dr. Rama Rao Senior Research Director, Operations Vulnerable ORG, Vadodara. Research Groups Identifies Mr. S. S. Mehta Gandhi Labour Institute, Economics R&R Policies Ahmedabad and Programmes Mr. S. S. Rathore CE&SS, R&B Department Highways Institutional Gandhinagar Capacity Mr. Sandeep Marwell Engineers, Environmental Environmental Sangarpuri Gajanand Chambers, Chemistry Surveys Makarpura, Vadodara. Mr. Santosh Gupta Sundervan Nature Landscaping Plant Species Discovery Park, Ahmedabad Mr. Sardic Saha Ministry of Environment Environmental Environmental and Forests, Gandhinagar Engineer Clearance Procedure Mr. Sirish Sorani Manager (Tech.), Low Cost Schemes for GRUHU, Ahmedabad Housing EWS Housing 215 Gujarat PCC Final Report- Volume 2A: SEA .ea A5ssocates Name Agency and Address Field of Purpose of Expertise Visit Ms. Smita Kadikar Programme Officer, Social Science Social NGO's Shramik Vidyapith, Ahmedabad. Ms. Smita Pradhan State Director, WWF- Ecology Wildlife India, Ahmedabad Sanctuaries Mr. Sunil Jacob Programme Officer, CEE, Environment Environmental Ahmedabad. NGO's, Pollution Data Mr. Tambakuwala Chief Town Planner, New Town & Institutional Sachivalay, Gandhinagar Country Capacity Planning Mr. V. C. Trivedi Commissioner, Narmada R&R Rehabilitation, Nigam Ltd. Gandhinagar Narnada reference 216 Appendix 3-Environmental Indicator Weighting Matrix LenAssociat APPENDIX 3: ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATOR WEIGHTING MATRIX The following table shows the importance placed on environmental indicators from a study in Gujarat Ptofessionals were asked to assign a percentage value out of one hundred to indicate the importance of each main component and sub-component of the environment as well as for each indicator. * denotes those sub-components for which values for indicators were requested and which total 100 for that sub- component. 217 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA LeaAssoawtes IMPORTANCE VALUES OF ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS E?'RONMENTAI rX*MPONFhTrrww, ______ JA7! JRAI FN~*AdM.%fJT ___________________ I ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ A... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __K_ __A K _ _ _ _ _ T_ _M _ _ -2~~~~1 wilfglt ,,I ; , ... A4askWS_ Nl A. -,1 1 - 7 Si,,_N hl Illbh81 1 Ah ,, -:: ;2.8 Appendix 4-NGO Matfix Le.Asecwtt APPENDIX 4: NGO MATRIX The following matrix summarises the capabilities of various NGOs. 219 i-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I W~~~~~~~~ I -~ -~ - -- - - -- - -- -~ - -4. -4. -> -> > > 4 A -4' j SS S's#iSt1Yl-I0s *1]sI}}£j}XX]}Il}a-h] I - )~~~~~ _ r0 i 0t $t # Appendix 4-NGO Matnx N.mreofNGO | Loathat | Year | A ofWodk T| rgtGroup |Au fA of li~dia' EMablsIj ______ _____ fbth E&I8iOnTwanhii T Women&CdildDevcIoanent I t''' O~bther. Red Cmss Sodety Rajkdt BFnlh 1954 Rajkd AU. Seclion of _ . dfirdia See- Lok Seva Sam4 RBaia Rajiot Bw/wads Saushnt Re. Rajilm . S auslU WonIC Yodh 4 4 Handicraft dus hy Samid Slam Pudib Rajkod 1935 Rjkot Woma 4 4 dliog Maur Bbsali TRms R PDr" Bfumtaf a RuSE/ISC/ST 4 i 4 Gaidri Adanm Mdsana 1964 Mdtsana Wamnen/Farmner A 4 Agikultre Dr. Ambedus Mdsm SC/STIBalsmud D4 4 Dcveb rngmrne Nutm Blhu Madaga P Women 4 4 4 Hari om Ashn Srat 1955 Srnt, Naiad Rtusd/Tnbeb Sariud Welfae Adijafi SwSunq Surat Surat Tie 4 4 Tnrbald D tpr Kaslob SSri Via J_ah 1956 Junanr Womea 4 4 Groah AdluScwa Stbrarj t957 Sabka Tribal TnIb ed m en Samti Kacdi VitA Bb; 1990 Kadudb Women/Fmmen 4 4 Agricudtre Jeevn Vika Tnat Ac Sta 1972 Surat Faesf/Women 4 b Bhiai Gsmn Sa1a I953 Bhu-ra Fnamvs, 4Arw, Anb VvRdW Hu*mx2y 221 I Appendix 5-Interview Data Sheet LesAssecia APPENDIX 5: EXAMPLE OF DATA SHEET ON. NGOIGOVERNMENT AGENCY INTERVIEWS The following table is an example of the data sheet used in interviews with government agencies and NGOs. 223 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA eaAssocwtrs Name of the Organisation Jila Gram Vikas Agency Palanpur Year of Establishment : Name of the Contact Person Mr. Upadhyay Address/Phone No. Jilla Gran Vikas Agency Behind Jilla Panchayat Office Palanpur Banaskatha Area of Work/lype of IRDP (Integrated Rural Programmes Development Project) TRYSEM Income Generation Activities IndiuaAwas Yojana Wateshed Project List of Govt. Agency Associated : Target Group Villagers Area Covered All villagers of Banskantha District REMARKS All villagers of the project corridor are covered lPalanpur B.K Distict] 224 Appendix 6-Example of a Comdor Profile 4-;5 APPENDIX 6: EXAMPLE OF A CORRIDOR PROFIL Corridor 01 :Sarkhej - Viramgam A part of the most inportant east-west State Highway comecting Ahmedabad to Kandla port, the project corTidor start at the NH intesection at Sarkhej. Conidor Details Length ofthe Corridor 47.7 km Links 011 Sarihej-Sanand(km 10.8-24) 012 Sanand - Sachana (kn 24- km 47) 013 Sachana - Diversion to Viramgam (an 47 - km 58.5) Existing RoW 30 nL Exisfing CW 7 nL Treatment Proposed Treatrnent Proposed 10 m pavement in year 2 By-passes None existing, one proposed at Sachana Fill Height Generally 03 m Cross Drainages 49 culverts and 16 bridges. Natural Environment The Land Use along the entire corridor is predominantly agricultural, the major crops being bajri, tobacco and cotton. The soil is of alluvial sandy loam type. The soil ferility gradually decreases as one proceeds west; towards Viramgam. As regards the roadside plantations, the large trees are found in a single row, neem, tamarind, banyan and pilu being the common species of trees. The larger trees are found very close to the CW (less than a metre). This continues till Sachana after which the exotic thorny, fast-growing Prosopis julifera predominates. There are about 40 giant trees, found between Sarkhej to Sachana. Wetands Location Village Distance from Carriageway 17.6 Telav 10 23.4 Sanand 5 41 20 47.7 Sachana 8 Social Environment Towns traversed: Sarkhej (km 10.8), Sanand (km 24) Villages traversed: Shantipura (km 14), Geetpura (man 19), Telav (km 17.4), Chharodi (km 35.4), Iyava (km 29.7), Virochbanagar (kn 41.0), Sachana (kn 47.0) The commercial development at the beginning of the corridor, continues for about a distance of 2 km, after which the land use is predominantly agricultural. These 225 Gujarat PCC Final Report- Volume 2A: SEA 'a Assocates agncultural lands giving way gradually to industries and godowns. The corrdor passes through the town of Sanand for a clear 2 km, between 22.5 to 24.5 km, where we find the maximum number of PAPs of the corridor. After Sanand, there are huge industrial complexes, most of the industries being chemical industries, to the left, while the railway track runs patallel to the corridor up to Sachana from km 31.8. Properties and Units likely to be affected: link Residential Commercial Agricultural Oil 18 66 2 012 17 14 O 013 5 19 o Total 40 99 2 Cultural Environment Temples - 5 Shrines - 13 Historical Sites The Gayatri Siddhanath temple, just after Sanand (kan 24.05), to the north of the corridor, is at 10 m from the CW. This temple complex, belonging to the royal family of Sanand, houses apart from the temple, five cenotaphs, of the royal famnily, believed to be more than 100 years old, one of which might be more han 500 years old. ASI Protected Monuments within 10 km ofthe corridor Location Name of monuments/ sites Sarkhej Roza Roza of Baba Alisaq, mosque, tank, tomb Near city gate, Viramgamn Mansar Talav and shrines Critical Environmental Featurs The temple on the edge of the CW and the railway line across, at Sachana village (km 47.3). 226 Appendix 7-Inventory of Quarmes $Et LwAssoaatrs APPENDIX 7: INVENTORY OF QUARRIES USED FOR ROAD CONSTRUCTION ALONG THE CORRIDORS The following tables summarise key details on the quarries found along the project corridors. It should be noted that these are the quarries which were located either adjacent to, or within a few kilomeires, of the project corridors. There are many others at some distance from the project roads which have not been included. The purpose of the inventory was to suggest guidelines to retrieve their aesthetic quality to a desired level by means of landscaping or any other measures. The quarries which are some kilometres away from the road, but next to settlement areas, might be developed in the form of water resources (ifthe area is water scarce) for local use (ie a community water tank for multiple uses or community cattle trough) or reclaimned and revegetated. 227 CorridorName Distance from Name of the Nature of the Quarry Size of the Status of the Locaion Environmental Attributes Corridor (km) Quarries (Sub-base + Base course Quarry (mns Quarry Directon material availability) from Project Corridor Viramgam-Maliya 10 Vasada Sand stone available IOO x 50 AcAve Noh Fag cnrubs with samd stom Ibffaton. No vegetetion, many shrubs & scrubs aroud. Mesana- Palanpur 20 Malan rnmite Stone Available 200 x 100 Active Nortieast Hillocks with little vegetation and no plantation. Mehsana-Palanpur 30 Mokeshwar Granite Stone Available 200 x IOO Actve Central as Hillocks with little vegetation and no plantation. Deesa-Rajasthan Border 0.5 Deesa Gravel materal from Banas Liner river Active South River with seasonal water, susceptibility to erosion is river (Granite Stone bed low due to compact rock formation. Aggregates) Deesa- Rajastha Biorder 30 Dantiwadi Granite Stone Aggregates 100 x 100 Acive East Hillock caved, susceptible to rock sliding, no vegetation and plantation. Deesa-Rajasthan Border 30 PWadanwadi Gravel material 50x 100 Acive North NA. Shanlqi --Lunavada 3.5 Malpur (Qaltzite rocks available 100 x 100 Acive East Hillock with little vegetation and no plantation. Lunavada-Halol 5 Vegapur Granite Stone available 100 x 200 Acive Centna East Hillock with little vegetation and no plantation. Lunavada-Haioi Pavagadh Granite Stone available Small Active South N.A. Ahmedabad- Ladvel 15 Kapadvanj Basalt rocks available River bed Active North Mohar river is a non-perennial tributary of Sabaffnati. Basalt rock ftrmation Is available, low erosion susccptbility due hard rock strta Ladvel-Dakor 8 Lasundara Quatzite rcks NA. N.A. West N.A. Ladvel-Dakor 2 Dakor Quartzite rocks N.A. N.A. South N.A. Dakor-Godhmr 5-10 Angadi, Basalt rocs fom river bed Linear river Active Mahi is a perennial river with low flow, susceptibility Bevalis, Pali, bed, dug at no. to erosion and siltation. Timba, Tuwa of places Ankleshwar-Leehapur 20 Kosamnba Limestones available N.A. Active North Ankleshwar-Leehapur 25 Tadkeshwar Limestonms available N.A. N.A. East Kadodr-Bajipura 5 Valod Basalt rock aggregates 10O x 100 Active South Small hillocks, with little vegetation and no plantation. Bajipuma-Songadh 3 Vyara Basalt rock available 50 x 100 Active North Hillocks, with little vegetation and no plantation. Notes: NA. -Nor Available 228 Appendix 7-Inventory of Quames Lea Assoclates CorridorName Distance from 'Name of the Nature of the Quarry Szeo the Status of the Location Environnental Attributes Corridor (km) Quarries (Sub-base + Base course Quarry (mi2 Quarry Direction material availability) from Project Corridor Bajipuira-Songadh 2 Songadh Basalt rock available 200 x 200 Active North Incidence of rock sliding Veatej- Dhasa 5 Sihor Basalt rock available 200 x 200 Active South Hillocks, with little vegetation and no plantation. Ankleshwar-Leehapur 20 Kosamba Limestones available N.A. Active North Ankleshwar-Leehapur 25 Tadkeshwar Limestones available N.A. N.A. East Kadodra- Bajipura 5 Valod Basalt rock aggregates 100 x 100 Active South Small hillocks, with little vegetation and no plantation. Bajipura-Songadh 3 Vyara Basalt rock available 50 x 100 Active Nolth Hillocks, with little vegetation and no plantation. Bajipura-Songadh 2 Songadh Basalt mck available 200 x 200 Active Nolth Incidence of rock sliding Ventej -Dhasa 5 Sihor Basalt rock available 200 x 200 Active South Hillocks, with little vegetation and no plantation. Vertej-DDhasa 0.5 Dhasa Basalt mck available 100 x 50 Active Flat rock mass with little shnubs and scrubs. Vetej-Vallabhipur 02 Chamavadi Granite rock 50 x 50 Intermittent Denuded hillock. quany, used occasionally Jetpur-Junagadh 5 Vasavadi river Basalt rock 200 x 200 Active Noftheast Flat rock mass with thomy bushes. bank Rajkot-Morvi 0l Rajkot Basalt rock Linear quany Active Aji is a nonperennial river with hard rock mass bed, along river Aji low incidence of erosion but susceptible of siltation. Rajkot-Vadinar 2 Paddhari Basalt rock MO x 200 Active Flat area, with no vegetation. Khambalia-Okiaport 1.3 Near Quartzite 200 x 100 Active South Flat rock mass anea littde vegetation and no plantation. Khambalia Notes. N.A. -NotAvailable I I Appendix 8-Comdor Impact Identification Indicator Values APPENDIX 8: CORRIDOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATION-INDICATOR VALUES The following table gives the values of each of the enviromnental indicators for all 30 corridors. A detailed discussion of the environmental screening process is described in the SEA. These values were used to rate the importance of the indicators in Appendix 9. 231 -t S6 -n I R8 oo $--E f"t._ l :o~w-8oo olsg3oosiao-Oowoot ¢ i _ _ S S S W W WW W W 9 S S - |~~~ aOO O O O c3oooo3o¢¢ - .J%t~ e 000.000 i0 0 00t080=U^ : w ow 0woS o~vg wS!v e. ~ ~ ~ g OeOOOOO-OOO;O0O O ooooooo ooojo S oo -, W iW rwiX e W^O w~bw2ow9w° , 2 e'g$ g. g °Sgagw°w~ iwSS~owowi , o OO ~° o °° ° °° w8 C° - g° *~ _~ wr >Cz _000 0 - w 0 0 0 _ 0 0 0 i0 0 S° 0° S 0 0 0 ° °° °t r_ Appendix 9-Conidor Impact Identification Importance Values APPENDIX 9: CORRIDOR IMPACT IDENTIFICATION-IMPORTANCE VALUES The following table gives the importance values as calculated using the envirornental indicators (Appendix 8) and multiplying them by a factor of 1, 2, or 3 for low, medium or high impact 233 N*nI Social - - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Lm is PqxdAbt Lb* Coidff / Air Wead WtrXbkg Wdh Eion Ti *t G0t t Go.Ture Jun Ve inigaied UJe Non-inig NoFCns Sedtents Unis PAPs Vukgps Clt.Hnt Totw Sealin QuDqNt h NoAm NoAm NAm Potnal MaseAm NoAm P=exrmce m2hmn m2kn *2jM m2hm m2 2m Nohkm. NoAm. NoAm. Nohkm Nohm Impact I SudViche ikwn 22 3.75 8.06 3A2 12.82 1233 4.11 4.11 124 124 234 5.79 3.78 14.80 624 9A8 12.4 4332 171 2 Vwamgarn-Maliya 11 3.75 8.06 3.42 6.41 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 124 2.34 L.93 1.26 7.40 6.24 9.48 6.2 21.66 104 3 Mds.sm.a npur 22 3.75 8.06 3.42 12.82 1233 4.11 4.11 1.24 1.24 234 1.93 1.26 14.80 6.24 9.48 6.2 21.66 137 4 DeFuBorder II 3.75 4.03 3.42 12.82 822 822 4.11 124 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 6.24 9.48 6.2 21.66 122 5 9SanMi-LiMavada 11 7.5 8.06 6.84 12.82 822 822 4.11 1.24 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 22.20 6.24 9A8 6.2 21.66 141 6 Lmiada-id II 3.75 8.06 3.42 12.82 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 6.24 9.8 6.2 21.66 118 7 Ahmedlabaj-1.dv" I 3.75, 8.06 3.42 12.82 822 12.33 12.33 124 124 2.34 193 126 14.80 624 9.48 6.2 21.66 138 $ La{4)kor 21 3.75 8.06 3A2 12.82 4.11 8.22 4.11 124 12.4 234 1.93 1.26 14.80 624 9A8 6.2 21.66 122 9 D*"-Ciodcaa I1 3.75 8.06 3.42 12.82 822 822 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 624 28.44 12.4 21.66 151 10 Vadodara-Jmbums I 1125 8.06 3.42 1923 12.33 4.11 1233 1.24 124 234 1.93 126 7.40 12A8 9A8 61 43.32 169 1 1 PIbbKajm I 2 1125 8.06 3.42 1923 12.33 4.11 4.11 1.24 1224 2.34 1.93 1226 7.40 6.24 9.48 62 21.66 133 12 BhxlsDle 11 3.75 4.03 3.42 1923 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 624 9.48 6.2 21.66 120 13 A*deahww-klqpur I1 7.5 8.06 3.42 1923 822 822 12.33 124 124 2.34 1.93 126 14.H0 6.24 9A8 62 21.66 144 14 KhrAnkpOlad Xing Ii 7.5 8.06 3.42 1923 8.22 822 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 22.20 624 9A8 6.2 21.66 144 15 klhapuw-Padsoa I1 . 3.75 12.09 3.42 19.23 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.4 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 2220 624 9.8 62 21.66 136 16 SuM41Cacxb I i 3.75 12.09 3.42 1923 4.11 822 4.11 1.24 1.24 7.02 1.93 126 2220 12A8 18.96 62 21.66 160 17 KBa,dMa-ipWa I I 3.75 8.06 3.42 19.23 8.22 8.22 12.33 1.24 3.72 7.02 3.86 1.26 14.80 624 9.48 62 21.66 150 i8 BiPtxa-sna h I i 3.75 8.06 3.42 1923 £22 4.11 12.33 114 124 2.34 1.93 126 14.80 12.48 9.48 62 21.66 143 19 Vqi4)man I i 3.75 8.06 1026 19.23 4.11 1233 4.11 124 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 12.48 9A8 62 21.66 146 20 V rdquIi I i 3.75 12.09 1026 19.23 4.11 822 4.11 1.24 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 7.40 18.72 18.96 6.2 43.32 175 21 DIhoIkBagll a I i 3.75 8.06 3A2 12.82 822 4.11 4.11 124 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 624 9.48 62 21.66 122 22 Watomar-Dbolera I i 1125 4.03 3.42 12.82 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 7.40 624 9AS 62 21.66 114 23 Bhamtnagar-Vrtb e 1 7.5 12.09 6.84 12.82 4.11 8.22 4.11 3.72 124 234 1.93 126 14.80 1248 28.44 18.6 64.98 217 24 VoeaDlhasa I 3.75 12.09 6.84 12.82 4.11 4.11 4.11 124 124 2.34 193 1.26 24.80 12.48 9.48 62 64,98 175 25 VaettVallabwipur I I 7.50 12.09 3A2 12.82 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 7.40 6.24 9.48 6.2 43.32 140 26 Jetptw-itmaga& 11 3.75 12.09 6.84 12.82 12.33 8.22 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 614 18.96 12.4 21.66 153 27 RajkdoMorvi I i 3.75 8.06 3.42 6.41 1233 4.11 4.11 1224 1.24 2.34 193 1.26 7.40 614 9.48 6.2 21.66 112 28 Rajk-Vadinar I 1 3.75 12.09 3.42 6.41 4.11 8.22 4.11 1.24 1.24 2.34 5.79 3.78 740 6.24 948 6.2 43.32 140 29 KhambdiahOa dot I i 3.75 8.06 3.42 6.41 4.11 4.11 4.11 1.24 124 2.34 1.93 1.26 14.80 624 9.48 6.2 43.32 133 30 2lhad-Ncddtbatra I i 7.5 8.06 3.42 6.41 4.11 4.11 4.11 124 1.24 2.34 1.93 1.26 7.40 6.24 9A8 62 43.32 12I wLH e rvaipiea ies qf1 3 7h e andlipiedyhe N'1Cit)lpcxeiyue vd 2dled 234 Appendix 10-Integrated Forestry Development Project 4@:, APPENDIX 10: INTEGRATED FORESTRY DEVELOPMENT PROJECT-PLANTATION MODELS Si AND S2 PLANTATION MODEL -S 1 Model developed by OECF (Japan)for Department of Forest Title Aesthetic shelter belt Location : All districts of Saurashtra region, Kachchh & part of Banaskantha, Mehsana, Ahmedabad, Kheda & Bharuch district. Type : Support irrigation Design . Avenue RoW- 10 m apart Revenue RoW- 10 m apart Quinquintially plant population-400/ha Species . Avenue Trees: pipal, vad, neem, plelhophorum, arduso, siras, mba, jamun etc. Revenue Tree: Ist pipal & vad - every third plant le 33% other species 67/o. Second row intimate mixture of baval, Israeli baval, pilu, vijay, shami, ber etc. Land Preparation First row. (a)Pitsofthesize Imx Imx Im-200pphsa Second row (b) Pits ofthe size 0.45 m x OA5 m x 0.45m -200 pits/ha (c) Cross bunds - 0.30 m x 0.30 m at 20 m intervals Protection : (a) Im away from the road boundary stone with live hedge fencing of impomneajatropha/dandalia (b) On the field side 0.30 m x 030 m trench. (c) Fencing for individual tree 3.5 m, length for each tree in fist-row. Plantation Technique : Minimum 125 m tall plant in polypots of the size 20 m x 30 m x 30 m of will be planted in pits alrady dug. First will be filled up with soil and farm yard manure. Dug out of soil trenches and cross bund will be heaped in linear mounds and on flattened top of the mounds, desi, bavalfvijay shami seeds will be sown in two lines 0.15 m parts before the on set of monsoon. Soil will be treated with antitermite. Upkeep Maintenance : Fence repairs, cleaning pruning & upkeep of plantation will be done thmugh casual labour. One for 5 km length plantation up to the end of fourth year. 235 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA ?Assocates Natural growth existing in the areas will be tiinned and pnmed once in the first year. Istyear Mmree weedings and soil workings in the first year, four watering will be provided to the individual plants in the months of October, December, March, June. 2nd years Two weedings of soil working will be done in the second year. Three waterings followed by soil working will be done in the second year in the monts of Febniay, April and June. Fertiliser I 0 ofDAP wifl be give to a plant Harvesting Growth on trenches of cross bunds and also natral growdh in tte areas will be pennitted to be cut and fuel wood will be harvested in fif h year. There after fuel wood be harvested bi- annually. Total Cost Rs 32,539 236 Appendix 10-Integrated Forestry Development Project ° PLANTATION MODEL: S2 Title : Aesthetic Shelter Belt Location All the roadsides, Canal banks and Railway sides in Gujarat region (except, roadside in part of Banaskantha, Mehsana, Ahinedabad, Kheda and Bhanich district and Canal banks and railway sides in Kachchh and Saurashtra) Type : Rain fed Design Spacing 4 m x 4 m staggered. Planting of ornamental shrubs 10 m apart between the first and the second row. Plant ppoion = 625 + 100 = 725 Species composition Ist row a). Shady Trees: Vad, Pipal, Millingtonia, Peltophonra, Kijelia, Raintree etc. b). Ornarental: Gulmohar, Ganmala, Kashid, Eryfirina, Thespesia (Bindi), Bengali Baval 2nd row: Neem, Sissoo, Siras, Desi Baval Israeli baval, K.aranj, Bengali Baval, Arduso, SemaL Casuarina,gandu baval, Bamboo and Fruit trees Ike Jamnun, Amli, Khati Amli, Gunda, Boretc Shrubs: Quinquintially between first and second row Bouganvel, Tecoma, Kaner or any herb species. land preparation : Pits of the size 0.45 m x 0.45 m x 0.45 m for tree species and 030 m x 030 m x 030 m for herb species. Protection : Thor, Ipomea, Jatropha or any other suitable lve hedge on the front side. On the field side 030 m x 030 m continuous trench will be dug and the dug out and the dug out soil will be heaped in linear mounds. On the flattened top of dug out soil, seeds of Desi Baval, Israeli BavaL Vijay shami will be - sown in two lines at 0.15 m apart before the onset of monsoon. Upkeep of plantation : Fence repairs, cleamng, pning and upkeep of planted and natually regenerated seedlings through casual labour for every 5 km, whenever requed till the end of fourth year. Planting technique : Minimum Im tall seedlings raised in polypots of 020 m x 030 m x 300g will be planted in pits already dug. 100 plants of sbrub spp. minimum 0.45 m tal raised in 0.15 m x 0.25 m x 200g will be planted quinquintially between first and second RoWs at every 20 m. Soil will be treated with anti-termite insecticide while planting. Tending operation : Natural gmwth existng in the area wiD be hinned and prnmedonceinthe lstyear. First year three weedings and soil workings will be done in the first year, support watering to first row seedlings only will be done. Four waterings: I) October, 2) December, 3) Maric, 4) June will be done. Soil working will be done after every watering. 237 Gujarat PCC Final Report-Volume 2A: SEA ezAssociats Second year two weedings and soil workings will be done durng the second year. Two watering 1) Febnrazy, 2) April will be done followed by soil workings. Third Year One weeding and soil working. Ferdliser : Basal does of 10 g/plant DAP along with planting. Harvesting Revenue Uees. Thinning in sbith year and Final felling in 12th year. Totel Cost : Rs 28,759 238 Appendix 1-Proposed Entitlement Photo ID Card , APPENDIX 11: ENTITLEMENT PHOTO ID CARD . = :r,.. =,,<; =5- 31J 1 | 0 i E t | werilirlng ~~~~~~~officer (EMU)E E 5MURAMBHAI MERUBHAI ZALA l ll|ll|1 ~~~~MRMA HI_Y NRPOIE TIOMRSAOD ATSANAND,~24 TASNN,ISAMD1A Appendix 12-ToR For NGO Participatfon w APPENDIX 12: NGO TERMS OF REFERENCE. TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR NON GOVERNMENTAL ORGANISATION Survey Preparation And Implementation of Econoinic Rehabilitation And Trining 1. BACKGROUND [PROJECT DESCRIPIION] 2. [OBJECTIVES OF REHABILITATION ACTION PLANI i) imprve or at least regain the standard of living which they had pnor to displacement though the restoration of their economic productivity. [APPROPRIATE FOR ECONOMIC REHABILITATION ACTION PLAN] ii) be relocated in village units, vilage sections of imnilies in accordance with their preference [FOR RESEIrLEMENT OF COMMUNIES] iii) be fuly integrate in the comnmunity to which they are resettled; and iv) be provided with appropriate compensation and adequate social and physical rehabilitation infrastructure, including community services and facilities. 3. SCOPE OF THE AGREEMENT The scope ofthe Agreement is as under i) The NGO shall conduct a detailed house to house survey of the Project Affected Families in the vilages. The survey will ascertain, inter aha, their present socio-economic satus, their family size, literacy levels, individual skiDs and resources. [MAY HAVE ALREADY BEEN DONE BY SOCIOECONOM[C CONSULTANCY FIRM. IF SO, THE INFORMATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO THE NGO IN DESEGREGATED FORMAT ON COMPUTERIZED DATABASE.] ii) The NGO shall conduct a detailed survey of the resources available in and around the village, iter alia, land surface, and ground water, location advantages, traditional skDlls. iii) The NGO shall identify the exploitable resources in the village and draw up economic rehabilitation schemes which shall capitalise on these exploitable resources. The NGO shall quantfy the number of units of each scheme which can be profitably implemented, based upon the resources available for exploitation in the immediate environment iv) The NGO shal identify eligible PAFs from the results of the household survey based upon the folowing criteria: a) The present annual income of the PAFs must not be more than Rs 8,500 r[IS IS VARIABLE, PROJECT TO PROJECT] b) The left over land of the displaced person must not be more than Acres 5.00 (2 hectares) dry land [VARIABLE PROJECT TO PROJECT] v) The NGO shall based upon a series of discussions with the village community (at least three), and depending upon the individual inclinations and skills of the 241 Gujarat PCC Final Repoft-Volume 2A: SEA aAssowates PAFs match individual schemes with PAFs. Based on this final identification of the economic rehabiLitation schemes to be implemented, the NGO shall draw up the total cost of implementing the project with PAF-wise outlays. vi) NGO shall select appropiate schemes depending upon the available resources in the villages(and preferences of the PAFs). The investment from the RR Plan should not be more than Rs 8,000/- per PAF [VARIABLE PROJECT TO PROJECT]. In case the schemes selected cost less than Rs 8,000/-, cluster of schemes may be selected to ensure equity among PAFs. Where the schemes cost more than Rs 8,000/- the amount over and above Rs 8,000/- shall be met by the benefciary contnbution or loan to the beneficiary from Commercial Banks as per the nonnal Commercial Bank lendmg procedures or from other sponsoring agencies. [LOAN ARRANGEMENT HAS YET TO BE EVALUATED BASED ON ACTUAL FIELD EXPERIENCE]. vii) The NGO shal prepare a draft reiabilitation plan based upon the above. The fonnat for the rehabilitation plan will be as per Annexure nI. viu) The NGO shall submit the draft rehabilitation plan to the Employer for his approval. The Employer is at hberty to suggest qualhative and quantitative changes to the plan, which changes the NGO shall incorporate. ix) The Employer wiD fomally approve the RehabiLiton Plan prpared by the NGO, subject to any changes as mentioned above. The NGO shall not proceed with the implementation of the Rehabilitation Plan without the consent of the Enployer in writing. x) The NGO shall provide for training PAFs in various skldls to enable them to competently manage the assets provided to them under the Economic Rehabilitation scheme in the Rehabilitation Plan This Traming Plan shall be part of the Rehabilitation Plan for every village and shall be estinated in the draf Rehabilitation Plan, the NGO shall carry out a beneficiary assessmnent and take all necessary follow up measures after the implementation of the Rehabilitation Plan to ensure tat the objectives of the scheme are achieved. In pursuance of this, the NGO shall prepare a report detailing the status of the rehabilitation scheme and the assets created PAF-wise. The first report will be submitted one month after the implementation of the Rehabilitation Plan. Two more reports will be submitted at monthly inrvals. 4. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE The entire Progrmmme in the two villages will be completed as per the schedule shown hereunder: By Description of Services to be Completed * i [I mo. after Implementation ofthe economic Beginning Date rehabilitation scheme for one "BD'] village after training PAFs wherever necessary. Preparaion of Final Report for the village giving details of schemes and PAFs to whom these benefits were given. Finalisation of the household surveys and prparation of the Rehabilitation Plan for the second village. iL [1.5 mo. after BD] Beneficiary Assessment Prgamme in the first vilage to be in progress. Economic 242 Appendix 12-ToR For NGO Partcipation £aA,s50ats Rehabilitation Plan for the second village to be implemented after training PAFs wherever necessary. Final Report giving details of schemes. PAFs to whom these benefits were given, total outlay and sources of funding: to be given to the first village. iii. [4 mo. after BD] Beneficiary assessment Programme to be in progress in the two villages. final report giving details of schemes. PAFs to whom these benefits were given, total outlay and sources of funding: to be given to the second village. Beneficiary assessment report for the two villages to be submitted iv. ETC. ETC 5. SUBMISSION OF REPORTS The NGO shall submit the following reports to the Employer as detailed below: i) The NGO shall submit a Draft Rehabilitation Plan for every village for the approval ofthe Employer. ii) The NGO shall submit a Final Rehabilitation Report after implementation of the approved Rehabiliation PlanL This report will detail the economic benefits given to each PAF, the total outlay, the sources of funding. iii) The NGO shall submit a Beneficiary Assessment report about the status of the PAFs and the economic benefits given to them. Three such reports will be submitted for every village - one village every month. The first report will be submitted one month after implementation of the Rehabilitation Plan in that village. iv) The NGO shall submit monthly progress reports both physical and financial achievements detailing the amount spent and the number of PAFs provided employment village-wise. Such reports should be submitted by the 5th of the succeeding month to the employer. 6. DEPLOYMENT OF MANPOWER The NGO shall deploy the following personnel at all times for the execution ofthis agreement (a) Project Director - Full or Part-tine (b) Project Organiser - No. (c) Group Assistant - No. (d) Secretarial Assistance - Full or Part-time The NGO shall deploy personnel experienced in nrual development Source: Economic Development Institue, World Bank: Notes from the trainers for three cases of Rehabilitation and Resettlement in India Page 7-9, 1997. 243